SELECT * FROM "@kaggle.mattisbodynek_uspto_climate_positive_patent_abstracts_cpc_y02.uspto_abstracts";Results limited to the first 500 rows.
| patent_id | uspto_upload_date | cpc_codes | abstract |
|---|---|---|---|
| US-09855436-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | Y02E 60/12, H02J 7/0042, H02J 7/0045, H01M 10/46, H01M 10/44 | Systems and devices for a high-efficiency magnetic link for implantable devices are disclosed herein. These devices can include a charging coil located in the implantable device and a charging coil located in a charge head of a charger. The charging coils can each include an elongate core and wire windings wrapped around a longitudinal axis of the elongate core. The charging coil of the charge head can be attached to a rotatable mount, which can be used to align the longitudinal axis of the charging coil of the charge head with longitudinal axis of the implantable device such that the axes of the charging coils are parallel. |
| US-09855524-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | B01D 53/06, B01D 53/62, B01D 53/83, B01D 2253/3426, B01D 2257/504, Y02C 10/08 | In the honeycomb rotor recovery concentration apparatus which collects gas, such as carbon dioxide, from stack gas etc., it collects by the highest possible recovery rate, and condenses to the highest possible concentration, and lessens the amount of energy for recovery concentration as much as possible. Adsorption zone 4, preheating zone 12, low concentration gas purge zone 15, desorption zone 5, high concentration gas purge zone 16, pre-cooling zone 13, and cooling zone 7 are provided to the hand of cut of a rotor. Low concentration gas is prevented from mixing in desorption zone 5, and high concentration gas is prevented from being spilt out from desorption zone 5. Pre-heating zone 12 and pre-cooling zone 13 constitute a circulation circuit, and it raises energy-saving nature by pre-cooling and carrying out preheating heat exchange by gas which circulates through a circuit. |
| US-09855628-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | B23P 15/04, F01D 5/147, F01D 5/18, Y02T 50/676, Y02T 50/672, Y02T 50/673, Y10T 29/49336, F05D 2230/60, F05D 2230/232 | A method of manufacturing a filled aerofoil component (100) for a gas turbine engine (10) comprises using a capping panel (200) to cover a pocket (310) in a pocketed aerofoil body (300). During manufacture, a pre-formed filler insert (400) is provided to support the capping panel (200) in the correct position. This ensures that the outer surface of the capping panel (200) is located as accurately as possible. This means that the capping panel (200) can be made to be as thin as possible, which in turn reduces weight and material wastage. The pre-formed filler insert (400) provides a lightweight core for the finished aerofoil component in use. |
| US-09855682-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | B29B 17/0042, B29B 17/0026, B29B 17/0036, B29B 17/02, B29B 2017/0213, B29B 2017/0217, B32B 5/245, B32B 5/022, B32B 2262/0253, B32B 2307/3065, B32B 2266/0278, B32B 2262/0276, B32B 2581/00, B32B 2264/104, B32B 2264/102, Y02P 20/582, Y02W 30/62, Y10T 428/249953, Y10T 442/60, B29L 2031/732 | Disclosed are methods for utilizing reclaimed synthetic turf materials in the manufacture of various second generation floor coverings and floor covering components. Also disclosed are products manufactured by the methods. |
| US-09855818-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | B60H 1/005, B60H 1/0033, B60H 1/10035, F28D 20/02, F28D 2021/0085, F28D 2020/0013, F25B 39/022, Y02E 60/145 | A cool storage material container of an evaporator with a cool storage function includes a container main body portion located within the range of a heat exchange core section in the air-passing direction and an outward projecting portion projecting from the container main body portion. A cool storage material containing portion provided in the cool storage material container has a first containing portion which is present in a region where only the container main body portion is provided, and a second containing portion which extends upward from the first containing portion and is present in a region where the container main body portion and the outward projecting portion are provided. The level of a cool storage material is located within the vertical range of the second containing portion in the case where the cool storage material is in liquid phase at ordinary temperature. |
| US-09855849-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | B60L 11/18, B60L 11/1868, H02J 1/00, H02J 2001/008, H02J 7/1423, Y02T 10/7011, Y02T 10/7066 | An on-board power system for a vehicle includes a first on-board power system branch with a first operating voltage U1, a first energy accumulator, and a first electrical consumer; a second on-board power system branch with a second operating voltage U2 and a second energy accumulator; and a third on-board power system branch with a third operating voltage U3 and a third electrical consumer. The on-board power system also includes a DC/DC converter configured to transmit energy bidirectionally at least between the first on-board power system branch and the second on-board power system branch. The on-board power system also includes a switching device configured to selectively connect the first energy accumulator and the second energy accumulator to one another in series via in such a way that the third operating voltage U3 can be made available by the first operating voltage U1 and the second operating voltage U2 together. |
| US-09855857-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | B60W 30/20, B60W 2710/083, B60W 2710/0666, B60W 2050/0041, B60W 2540/10, B60L 15/20, B60L 2240/423, B60L 2240/12, B60L 2240/421, B60L 2240/461, B60L 2270/145, F16H 61/32, Y10T 74/19251, Y10T 74/20018, Y10T 74/2003, Y10T 74/20104, Y02T 10/7275, Y02T 10/645 | The invention relates to a method (30) for the active damping control for an electric vehicle or hybrid vehicle having an electric motor drive element (4), comprising the steps of receiving a current target torque value (tqElmDes) of the electric motor drive element (4), determining a current rotational angle value (φElmAct) of the electric motor drive element (4), and determining a current damping torque value (tqDmp), characterized in that the current damping torque value (tqDmp) is determined using a reduced drive train model (rTSM). |
| US-09855858-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | B60L 15/2036, B60L 11/1803, B60L 15/007, B60L 15/025, B60L 15/20, B60L 15/32, B60L 2220/44, B60L 2220/46, B60L 2240/421, B60L 2240/423, B60L 2260/46, H02P 5/48, H02P 5/50, H02P 6/04, H02P 21/0025, Y02T 10/643, Y02T 10/648, Y02T 10/7005, Y02T 10/7275 | A control device includes an ECU and an inverter device having power circuitry including an inverter and a motor control unit. A rotation angle sensor detects a rotation angle of a motor. The power circuitry receives a rotation angle of the motor from the rotation angle sensor to perform control in accordance with the rotation angle of the rotor, the control being based on a torque command mapping table in which a relationship between a rotation speed and a torque of the motor is defined. The power circuitry includes an adjustment module adjusting the torque command mapping table with respect to a torque command from the ECU and a speed of the electric vehicle. |
| US-09855885-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | B60Q 1/1423, B60Q 1/143, B60Q 2300/42, B60Q 2300/314, B60Q 2300/312, B60Q 2300/054, H05B 37/02, F21S 48/1186, F21S 48/1109, F21S 48/1154, F21S 48/10, F21S 48/1757, Y02B 20/202, B60R 1/12 | A method for operating a lighting device comprising n>1 light generating units configured to generate a respective primary light beam and comprising a phosphor surface spaced apart from the light generating units is provided. The method may include illuminating an i-th partial surface of the phosphor surface by i light generating units if a desired positive brightness value on this illuminated partial surface falls below or reaches a next higher i-th brightness threshold value from a group of n−1 positive, progressively increasing brightness threshold values; otherwise illuminating by n light generating units; wherein i and n are whole natural numbers and i=[1, . . . , n] holds true. |
| US-09855947-B1 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | Y02T 10/7005, Y02T 90/14, Y02T 10/705, Y02T 10/7088, Y02E 60/12 | Methods and systems are provided. One method includes processing communication between a vehicle and one or more connected object. Included is processing geo-location for the vehicle using on-board electronics of the vehicle and data obtained from a global positioning system and determining a heading direction of the vehicle based on changes in the geo-locations of the vehicle. The method receives state information of one or more of connected objects that are located within an area of influence associated with a current geo-location of the vehicle. The connected objects are independent of the vehicle and the state information from the one or more connected objects is processed for the current geo-location of the vehicle and based on the area of influence of the vehicle. As the current geo-location of the vehicle changes, the one or more connected objects identified as relevant to the area of influence changes, and the state information of the one or more connected objects is received by the on-board electronics of the vehicle directly from the connected objects or from a server that captures state information from one or more connected objects. The state information of connected objects determined to be outside of the area of influence is not processed. The method includes generating an alert for the vehicle. The alert includes control data usable by the on-board electronics of the vehicle to cause a notification to be rendered for an occupant of the vehicle. The notification includes information related to a current or change in state of one or more connected objects in the area of influence of the vehicle. |
| US-09856024-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | A47C 9/06, B64D 11/06, B64D 11/0691, B64D 25/04, B64D 11/0649, B60R 22/00, Y02T 50/46 | A compact aircraft cabin crew attendant seat includes a seat back portion, a shell that encloses the seat back portion, a head rest portion mounted to a top portion of the seat back portion, and a seat portion or squab. The seat portion includes a hinge that is slidably attached within a vertical slot in the shell, allowing the seat portion to be folded down in an open position of the crew attendant seat for use. The seat portion hinge moves vertically between an upper position in the compact closed position and a lower position in the open position. A major portion of the crew attendant seat is formed from high strength carbon fiber reinforced composite to reduces weight. A vertical shock absorption system is configured to absorb energy during a crash landing. |
| US-09856031-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | B64D 29/02, B64D 27/18, F02C 7/20, F02C 7/266, F05D 2250/30, F05D 2240/91, Y02T 50/671, Y02T 50/44 | An aircraft with a turbofan engine including an engine body and a fan, wherein the turbofan engine is supported on an airframe via a pylon, an igniter cable is interposed between an ignition plug of the engine and an ignition control unit that controls power supply to the ignition plug, and at least a part of the igniter cable is passed through an inside of the pylon. |
| US-09856033-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | B60L 15/2045, B60L 7/10, B60L 7/14, B60L 7/18, B60L 7/16, B60L 7/12, H02P 3/14, H02P 5/74, B64D 2221/00, B64D 31/06, Y02T 10/7283, B64C 2201/066 | A method of recycling motor power of a movable object is provided to recycle and redistribute power from at least one motor in a decelerating state. The method comprises determining whether an operating state of at least one motor of the movable object is a decelerating state, and recycling power from the at least one motor having a decelerating state. The method also comprises redistributing the recycled power to other power consuming components of the movable object. The method of present invention increases the energy efficiency and a battery life of the movable object. The movable object may be an unmanned aerial vehicle (UAV). |
| US-09856178-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | C05C 3/005, C05C 9/02, C05D 1/005, C05D 9/00, C05D 9/02, C05F 11/00, C05F 3/00, C05G 1/00, C05G 3/00, C05G 3/02, Y02P 20/145 | The invention is directed to manufacturing fertilizers having commercial levels of nitrogen reacted with organic substances. The process comprises treatment of organics with acid that acidifies and heats a mix causing the hydrolysis of polymers. The acidified organic mix is injected sequentially with a nitrogen base under conditions that result in a partially neutralized melt. The sterilized and liquefied organic matter is disbursed over recycled material for production of granules in a granulator before final drying. The process is green scalable, and safe for the location of community organics processing facilities in locations without generating a nuisance to local communities. Fertilizers also provide a green, dual nitrogen-release profile when applied to crops releasing a bolus of nitrogen over one to two weeks following application followed by a continued slow or enhanced efficiency release of nitrogen over a growing season. |
| US-09856362-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | C08K 3/36, C08K 5/548, C08K 2201/006, C08L 7/00, C08L 9/06, C08L 2205/02, B60C 1/00, B60C 1/0016, B60C 1/04, B60C 11/0008, B60C 11/005, B60C 2011/0016, C08C 1/04, C08C 3/02, Y02T 10/862 | Provided are a rubber composition for tires that shows a balanced improvement in properties such as fuel economy, processability, heat aging resistance, abrasion resistance, wet-grip performance, performance on snow and ice, and handling stability, and a pneumatic tire formed from the rubber composition. The present invention relates to a rubber composition for tires, containing: a highly purified, modified natural rubber having a pH adjusted to 2 to 7, and a silica having a CTAB specific surface area of 180 m2/g or more and a BET specific surface area of 185 m2/g or more, and also relates to a pneumatic tire formed from the rubber composition. |
| US-09856424-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | C10G 69/00, C10G 9/00, C10G 69/06, C10G 9/36, C10G 9/005, C10G 2400/22, C10G 2400/20, C10G 2400/30, C10B 57/045, Y02P 20/132 | The present invention relates to an integrated hydrocracking process for production of olefinic and aromatic petro-chemicals from crude oil. An object of the present invention is to provide an integrated hydrocracking process for production of olefinic and aromatic petrochemicals from a hydrocarbon feedstock comprising crude oil wherein the portion of the crude oil converted to LPG is increased significantly. |
| US-09856426-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | Y02E 50/00, Y02E 50/18, Y02E 50/32, Y02P 20/00, Y02P 20/10, Y02P 20/14, Y02P 20/141, Y02P 20/145, Y02P 30/00, Y02P 30/40, C07C 1/00-041, C10G 2/00, C10G 2/30, C10G 2/32, C10G 2/34, C10J 3/00, C10J 3/02, C10J 3/06, C10J 3/18, C10J 2300/00, C10J 2300/09, C10J 2300/0913, C10J 2300/0916, C10J 2300/0946, C10J 2300/0953, C10J 2300/0969, C10J 2300/12, C10J 2300/123, C10J 2300/1238, C10J 2300/16, C10J 2300/1603, C10J 2300/1656, C10J 2300/1659, C10J 2300/1662, C10J 2300/1665, C10J 2290/00, C10J 2290/04, C10J 2290/38, C10J 2290/42, C10L 1/00, C10L 1/02, C10L 1/04, C10K 3/00, C10K 3/02, C10K 3/04, C01B 3/00, C01B 3/02, C01B 3/06, C01B 3/12, C01B 3/16, C01B 2203/00, C01B 2203/02, C01B 2203/025, C01B 2203/0255, C01B 2203/0283, C01B 2203/06, C01B 2203/061, C01B 2203/062, C01B 2203/10, C01B 2203/1041-1052, C01B 2203/1064, C01B 2203/1094 | A process and system for producing liquid and gas fuels and other useful chemicals from carbon containing source materials comprises cool plasma gasification and/or pyrolysis of a source material to produce synthesis gas using the produced synthesis gas for the production of a hydrocarbon, methanol, ammonia, urea, and other products. The process and system are capable of sequestering carbon dioxide and reducing NOx and SOx. |
| US-09856427-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | C07C 45/71, C07C 49/04, C10L 1/02, C10L 1/026, C12P 7/26, C12P 7/28, C12P 7/16, Y02E 50/10 | The present disclosure provides methods to produce ketones suitable for use as fuels and lubricants by catalytic conversion of an acetone-butanol-ethanol (ABE) fermentation product mixture that can be derived from biomass. |
| US-09856429-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | C10L 5/42, C10L 5/08, C10L 2200/0469, C10L 2290/06, C10L 2296/08, C10L 2290/30, C10L 2290/54, C10L 5/361, C10L 9/083, C10L 2290/26, C10L 2290/50, C12P 5/023, Y02E 50/10, Y02E 50/15, Y02E 50/30 | A process is provided for converting waste fibers to solid fuel. The process includes providing a supply of animal waste including the waste fibers in a predetermined quantity, subjecting the supply of animal waste to anaerobic digestion, producing a waste byproduct, dewatering the waste byproduct, and compressing the dewatered waste byproduct to form briquettes. |
| US-09856567-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | C25B 11/035, C25B 11/04, C25B 1/003, Y02P 20/135, C01P 2004/51, C01P 2004/03, C01P 2004/80, C01P 2006/17, C01P 2006/16, C01P 2006/14, C01P 2004/62, C01P 2006/12, C01P 2006/40, C01G 31/00 | Photoelectrochemical materials and photoelectrodes comprising the materials are provided. The photoelectrochemical materials comprise a porous, high-surface-area BiVO4 that is composed of particles smaller than the hole diffusion length of BiVO4. |
| US-09856570-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | Y02P 10/236, Y02P 10/212, C22B 3/0005, C22B 60/026, C22B 3/02, C25B 9/00, C25C 1/12 | The present disclosure relates to a process and system for recovery of one or more metal values using solution extraction techniques and to a system for metal value recovery. In an exemplary embodiment, the solution extraction system comprises a first solution extraction circuit and a second solution extraction circuit. A first metal-bearing solution is provided to the first and second circuit, and a second metal-bearing solution is provided to the first circuit. The first circuit produces a first rich electrolyte solution, which can be forwarded to primary metal value recovery, and a low-grade raffinate, which is forwarded to secondary metal value recovery. The second circuit produces a second rich electrolyte solution, which is also forwarded to primary metal value recovery. The first and second solution extraction circuits have independent organic phases and each circuit can operate independently of the other circuit. |
| US-09856692-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | E06B 3/6612, E06B 3/6715, Y02B 80/24 | The reduced pressure double glazed glass panel of the present invention includes an outside glass sheet, an inside glass sheet, and a gap portion that are joined together, with the gap portion being formed between the glass sheets and sealed under reduced pressure. Here, the outside glass sheet has a first glass surface disposed to face the outdoor space and a second glass surface disposed to face the gap portion. A Low-E film is formed on the second glass surface. The following relations hold: (Emissivity of Low-E film ∈)≦0.067; 31%≦(Solar reflectance on First glass surface RG(solar))≦40%; (48−RG(solar))%≦(Solar absorptance on First glass surface AG(solar))≦17%; (AG(solar))≦{18.3−(0.07×RG(solar))+(20×∈)}%; (Solar heat gain coefficient SHGC)≦0.50; and (Thermal transmittance U value)≦1.2 W/m2·K or less. According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a reduced pressure double glazed glass panel having sufficient heat insulating and heat shielding properties and being less susceptible to bending when exposed to solar radiation. |
| US-09856739-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | F01D 5/20, F01D 5/187, F01D 5/186, F01D 11/10, F05D 2240/307, F05D 2260/20, F05D 2260/202, F05D 2260/205, Y02T 50/676, Y02T 50/673 | A turbine rotor blade is provided with for a turbine section of an engine that includes a shroud surrounding the rotor blade. The rotor blade includes a platform and an airfoil extending from the platform into a mainstream gas path. The airfoil includes a pressure side wall, a suction side wall joined to the pressure side wall at a leading edge and a trailing edge, a tip cap extending between the suction side wall and the pressure side wall, a first squealer tip extension extending from the pressure side wall at a first angle relative to the pressure side wall, the first squealer tip extension defining a first cooling hole that converges between an inlet and an outlet; an internal cooling circuit configured to deliver cooling air to a gap between the pressure side squealer tip extension and the shroud via the first cooling hole. |
| US-09856744-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | F01D 17/162, F04D 29/46, F04D 29/56, F04D 29/462, F04D 29/466, F16L 37/24, F16L 37/107, F05D 2220/40, Y02T 10/144, F02B 39/00, F05B 2260/33, F05B 2260/303, F16B 21/04 | A variable geometry turbocharger includes a vane pack having rotatable vanes constrained by a pair of vane rings connected by a plurality of spacer connectors. The spacer connectors can include a spacer body for maintaining a minimum spacing between the vane rings. The spacer connectors are configured for bayonet mounting to at least one of the vane rings. To that end, the spacer connectors can include shaft portions extending from opposing sides of the spacer body. A plurality of transverse protrusions can extend outwardly from each shaft portion. Each shaft portion can be received in a respective in a vane ring. The spacer connectors can be rotated such that the transverse protrusions are offset from aperture portions that allow passage of the transverse portions, thereby retaining the vane rings in place in spaced relation. Such a system avoids close tolerances, press fits, expensive bolted joints or weld processes. |
| US-09856755-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | Y02E 20/16, Y02E 20/18, F02C 3/34, F02C 6/18, F01K 23/10, F01K 13/00, F01K 17/02, F01K 17/04, F01K 17/06, B01D 2257/504, B01D 53/14, B01D 53/1475, B01D 2259/65, Y02C 10/04, Y02C 10/06, Y02C 10/10, Y02C 10/14, Y02C 10/08, Y02C 10/12, Y02C 10/02, Y02C 10/20, Y02C 10/00 | A power plant system including a fossil fuel fired power plant (6) for the generation of electricity, a carbon dioxide capture and compression system (5, 13), and an external heat cycle system has at least one heat exchanger (1,2,3) for the heating of the flow medium of the external heat cycle system. The heat exchanger (1,2,3) is connected to a heat flow from the CO2 capture plant (5) or a CO2 compression unit (13). A return flow from the heat exchanger (1,2,3) is led to the CO2 capture and compression system (5,13) or to the power plant (6). The power plant system allows an increase in overall efficiency of the system. |
| US-09856768-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | F01N 3/04, F01N 3/103, F01N 3/2066, F01N 2590/10, F01N 2610/02, F01N 2610/08, F02C 3/04, F02C 7/141, F02C 7/16, F02C 3/30, F01D 15/10, F01D 25/305, F05D 2220/32, F05D 2220/76, F05D 2240/24, F05D 2240/35, F05D 2240/60, F05D 2260/212, F05D 2270/082, Y02T 10/24 | A turbomachine system according to an embodiment includes: a gas turbine system including a compressor component, a combustor component, and a turbine component; a mixing area for receiving an exhaust gas stream produced by the gas turbine system; a fluid injection system for injecting a fluid into the mixing area to reduce a temperature of the exhaust gas stream; and an exhaust processing system for processing the reduced temperature exhaust gas stream. |
| US-09856783-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | F02B 37/186, F02B 37/00, F02B 39/005, F01D 25/14, F01D 17/105, F04D 29/584, F02C 6/12, F05D 2220/40, F05D 2260/20, F05D 2260/232, Y02T 10/144 | An exhaust-gas turbocharger includes a turbine housing and a wastegate which is disposed in the turbine housing. The turbine housing is water-cooled. An electric wastegate actuator is an integrated constituent part of the turbine housing. |
| US-09856793-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | F02C 6/08, F02C 7/143, F02C 7/185, F02C 9/18, F05D 2240/40, F05D 2260/20, F05D 2260/211, Y02T 50/675 | A gas turbine engine comprises a main compressor section having a high pressure compressor with a downstream discharge, and more upstream locations. A turbine section has a high pressure turbine. A tap taps air from at least one of the more upstream locations in the compressor section, passes the tapped air through a heat exchanger and then to a cooling compressor. The cooling compressor compresses air downstream of the heat exchanger, and delivers air into the high pressure turbine. The cooling compressor includes a downstream connection that delivers discharge pressure air to an upstream location in the high pressure turbine and a second tap from an intermediate pressure location within the cooling compressor. The second tap is connected to a downstream location within the high pressure turbine. An intercooling system for a gas turbine engine is also disclosed. |
| US-09856801-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | F02N 11/0844, F02N 99/006, F02N 2019/008, Y02T 10/48 | The invention relates to a control device of a vehicle provided with a multi-cylinder internal combustion engine comprising a catalyst in an exhaust passage. When a state of an ignition switch has been changed from an on-state to an off-state and a rotation of the engine has stopped, the control device causes a fuel injector to inject fuel into a combustion chamber of a particular cylinder in which an intake valve is closed and an exhaust valve is open and causes an ignition device to ignite the fuel. |
| US-09856811-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | F02D 41/1454, F02D 41/1441, F02D 13/0261, F02D 41/006, F02D 41/1456, F02D 2041/001, F02B 33/40, F02B 25/145, F02B 37/12, F01N 11/007, F01N 13/0093, F01N 3/101, Y02T 10/22, Y02T 10/18 | The internal combustion engine comprises a supercharger, a variable valve timing mechanism able to change a valve overlap amount, a catalyst arranged in an exhaust passage and able to store oxygen, a downstream side air-fuel ratio sensor arranged at a downstream side of the catalyst in an exhaust flow direction and able to detect an air-fuel ratio of outflowing exhaust gas flowing out from the catalyst, and a scavenging control device able to control a scavenging amount by controlling the valve overlap amount by the variable valve timing mechanism. The scavenging control device reduces the valve overlap amount when an air-fuel ratio detected by the downstream side air-fuel ratio sensor changes from less than a lean judged air-fuel ratio leaner than a stoichiometric air-fuel ratio to the lean judged air-fuel ratio or more during scavenging. |
| US-09856815-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | F02D 41/1406, F02D 41/2438, F02D 41/2451, F02D 2200/1002, F02D 2200/1006, B60W 10/06, B60W 20/10, Y02T 10/6286 | An engine control method of a hybrid vehicle for controlling the engine depending on an engine load of the hybrid vehicle includes: learning a change amount of an engine load; determining at least one engine torque depending on a magnitude of the engine load; calculating an optimum torque value by using the learned change amount of the engine load and at least one determined engine torque; and controlling the engine by using the calculated optimum torque value. |
| US-09856831-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | F02M 26/29, F02M 26/28, F02M 26/30, F02M 26/32, F02M 26/25, F28D 21/0003, F28F 27/02, Y02T 10/16 | An integrated exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) cooler may include a cooling core having exhaust gas flowing therein, and an integrated housing accommodating the cooling core therein and having a coolant flowing therein, in which the integrated housing includes a coolant introduction port having the coolant introduced from an engine thereinto, a first exhaust port exhausting the coolant to a radiator, and a control valve controlling a flow of the coolant through the first exhaust port, and the cooling core includes U-shaped tubes including a bend so that a surface area is increased. |
| US-09856836-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | B01D 35/02, F02C 7/222, F02C 7/232, F02C 9/28, F02M 37/22, F05D 2260/607, F17D 3/16, F23D 11/26, Y02T 50/675 | The subject matter of this specification can be embodied in, among other things, a fluid flow trim apparatus includes an outer housing defining a cavity having an interior surface and an end wall having an orifice therethrough, a valve body comprising a first valve portion disposed at least partly within the cavity, the first valve portion and the interior surface defining a first fluid flow path, a second valve portion in contact with the interior surface and defining a second fluid flow path. A third valve portion is disposed at least partly within the cavity between the first and second valve portions. The second fluid flow path fluidically connects the third valve portion to a trim cavity. A filter media extends from the first valve portion to the second valve portion and divides a third fluid flow path fluidically connecting the first and seconds fluid flow paths. |
| US-09856850-B1 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | F03B 17/005, F03B 13/06, Y02E 10/38, Y02E 10/22, Y02E 10/32 | An apparatus, system and method for utilizing a source of liquid to rotate an output shaft and produce rotational torque that operates a machine to produce electricity, operate a pump or accomplish other work. Liquid from the supply of liquid flows into a flow chamber where the liquid is mixed with pressurized gas to form an aerated flow stream that flows upward in the flow chamber to lift the liquid to a position above a liquid-driven rotating mechanism, such as a water turbine or open impeller. The liquid is directed to the rotating mechanism by liquid discharge devices. Liquid passing through the rotating mechanism rotates the output shaft and then flows back into the supply of liquid. A supply of pressurized gas supplies the gas to the flow chamber. Gas discharge vents remove the gas from the aerated flow stream upstream of the liquid discharge devices. |
| US-09856852-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | F03D 9/28, F03D 9/25, F03D 9/10, F03D 9/12, F03D 13/25, F03D 3/005, H02K 7/1853, H02K 7/025, F03G 3/08, Y02E 10/727, Y02E 60/16, F05B 2240/93 | The present invention relates to a floating wind energy harvesting apparatus for offshore installation, comprising an elongated wind turbine body extending along a longitudinal wind turbine body axis, said wind turbine body comprising a lower body portion and an upper body portion; wind turbine blades attached to the upper body portion; at least a first cavity inside said wind turbine body and arranged within a first radial distance from said longitudinal wind turbine body axis; at least a second cavity arranged within a second radial distance, greater than said first radial distance, from said longitudinal wind turbine body axis; at least a first pump for pumping water from said first cavity to said second cavity; and an energy converter attached to said wind turbine body for converting the rotation of said wind turbine body to electrical energy. |
| US-09856855-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | F03D 7/00, F03D 7/0264, F03D 7/0292, F03D 7/048, F03D 7/0224, F03D 7/0228, F03D 7/026, F03D 7/028, F03D 7/0284, F03D 7/043, F03D 7/044, F03D 7/045, F03D 7/046, F03D 7/047, F05B 2270/332, Y02E 10/723, Y02E 10/40, Y02E 10/50, Y02E 10/563, Y02E 10/58, Y02E 10/70, H02J 3/383, H02J 3/385, H02J 3/386 | Embodiments of the invention generally relate to wind turbine generators, and more specifically to the deactivation of wind turbines in a wind turbine park. A wind park controller may be configured to retrieve data indicating fatigue experienced by each wind turbine of the wind turbine park, and deactivate those turbines determined to be the most fatigued, thereby increasing the lifetime of turbines in the wind turbine park. |
| US-09856858-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | F05B 2240/51, Y02E 10/74, F03D 11/0008, F03D 1/025, F03D 3/005, H02K 7/09, H02K 7/183, Y02B 10/30, Y02T 10/7083, F16F 15/03, F16C 39/063 | A wind turbine having discrete sets of magnets on the turbine support and the turbine rotor, creating repelling forces and spaces therebetween. The reduction of friction between the turbine rotor and the turbine support allows for an increase in energy production and scale of the wind turbines. |
| US-09856860-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | Y02P 70/50, Y02P 70/52, Y02P 70/523, Y02B 10/30, Y02E 10/70, Y02E 10/72, Y02E 10/721, Y02E 10/723, Y02E 10/728, G01S 7/02, G01S 7/40, G01S 7/4004, G01S 13/02, G01S 13/50, G01S 13/505, G01S 13/58, G01S 13/581, G01S 13/584, G01S 13/589, G01S 13/64, G01S 13/87, G01S 13/88, G01S 13/582, G01S 13/583, F03D 1/06, F03D 1/065, F03D 1/0675, F03D 7/02, F03D 7/0296, F03D 7/04, F03D 17/00, F05B 2240/90, F05B 2240/91, F05B 2240/912, F05B 2270/10, F05B 2270/17, F05B 2270/30, F05B 2270/33, F05B 2270/334, F05B 2270/80, H01Q 3/26, H01Q 3/267 | A wind turbine is provided, having a wind turbine tower and at least one rotatable blade, and further comprising a system for measuring rotor blade vibration of said wind turbine. The system comprises at least one Doppler radar unit operatively configured to emit and receive radar signals, the radar unit being mounted on the wind turbine tower at a position above the lowest position of the at least one blade, the radar unit being positioned so as to measure reflections of an emitted radar signal from the turbine blade. A processing unit is configured to receive measurement data from the radar unit and to determine, by analysis of Doppler shift in received radar signals relative to transmitted signals due to movement of the blade towards or away from the turbine tower, the velocity of the blade in the direction towards or away from the turbine tower. Using a radar unit to measure blade velocity allows a determination to be made of the vibrations occurring in the blade without needing an internal sensor in the blade. This reduces manufacturing and maintenance costs of the blades since sensors in the blades will not need to be replaced, and sensors positioned on the tower are easier to replace in the field. |
| US-09856887-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | F04D 29/26, F04D 29/185, F04D 29/102, F01D 25/164, F05D 2240/20, F05D 2240/40, Y02T 10/144 | A rotor for a supercharging device may include an arrangement; the arrangement may include a compressor wheel operatively coupled to a turbine wheel. A cup-shaped bearing bush configured to receive a radial air bearing may be arranged on at least one longitudinal end of the arrangement. The bearing bush may define an interior including at least one hollow space and a plurality of stiffening ribs extending into the at least one hollow space. |
| US-09856936-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | F16D 2125/52, F16D 2125/48, F16D 2125/40, F16D 2121/24, F16D 65/18, Y02T 10/642, B60L 7/00, H02K 7/06, H02P 3/18, H02P 6/08, H02P 23/009 | An electric brake device includes a brake rotor; a brake pad; an electric motor; a linear motion mechanism configured to convert a rotary motion of the electric motor into a linear motion so as to be transmitted to the brake pad; a controller to control the electric motor; and a brake command device to send a braking force command to the controller. The controller includes an emergency braking detector to detect an emergency braking request; a steady state controller to perform braking in a steady state; and a flux weakening controller to perform flux weakening control. The flux weakening control is performed when the emergency braking detector detects an emergency braking request. |
| US-09856941-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | F16F 15/302, H02K 9/19, H02K 7/025, H02K 5/20, H02K 1/32, Y02E 60/16 | A flywheel system including a rotor shaft. The rotor shaft includes an inner passage therethrough, and a dam with a central opening disposed on a first end of the inner passage. An outer passage surrounds the inner passage. The inner passage is open at a second end, and the outer passage is closed on an end surrounding the second end of the inner passage. The outer passage is open on an end surrounding the first end of the inner passage. Fluid flows into the inner passage at the first end, via the central opening of the dam. Rotation of the flywheel rotor causes the fluid to accumulate along a wall of the inner passage, and to propagate to the second end, where the fluid exits into the outer passage. The fluid propagates along the outer passage to the open end of the outer passage, where it is released. |
| US-09857043-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | F21S 48/1159, F21S 48/328, F21K 9/232, Y02B 20/383, F21W 2101/10 | The present invention relates to a LED lamp unit replacing an H4 bulb in a headlamp. The LED lamp unit (2) at least comprises two LED light sources (5) arranged on two opposing sides of a support member (11) to emit in opposed half-spaces, a heat sink (12, 3) and an electrical connector socket. The electrical connector socket is designed to fit in a lamp holder of a H4 headlamp such that the plane (6) separating the opposed half-spaces is tilted around the optical axis (7) of the headlamp by an angle of between 5° and 30° against the horizontal plane when the connector socket is mounted in the lamp holder. The proposed LED lamp unit replaces H4 bulbs in H4 headlamps and achieves the required legal beam pattern without changing the optical design of the headlamp. |
| US-09857087-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | D06F 58/20, D06F 39/006, D06F 58/206, A47L 15/4291, Y02B 30/52, Y02B 40/54, Y02B 30/123 | The invention in particular is directed to a household appliance, such as a washing machine or dishwasher, comprising a heat pump arrangement (3) with a heat pump (4, 5, 6) adapted to transfer heat to an operating medium (2) of the appliance (1, 3), with a closed storage tank (9) adapted to receive a phase change substance (10) and being heat exchangeably coupled with a process side (5) of the heat pump (4, 5, 6), with at least one sensor (11) adapted and arranged to detect an actual phase state of the phase change substance (10), and with a recovery unit (12) adapted and operable to actively recover the phase change substance (10) in dependence of a signal of the sensor (11). |
| US-09857098-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | Y02E 10/44, Y02E 10/41, F24J 2/244, F24J 2/07, F24J 2/12, F24J 2/487, F24J 2/14 | A heat receiver tube for absorbing solar energy and for transferring the absorbed solar energy to a heat transfer fluid is provided. The heat receiver tube includes a first partial surface, which is covered by a solar energy absorptive coating, and a second partial surface, which is substantially uncovered by the absorbing coating. Also provided is a parabolic trough collector with a parabolic mirror having a sunlight reflecting surface for concentrating sunlight in a focal line of the parabolic minor and a heat receiver tube which is arranged in the focal line of the parabolic mirror, wherein the heat receiver tube is arranged in the focal line such that the first partial surface with the solar absorptive coating is at least partially located opposite to the sunlight reflecting surface and the second partial surface at least partially averted to the sunlight reflecting surface. |
| US-09857099-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | G02B 1/00, G02B 1/11, G02B 1/113, G02B 1/115, G02B 1/116, G02B 5/003, G02B 5/22, G02B 5/208, G02B 5/28, G02B 5/281, G02B 5/282, G02B 5/285, G02B 5/286, Y02E 10/40, Y02E 10/41, Y02E 10/42, Y02E 10/44, Y02E 10/45, F21S 11/00, F21S 11/002, F21S 11/005, F24J 2/0015, F24J 2/10, F24J 2002/1071, F24J 2/4652, F24J 2/4654, F24J 2002/4683, F24J 2002/4685, F24J 2/481, F24J 2/484, F24J 2/485, F24J 2/487 | A solar energy absorptive coating for absorbing sunlight energy includes a multilayer stack, including a first absorbing layer with first absorbing layer material for absorbing an absorption radiation of a certain spectrum of the sunlight, a transmission dielectric layer with a transmission dielectric layer material for a transmission of the absorption radiation, and a second absorbing layer with a second absorbing layer material for absorbing the absorption radiation, wherein at least one of the absorbing layer materials has an absorbing layer material refractive index for the absorption radiation, between 1.5 and 4.0, and an absorbing layer material extinction coefficient for the absorption radiation, between 0.8 and 3.0, and the transmission dielectric layer material has a dielectric layer material refractive index for the absorption radiation, between 1.0 and 3.0, and a dielectric layer material extinction coefficient for the absorption radiation, between 0.0 and 0.2. |
| US-09857100-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | F24J 2/0488, F24J 2/07, F24J 2/484, F24J 2/4654, F24J 2/4652, F24J 2002/4685, Y02E 10/44, Y02E 10/41 | There is provided a heat collector for solar thermal power generation that suppresses oxidization using a silicon-carbide ceramic sintered body as a base body. The heat collector includes the base body made of a silicon-carbide ceramic sintered body in which channels (cells) for passing through a heat medium are formed, a first glass layer of silicate glass that coats at least a part of surfaces of the base body and contains an alkali metal constituent and/or an alkaline-earth metal constituent, and a second glass layer of silicate glass that coats the first glass layer and has a sum of contents of an alkali metal constituent and an alkaline-earth metal constituent, which is smaller than a sum of contents of the alkali metal constituent and the alkaline-earth metal constituent in the first glass layer. |
| US-09857114-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | F25B 2700/21172, F25B 2700/21173, F25B 49/02, F25B 2400/01, F25B 2600/112, F25D 29/003, F25D 11/003, Y02B 30/743 | A method for operating a refrigeration system for a container for refrigerating chilled cargo includes providing a refrigeration system including a compressor and an evaporator fan associated with an evaporator. The method also includes determining the temperature of supply air and the temperature of return air. The method further includes determining one of a requirement for heating and a requirement for cooling based on the temperature of the return air and the temperature of the supply air. The method additionally includes activating the evaporator fan when a requirement for heating is determined and increasing the speed of the evaporator fan when increased heating is determined. The method also includes activating the compressor and the evaporator fan when a requirement for cooling is determined and increasing the power supplied to the compressor and maintaining the evaporator fan at a first speed when increased cooling is determined. |
| US-09857115-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | F25B 13/00, F25B 25/005, F25B 49/02, F25B 2313/006, F25B 2313/0231, F25B 2313/0233, F25B 2313/02741, F25B 2600/13, F25B 2313/02791, F25D 17/02, F25D 17/04, Y02B 30/745 | An air-conditioning apparatus is provided to which, even when a heat medium leaks from a heat medium circuit for some reason and air enters the heat medium circuit, the heat medium circuit can be automatically refilled with the heat medium before a pump is heated and damaged. When it is determined that a rotational speed of a pump is higher than an upper rotational speed limit, the controller determines that the heat medium is leaking from the heat medium circuit and performs a heat-medium-introducing and air-purging control process. |
| US-09857255-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | B60W 20/00, Y02T 10/6217, B60L 11/23, B60L 11/1861, B60L 220/28, B60L 11/1801, B60L 2200/28, B60L 11/1877, B60K 2001/0444, G01L 5/221 | A trailer for a vehicle with a high voltage traction-battery. The trailer may be a self-propelled trailer to substantially match vehicle dynamics and minimize impact on the vehicle. Alternatively, the trailer may push the vehicle to simulate hill descent, or drag on the vehicle to simulate hill ascent. The trailer may provide power for the vehicle. The trailer may provide current to a vehicle electric machine. The trailer may also provide current to recharge a vehicle traction-battery. The trailer may also recharge its own traction-battery. |
| US-09857273-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | G01M 15/00, G01M 15/11, F02D 2200/1015, F02D 41/1498, Y02T 10/00, G01P 3/489 | A misfire detecting apparatus is provided wherein a misfire is detected based on a rotational speed parameter indicative of a rotational speed of an internal combustion engine. An average change amount of the rotational speed parameter in a first predetermined period and an inertia speed changing component which is generated with rotation of the engine are calculated, and a first corrected rotational speed parameter is calculated by correcting the rotational speed parameter according to the average change amount and the inertia speed changing component. A first relative speed parameter is calculated according to a difference between a first reference value and the first corrected rotational speed parameter, the first reference value being the first corrected rotational speed parameter corresponding to the rotational speed parameter which is detected at a reference timing at which a piston of a cylinder, which is subjected to the misfire determination, is positioned in the vicinity of the compression top dead center. A first determination parameter is calculated by integrating the first relative speed parameter for an integration period corresponding to 720/N degrees of a crank angle (“N” is a number of cylinders of the engine), and a misfire determination is performed based on the first determination parameter. The reference timing and a start timing of the integration period are set according to the ignition timing of the engine. |
| US-09857450-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | F24J 2/38, G01S 3/7861, Y02E 10/47, Y02E 10/52 | The present invention refers to a sensing device for sensing the alignment with respect to the sun of a concentration photovoltaic CPV device of the type which comprises at least one principal optical element POE and a CPV receiver, a CPV system, or module, comprising a CPV receiver and an integrated sensing device, and an optimized method for aligning a concentration photovoltaic CPV system with respect to the sun. |
| US-09857503-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | G02C 7/10, G02C 7/12, Y02E 10/542, H01G 9/2031, H01L 51/0545, H01L 51/5012, H01L 27/3244, B82Y 10/00, G01N 21/7703, G01N 2021/7786, G01N 21/6428, G01N 21/645, G01N 21/783, G01N 27/126, A61K 2123/00, A61K 31/555, A61K 41/0057, C07F 13/005, C09K 11/06, C07D 487/22 | An optical material of the present invention has the following characteristics (1) to (4) in a transmittance curve which is measured at a thickness of 2 mm of the optical material. (1) the transmittance curve has a maximum transmittance value at 400 nm to 440 nm and the maximum transmittance thereof is 50% or more. (2) the transmittance curve has a minimum transmittance value at 471 nm to 500 nm. (3) The transmittance at 540 nm is 60% or more. (4) The minimum transmittance value at 471 nm to 500 nm is seven-tenths or less of the maximum transmittance at 400 nm to 440 nm and is seven-tenths or less of the transmittance at 540 nm. |
| US-09857775-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | G05B 19/02, G05B 9/02, G05B 23/0281, G21D 3/001, Y02E 30/40 | A method applied to a computer that determines a situation of a system includes the steps of: receiving measurement data from each of a plurality of measurement targets in the system; computing a plurality of sets of anomaly values based on the measurement data and a predetermined computation algorithm according to a plurality of classifications corresponding to a plurality of properties of each measurement target; and determining the situation of the system based on the sets of anomaly values and a predetermined determination algorithm. |
| US-09857810-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | G05D 23/1924, G05D 23/24, G05D 23/27, G05D 23/1917, Y02E 10/40, F24J 2/402, F24D 5/005, F24D 19/109, G05B 15/02, F24F 11/0012, F24F 11/006 | A solar energy thermostatic controller using a solid-state microcomputer that manages air mover(s) to supply heated air for building space heating. Methods includes microcomputer software for communicating with temperature sensors located at the solar heating source, the supply vent source and the building room/interior. The present invention thermostatic control device features a data logger to record temperatures and humidity history, and elapsed time usage history of solar heated air available from attics and crawl spaces; or solar collectors mounted in or on walls, rooftops, or exterior locations. The thermostatic control device manages use of limited solar heated air for building environmental control. Program controlled temperature set points manage an HVAC blower to gather solar heated air during the daily sunlight solar excursion and to control shutdown of the supply system when solar heated air temperature falls below present room/interior temperature. Methods include permanent memory storage of historical data. |
| US-09857853-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | H04L 65/403, H04L 47/72, H04L 12/12, H04L 12/1818, H04M 3/565, Y02B 60/34, G06F 1/26, G06Q 10/1095 | A device controlling system controls devices connected via a network. The device controlling system includes a reserving unit configured to receive place identifying information for identifying a place and a usage time and date when the place is used, and make a reservation for usage of the place and a device arranged at the place on the usage time and date; and a device controller configured to bring the device to a power-on state based on the usage time and date and device identifying information for identifying the device on the network. |
| US-09858182-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | G06F 12/0253, G06F 12/0246, G06F 13/4282, G06F 2212/7201, G06F 2212/7205, Y02B 60/1228, Y02B 60/1235 | A garbage collection method of a data storage system having storage devices is provided. The method includes determining whether a garbage collection is needed in one of the storage devices, transferring a multicast garbage collection command from one of the storage devices to at least one other storage device in a write group through a multicast operation, and performing the garbage collection in one of the storage devices. |
| US-09858226-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | G06F 1/26, G06F 13/4291, G06F 13/4295, G06F 1/266, G06F 1/3287, G06F 2213/0052, Y02B 60/1282, Y02B 60/31 | In one embodiment a system comprises an integrated circuit, a plurality of voltage regulators; and a data bus coupled to the integrated circuit and the plurality of voltage regulators. In some embodiments the integrated circuit comprises logic to embed a timing signal on the data bus. Other embodiments may be described. |
| US-09858239-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | G06F 1/3209, G06F 1/3287, G06F 13/4295, H04L 43/0876, H04L 43/0888, H04L 43/16, H04L 47/783, Y02B 60/1228, Y02B 60/1235 | There is provided a method for operating of network cards in computing systems. The method comprises: detecting resource utilization of all network cards of computing systems connected via the one or more networks; monitoring network statistics of the network, the monitoring the network statistics including: evaluating whether a resource utilization of each network card connected to the one more networks is larger than a threshold; and determining an operation of each network card connected to the network according to and the detected resource utilization and the monitored network statistics. |
| US-09858369-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | G06F 17/5036, G06F 2217/78, Y02E 60/76, Y04S 40/22 | Systems and methods related to fast simulation of power delivery networks are described. A method is provided for simulating the time-domain responses of a plurality of points of a multi-layer power delivery network, comprising selecting a model of the power delivery network of a circuit, parsing the characteristic data describing the power delivery network, forming a circuit matrix relating to said circuit characteristic data, creating a preconditioner matrix with a specialized structure that allows solution by a Fast Transform solver, simulating the circuit using said circuit and preconditioner matrices by a computer, including a non-transitory computer readable storage medium and at least one processor, but preferably multiple processors, and reporting the responses at selected nodes and branches of the power delivery network. |
| US-09858796-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | H02J 13/0013, H02J 13/002, Y02B 90/2615, Y04S 20/40, G08B 21/182, G05B 23/0221, G01R 19/0092 | A mountable wall receptacle including one or more current sensors and power-line communications circuitry is described herein. In one exemplary, non-limiting embodiment, the mountable wall receptacle includes power-line communications circuitry, one or more current sensors, a power source, and one or more internal contacts. The wall receptacle is capable of monitoring and recording, using the current sensor(s), an amount of current or energy provided to an accessory device plugged into one or more outlets in communication with the one or more internal contacts. A user device is able to obtain the recorded amount of current or energy from various access points within a residence using one or more power lines located at the residence. The power lines enable the user device to communicate with the wall receptacle using the power-line communications circuitry therein. |
| US-09859058-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | H01G 4/0085, H01G 4/30, H01G 4/1227, H01G 4/232, Y02P 70/611 | A multilayer ceramic capacitor includes a ceramic body including an active portion including dielectric layers and internal electrodes that are alternately stacked and a margin portion disposed on outer surfaces of the active portion; and external electrodes disposed on outer surfaces of the ceramic body. The margin portion includes an inner half adjacent to the active portion and an outer half adjacent to the edge of the ceramic body, and a porosity of the inner half is greater than a porosity of the outer half. |
| US-09859064-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | H01G 11/32, H01G 11/34, H01G 11/38, H01G 11/86, Y02E 60/13, H01B 1/24 | A method for producing an activated carbon sheet having high electrolyte impregnation capacity and high mechanical strength is provided. The method for producing an activated carbon sheet includes a sheet preparation step of preparing a sheet including an activated carbon, an electrically conductive carbon material, and a fibrous fluorocarbon resin binder, which fluorocarbon resin is polytetrafluoroethylene and/or modified polytetrafluoroethylene; and a light irradiation step of performing light irradiation of at least one side of the sheet such that the cumulative irradiation dose on the sheet surface is 50 to 1000 mJ/cm2. |
| US-09859085-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | H02M 3/33507, H02M 3/33523, H02M 3/33561, H02M 3/33569, H02M 3/33576, H02M 3/33592, H02M 1/36, H02M 2001/0032, Y02B 70/1433, Y02B 70/1441, Y02B 70/1475, H01H 83/02, H02J 3/36 | A power system includes a direct current (DC) channel connected to a high-voltage direct current (HVDC) bus, an HVDC bus ground fault protection device connected to the HVDC bus, and a DC channel ground fault protection device connected to the DC channel. The HVDC bus ground fault protection device is operatively associated with the DC channel ground protection fault device through the DC channel to cause the DC channel ground fault protection device to disconnect the DC channel from the HVDC bus based on a comparison of current imbalance in the DC channel with a DC channel current imbalance threshold when the HVDC bus ground fault protection device determines that current leakage from the HVDC bus exceeds a current leakage threshold of the HVDC bus. |
| US-09859502-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | H01L 51/006, H01L 51/0061, H01L 51/0054, H01L 51/5088, H01L 51/5096, H01L 51/0058, H01L 51/0056, H01L 51/0055, H01L 51/0073, H01L 51/506, H01L 51/5056, H01L 51/5012, C07D 307/91, H05B 33/10, Y02E 10/549, C09K 11/025, C09K 11/06, C09K 2211/1029, C09K 2211/185, C09K 2211/1011, C09K 2211/1014, C09K 2211/1007 | The invention relates to compounds according to formula (1), said compounds being suitable for use in electronic devices, in particular in organic electroluminescent devices. |
| US-09859512-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | C09D 183/04, C09D 183/16, H01L 51/00, H01L 51/52, H01L 51/56, H01L 51/0096, H01L 51/5262, C08G 77/04, C08G 77/62, Y02E 10/549, Y02P 70/521 | There are provided a fine concave-convex structure substrate which is hydrophobic and excellent in heat resistance, a solution used for producing the concave-convex structure substrate, and a method for producing the concave-convex structure substrate. The concave-convex structure substrate having the concave-convex structure includes a concave-convex structure layer made of a sol-gel material, and a contact angle of water on the sol-gel material in a flat and smooth film shape is not less than 80°. The concave-convex structure substrate according to the present invention has a hydrophobic surface, and thus, in the element in which the concave-convex structure substrate is incorporated, moisture adsorption onto the surface of the concave-convex structure substrate can be prevented, thereby making it possible to lengthen a service life of the element. |
| US-09859542-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | H01M 2/18, H01M 2/26, H01M 4/386, H01M 4/525, H01M 4/583, H01M 4/587, H01M 4/664, H01M 10/052, H01M 10/562, H01M 10/058, H01M 2/1061, H01M 2/1077, H01M 4/131, H01M 4/133, H01M 6/40, H01M 2220/20, H01M 2300/0068, Y10T 29/49108, Y02P 70/54, Y02E 60/122, Y02T 10/7011 | A battery element includes a substrate with a plurality of trenches extending into the substrate. At least a part of each trench of the plurality of trenches is filled with a solid state battery structure. Further, the battery element includes a front side battery element electrode arranged at a front side of the substrate and electrically connected to a first electrode layer of the solid state battery structures within the plurality of trenches. Additionally, the battery element includes a backside battery element electrode arranged at a backside of the substrate and electrically connected to a second electrode layer of the solid state battery structures within the plurality of trenches. |
| US-09859563-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | B82Y 40/00, B82Y 10/00, Y10S 977/948, H01M 4/133, H01M 4/366, H01M 4/625, H01M 10/0525, Y02E 60/122, Y02E 70/54, C01B 2202/08 | Material compositions are provided that may comprise, for example, a vertically aligned carbon nanotube (VACNT) array, a conductive layer, and a carbon interlayer coupling the VACNT array to the conductive layer. Methods of manufacturing are provided. Such methods may comprise, for example, providing a VACNT array, providing a conductive layer, and bonding the VACNT array to the conductive layer via a carbon interlayer. |
| US-09859576-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | B01D 63/022, B01D 63/02, H01M 8/04149, H01M 2250/20, Y02T 90/32 | A membrane humidifier includes buffering and spacing structures each interposed between adjacent hollow fiber membranes of a plurality of hollow fiber membranes arranged in a housing of the membrane humidifier, wherein the buffering and spacing structures buffer a pressure of air supplied from an air blower and maintain a spacing between the adjacent hollow fiber membranes. |
| US-09859582-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | H01M 8/0297, H01M 8/1286, H01M 8/2425, H01M 8/243, H01M 8/2435, H01M 8/1246, H01M 8/04007, H01M 8/04201, H01M 8/1004, H01M 2008/1293, Y02E 60/521, Y02E 60/525 | The invention provides tubular solid oxide fuel cell devices and a fuel cell system incorporating a plurality of the fuel devices, each device including an elongate tube having a reaction zone for heating to an operating reaction temperature, and at least one cold zone that remains at a low temperature below the operating reaction temperature when the reaction zone is heated. An electrolyte is disposed between anodes and cathodes in the reaction zone, and the anode and cathode each have an electrical pathway extending to an exterior surface in a cold zone for electrical connection at low temperature. In one embodiment, the tubular device is a spiral rolled structure, and in another embodiment, the tubular device is a concentrically arranged device. The system further includes the devices positioned with their reaction zones in a hot zone chamber and their cold zones extending outside the hot zone chamber. A heat source is coupled to the hot zone chamber to heat the reaction zones to the operating reaction temperature, and fuel and air supplies are coupled to the tubes in the cold zones. |
| US-09859588-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | H01M 10/0567, H01M 10/052, H01M 10/0568, H01M 10/0569, H01M 4/136, H01M 4/382, H01M 4/581, H01M 4/5815, Y02E 60/122 | Disclosed is an electrochemical cell comprising a lithium anode and a sulfur-containing cathode and a non-aqueous electrolyte. The cell exhibits high utilization of the electroactive sulfur-containing material of the cathode and a high charge-discharge efficiency. |
| US-09859596-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | H01L 31/022425, H01L 49/006, Y02E 10/50, H01G 9/2031, H01G 9/2036, H01M 10/02, H01M 10/00, H01M 14/00, H01M 14/005 | The purpose of this invention is to provide a repeatedly chargeable and dischargeable quantum battery that is available for a long period of time without an aging change. The quantum battery is charged by causing an n-type metal oxide semiconductor to have a photo-exited structural change, thereby the electrode of quantum battery is prevented from being oxide and a price reduction and stable operation are possible. The repeatedly usable quantum battery is constituted by laminating; a first metal electrode having an oxidation preventing function, charging layer in which an energy level is formed in the band gap by causing an n-type metal oxide semiconductor covered with an insulating material to have a photo-exited structure change and electrons are trapped at the energy level; p-type metal oxide semiconductor layer; and a second metal electrode having the oxidation preventing function, the electrodes are passive metal layers formed of metals having passive characteristics. |
| US-09859708-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | H02J 3/12, H02J 3/387, H02J 3/383, H02J 3/386, H02J 3/381, H02J 13/002, Y04S 10/12, Y04S 40/121, Y02E 60/7815, Y02E 40/72 | A method for signaling and controlling in a power grid coupling a plurality of actuators for providing power signals is provided. At a first actuator, a voltage problem is detected, a communication signal is generated based on the detected voltage problem, and the generated communication signal is transmitted over the power grid. At a second actuator, the transmitted communication signal is received, a control action is generated based on the received communication signal and the generated control action is transmitted over the power grid towards the first actuator. |
| US-09859712-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | H02J 13/002, H02J 13/0024, H02J 3/32, H02J 3/40, H02J 3/42, H02J 3/48, H02J 3/38, H02J 3/381, H02J 3/382, H02J 3/383, Y02E 40/72, Y02E 60/7815, Y02E 60/7823, G05B 2219/2237, Y04S 10/12, Y04S 20/221, Y04S 40/121, Y04S 40/122, Y10T 307/707, H04B 2203/5462, H04B 3/542, H04B 3/544, H04B 3/54 | According to one embodiment, there is provided a power electronics device including: a connector connected to a power line; a power controller; a connection detection processor; and a collision monitor. The power controller performs at least one of generating an electric signal to the power line and detecting an electric signal on the power line via the connector. The connection detection processor performs a connection detection process with use of the power controller to detect another power electronics device connected to the power line. The collision monitor monitors whether or not collision of electric signals occurs on the power line during the connection detection process and controls the connection detection processor according to a monitoring result of whether or not the collision of electric signals occurs. |
| US-09859717-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | H02J 9/005, H02J 3/14, Y02B 70/3233, Y04S 20/222, Y04S 20/225 | Systems, apparatus, and methods for controlling power modes in electronic devices are provided. A system may include an electronic device and an input device that sends power mode selection information via a network to a power mode selection receiving component in the electronic device. The electronic device includes a first power component that powers a first component, and a switching component that controls the first power component. The electronic device may include a second power component that powers a second component. The switching component may control the second power component. The power mode selection receiving component and the switching component may be powered independently of the first and the second component. If the power mode selection information indicates an off mode, the electronic device may provide power to the power mode selection receiving component and the switching component and not to the first and the second component. |
| US-09859730-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | H02J 7/025, H01F 38/14, Y02T 90/122, B60L 11/182, Y02E 60/12 | In control means (10), a position of a mobile terminal (15) on an upper surface of a mobile terminal installation plate (6) is detected a plurality of times by a position detection coil (14) used as detection means, and when a previous detected position and a subsequent (referred to as next) detected position are the same, a charging coil (8) is moved by motors (28), (33) used as driving means to a charging position opposed to the previous detected position or the next detected position detected by the position detection coil (14), and the charging is then started. |
| US-09859743-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | Y02E 60/12, H02J 7/025, H01F 38/14, Y02T 90/122, B60L 11/182, G06Q 30/0267, G06Q 30/02, G06Q 30/0277, G06Q 30/0273, G06Q 30/0269 | Methods, apparatus, systems and articles of manufacture to provide power to devices are disclosed. An example method includes determining an indication of visual media consumption of a display by a person; and enabling delivery of power to a device associated with the person in response to determining that the visual media consumption is associated with the person. |
| US-09859755-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | B60L 11/1831, B60L 11/1833, B60L 11/182, H02J 5/005, Y02T 10/7005, Y02T 90/127 | This disclosure provides systems, methods and apparatus for wireless power transfer and particularly wireless power transfer to remote systems such as electric vehicles. In one aspect, a wireless power receiver includes a first inductive element, a power supply, and a communication receiver. The first inductive element is configured to receive wireless power from a first electromagnetic field generated by a wireless power transmitter including a second inductive element. The power supply is configured to supply a current to the first inductive element to generate a second electromagnetic field and induce a current in the second inductive element. The communication receiver is configured to receive an indication of a distance between the first inductive element and the second inductive element based on the induced current in the second inductive element. |
| US-09859786-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | H02M 1/42, H02M 1/4225, H02M 7/12, H02M 1/32, H02M 1/36, H02M 1/4233, H02M 7/125, Y02B 70/126 | A boost PFC converter includes a rectifier, a converter and an output stage comprising an output capacitor where the DC output voltage is provided across the output capacitor. The rectifier includes four rectifying elements connected in a full bridge configuration where the upper two of these four rectifying elements are thyristors and where the lower two are diodes. In that the thyristors are controlled such as to be open for only a part of each half period of the input voltage, the amount of current per half period that is passed to the output capacitor is controllable and can be made very small. Accordingly, the charge current for precharging the output capacitor can be controllably limited such that a bulky precharge resistor is not required anymore to avoid high inrush currents. |
| US-09859790-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | H02M 3/04, H02M 7/04, H02M 1/42, H02M 1/4225, H02M 1/44, G01R 21/06, G01R 21/127, G05F 1/70, H02J 3/16, Y02E 40/12, Y02E 40/30, Y02E 40/34, Y02B 70/126 | A power detection and transmission circuit is provided. The power detection and transmission circuit includes a first conversion circuit, a second conversion circuit and a signal coupling circuit. The first conversion circuit is electrically connected to a power supply module to receive an analog input signal, and is arranged for converting the analog input signal to a first pulse width modulation (PWM) signal. The second conversion circuit is arranged for converting a second PWM signal to an analog regenerated signal, and transmitting the analog regenerated signal to a microcontroller, wherein the microcontroller calculates power information of the power supply module according to the analog regenerated signal. The signal coupling circuit is coupled between the first conversion circuit and the second conversion circuit, and is arranged for coupling the first PWM signal to the second conversion circuit and accordingly generating the second PWM signal. |
| US-09859796-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | H02M 3/145, H02M 3/155, H02M 3/156, H02M 3/158, H02M 3/1582, H02M 3/1584, H02M 3/1588, H02M 2001/007, H02M 2001/0067, Y02B 70/1466 | A method of operating a buck-boost converter including an inductor and a capacitor includes; operating the buck-boost converter in boost mode until a level of an input voltage applied at an input node of the buck-boost converter reaches a desired level of an output voltage apparent at an output node of the buck-boost converter, and after the level of an input voltage reaches the desired level of the output voltage, operating the buck-boost converter in buck mode, wherein operating the buck-boost converter in buck mode and operating the buck-boost converter in boost mode overlap at least in part temporally proximate a point at which the level of the input voltage exceeds the level of the output voltage. |
| US-09859798-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | H02J 5/005, H02J 50/12, H02J 7/025, H02M 3/335, H02M 3/33523, H02M 3/33553, H02M 3/33569, H02M 2007/4815, Y02B 70/1433, Y02B 70/1416 | A switching control circuit alternately turns on/off, at a switching frequency at which the impedance of a multi-resonant circuit becomes inductive, switching elements with a dead time therebetween. In an operation in the third quadrant of current-voltage characteristics of the switching elements, the switching elements are turned on by supplying a control signal to control terminals of the switching elements, and a dead time is determined so as to satisfy tc≦td<(tc+ta), tc representing a commutation period in which the voltages across both ends of the switching circuits change, ta representing a period corresponding to the operation in the third quadrant, and td representing the dead time. |
| US-09859801-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | H02M 3/33569, H02M 3/1582, H02M 7/487, B60R 16/033, B64D 41/00, B64D 2221/00, Y02T 90/32, H01M 2250/20, H02J 2001/004 | A bipolar high-voltage network for an aircraft or spacecraft. The network includes at least one DC-DC converter having two unipolar input connections and two bipolar output connections as well as a reference potential connection, at least two fuel cell stacks which are coupled in series between the two unipolar input connections, and at least two discharge diodes, each connected in parallel with the output connections of one of the at least two fuel cell stacks. The DC-DC converter is operable selectively in a step-up converter mode of operation or a step-down converter mode of operation, as a function of an input voltage between the unipolar input connections. |
| US-09859808-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | H02M 5/458, H02M 7/4807, H02M 7/53873, Y02E 10/563, H02H 7/1216 | Systems and methods associated with example power converter systems are disclosed. For instance, a power converter system can include a power converter couplable to an input power source and configured to generate an output power substantially at a grid frequency. The power converter can include one or more inverter bridge circuits, each associated with an output phase of the power converter. Each inverter bridge circuit can include one or more first switching modules having a pair of switching elements coupled in series with one another, and an output coupled between the pair of switching elements. At least one switching element of each first switching module includes a reverse blocking transistor. The power converter further includes one or more input bridge circuits having a plurality of second switching modules coupled in parallel, each second switching module comprising a pair of silicon carbide transistors. |
| US-09859813-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | H02M 7/42, H02M 1/00, H02M 1/36, H02S 40/32, Y02E 10/56 | A power converter, for example, an inverter of a photovoltaic system, is designed to read out an exchangeable memory medium and to carry out an operation setting and/or a start-up of the power converter in accordance with the settings data, the settings data being read from the exchangeable external memory medium. A method for setting the operation and/or the start-up of a power converter, for example, for setting the operation and/or the start-up of an inverter, is performed in accordance with settings data read from an external memory medium. |
| US-09859814-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | H02M 7/44, H02M 7/4807, H02M 3/33592, H02M 2007/4815, H02M 7/49, H02J 3/383, Y02E 10/563, Y02B 70/1441, Y10T 307/50 | A method and apparatus for independently controlling multiple power converter sources. In one embodiment, the method comprises determining a ratio of a first set point for biasing a first DC source to a power converter and a second set point for biasing a second DC source to the power converter, wherein the first and the second DC sources are serially-coupled to one another and coupled to an input bridge of the power converter by a filter; and determining, based on the ratio, relative switching times for driving a first diagonal of an input bridge of the power converter and a second diagonal of the input bridge to bias the first DC source proximate the first set point and the second DC source proximate the second set point. |
| US-09859815-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | H02M 7/44, H02M 3/18, H02J 13/0051, H02J 13/002, H02J 3/32, H02J 7/34, H02J 1/102, H02J 3/36, H02J 3/42, H02J 9/061, Y04S 40/121, Y04S 40/123, Y04S 10/14, Y02E 60/7815, Y02E 60/783, Y02E 60/722, Y02E 60/12 | An energy storage system including a plurality of loads each converting direct current (DC) power stored in a battery thereof into alternating current (AC) power and outputting the AC power, a plurality of slave power controllers detecting zero crossing points of AC voltage signals output from one of the plurality of loads and controlling the plurality of loads in accordance with a control signal received from a master power controller, and the master power controller controlling the plurality of slave power controllers so as to control the plurality of loads in accordance with the control signal received from the master power controller after a preset time has lapsed since the detected zero crossing point. |
| US-09859833-B1 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | H05B 37/0272, H05B 33/0845, H05B 33/0815, H05B 33/0884, H05B 37/02, H05B 37/0254, H05B 37/0263, H05B 39/041, H05B 39/044, Y02B 20/347, Y10T 307/753, H02P 27/085 | The fixed and variable speed induction motor and light controller has a dual isolated low voltage power supply including timing control that utilizes the zero crossing detector of a microcontroller (MCU) to chop the voltage. This permits quiet on the fly variable speed control. The MCU is connected to a pulse width modulation (PWM) module including two pairs of MOSFETs connected back-to-back to form two AC switches for motor control. A TRIAC phase control output controls the lighting. A reverse switch (which may be a part of the existing ceiling fan) or an on-board reverse relay is included. An RF receiver (WiFi, Bluetooth, etc.) is configured for remote access to the controller. |
| US-09859972-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | H04B 7/18504, H04B 7/18528, H04B 7/18543, H04B 7/18539, H04B 7/18578, H04B 7/18541, H04B 7/1555, H04B 7/18554, H04B 7/18506, B64C 2201/122, B64C 39/024, H04W 84/06, H04W 36/30, H04W 84/005, H04W 88/16, H04W 24/02, H04W 48/16, H04W 36/0005, Y02B 60/50 | Systems and methods for providing broadband internet access to mobile platforms such as vehicles, aircraft, and portable devices, using a network of one or more entities such as drones/unmanned aerial vehicles (UAVs). In one embodiment, the drone communication system comprises an antenna sub-system, a radio sub-system and a data switching sub-system. The mobile platforms comprise antenna and radio sub-systems to communicate with the drones, detect changes in the mobile platforms azimuth and elevation changes, and adjust the mobile platform's antenna beam to compensate for the orientation changes to optimally point toward the drones. The exemplary mobile platform further comprises methods to detect the need for handoff to a different drone and to carry out the handoff. |
| US-09860050-B1 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | H04L 5/14, H04L 5/0023, H04L 5/0032, H04L 5/0092, H04L 5/0064, H04L 5/0037, H04L 27/28, H04W 24/02, H04W 72/0453, H04W 72/0446, H04W 52/02, H04B 7/0413, H04B 7/04, Y02B 60/50 | Dynamic tuning of antennas towards a receive channel carrier frequency, a transmit channel carrier frequency, or between the receive channel and transmit channel carrier frequencies in frequency division duplex (FDD) communications systems is disclosed. A user device, such as a mobile communications device may be configured to dynamically tune its antenna based at least in part on the amount of data to transmit, data to receive, a receive channel quality, and/or a transmit channel quality. The antenna may be tuned to one of the transmit or receive channels or a frequency between the transmit and receive channels based at least in part on which channel, if any, may benefit from greater antenna efficiency. |
| US-09860298-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | H04L 67/02, H04L 67/16, H04L 67/2842, H04L 5/0055, H04W 52/0216, Y02B 60/50 | An aspect of the present disclosure provides access via HTTP verbs to services implemented by stateless objects. In one embodiment, the list of services implemented by a stateless object deployed on an application server is displayed to a user/administrator. Upon receiving (from the user/administrator) an input data indicating selection of some of the services (from the displayed list), only the selected service are provided access via a corresponding HTTP verb. In other words, a first service that is included in the selection is provided access via a HTTP verb, while a second service not included in the selection is not made accessible via HTTP verbs. Thus, a user/administrator is facilitated to provide access via HTTP verbs to only services of interest among those implemented by a stateless object at or after the deployment of the stateless object. |
| US-09860679-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | H04W 24/00, H04W 4/008, H04W 4/027, H04W 4/023, H04M 2242/30, H04M 1/7253, H04M 1/6075, H04M 2250/02, H04M 2250/04, A45C 13/18, G01V 15/00, G08B 21/24, Y02B 60/50 | A system for determining the location of a person relative to a vehicle. In one embodiment, the system includes a first device comprising a first Bluetooth transceiver in the vehicle, a portable second device comprising a second Bluetooth transceiver and a first application program. The first application program identifies a first condition in which a link based on Bluetooth RF transmission exists between the first device and the second device when the person is in a first position close to or in the vehicle. The application program determines when the link is broken based on drop in signal level and provides notification through a network to a computer system when a determination is made that the link is broken. The notification is indicative of the person having moved farther away from the vehicle to a second position. |
| US-09860846-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | H04W 52/0258, H04W 52/0251, H04W 12/08, H04W 12/06, H04W 4/02, H04L 63/108, Y02B 60/50 | Devices, methods and computer-readable media for controlling a device timeout parameter are disclosed. For example, a device receives a condition for modifying a timeout parameter and a modification. The device then detects the condition for modifying the timeout parameter and applies the modification to the timeout parameter in response to detecting the condition. A method determines a maximum time for a timeout parameter of a device and transmits a message to the device indicating the maximum time for the timeout parameter. A further method determines a condition for modifying a timeout parameter of a device and a modification. The method then transmits a message to the device indicating the condition for modifying the timeout parameter of the device and the modification. |
| US-09860920-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | H04W 74/06, H04W 74/0833, H04W 52/0229, H04W 74/006, H04L 1/1685, Y02B 60/50 | A method of operating a mobile station requesting uplink access from a base station subsystem may include transmitting an access request to the base station subsystem, and delaying looking for a response matching the access request according to a delay interval. A response time window (RTW) may be initiated after the delay interval. During the response time window, the mobile station may look for an assignment message transmitted from the base station subsystem and matching the access request without looking for an assignment message matching the access request during the delay interval. |
| US-09860944-B2 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | H05B 33/083, H05B 33/0803, H05B 33/0815, H05B 33/0827, H05B 33/0809, H05B 33/0842, H05B 33/0821, H05B 37/02, Y02B 20/346, F21Y 2115/10 | The purpose of the present invention is to provide an LED driving circuit with which it is possible to easily manage the color temperature by adjusting light. An LED driving circuit, characterized in having: a first LED group in which a plurality of first LEDs are serially connected, the first LED group contributing to emission of light having a first color temperature; a second LED group in which a plurality of second LEDs are serially connected, the second LED group contributing to emission of light having a second color temperature; a third LED group in which a plurality of second LEDs are serially connected, the second LED group contributing to emission of light having the second color temperature; and a control unit for switching, in response to an increase in a rectified output voltage, from illumination of only the first LED group to illumination of only the second LED group and then from illumination of only the second LED group to illumination of the second LED group and the third LED group, the number of first LEDs included in the first LED group being less than the number of second LEDs included in the second LED group. |
| US-09860948-B1 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | H05B 37/03, H05B 37/02, H05B 39/085, H05B 33/0815, H05B 33/0818, H05B 41/2828, H05B 41/3921, H05B 41/3927, H05B 37/029, H05B 33/0803, H05B 37/0254, Y02B 20/48, F21K 9/00, B60Q 11/005, H02H 7/1209, B64F 1/20, F21V 33/00, G01R 19/145 | A network switch and luminaire provide environmental lighting via network infrastructure. The network switch operates in a communication mode that communicates, via a network interface, data with the luminaire over a network. Some portion of the data may be lighting control information for the luminaire that is produced by a control device. The network uses a network protocol that provides power to the luminaire using a network cable, where the luminaire uses the power to illuminate a lighting element. In response to a signal received by an emergency control input on the network switch, the emergency circuitry switches the network switch from the communication mode to an emergency lighting mode. The emergency lighting mode bypasses the processor used for communicating data via the network interface, and provides, via the network cable attached to the network interface, only power to the luminaire. |
| US-09860951-B1 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | H05B 33/08, H05B 33/0827, H05B 33/0845, H05B 37/02, H05B 37/0227, F21Y 2115/15, Y02B 20/347, G05F 3/16, G05F 5/00 | A lighting system includes various LED boards. The LED boards are connected to a power source via an LED driver that regulates power from the power source to the LED boards. The LED driver includes a positive output and a negative output. The positive output of the LED driver is connected to a positive connection point of a first LED board and the negative output of the LED driver is connected to a negative connection point of a last LED board to distribute power or current approximately evenly across the LED boards. Distributing power or current approximately evenly across the LED boards or balancing current through the LED boards can cause the brightness or intensity of various LEDs in the lighting system to be approximately the same. |
| US-09860954-B1 | 2018-01-02 00:00:00 | H05B 37/02, H05B 37/029, H05B 37/0227, H05B 37/0272, H05B 33/0854, H05B 33/0866, Y02B 20/48, Y02B 20/46, F21S 2/005, F21S 9/04, F21V 23/0442, F21Y 2115/10 | An automatic sensing system includes at least one LED lamp, and at least one sensing control device. Each of at least one LED lamp includes at least three operation modes. The three operation modes includes a closing mode, a low light mode, and a fill light mode. The sensing control device includes an illumination detecting module, a pyroelectric sensing module, a signal processing module, and a lamp control module. The signal processing module is configured for processing the signal data output from the pyroelectric sensing module based on the signal data detected by the illumination detecting module and outputting a control signal. The lamp control module is configured for controlling all of the LED lamps to work in one of the three operation modes so as to make any one of the at least one sensing control device to control all of the LED lamps to work. The invention further includes an automatic sensing control method for LED lighting. |
| US-09867330-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | F02D 41/02, F02D 41/021, F02D 41/08, F02D 41/042, F02N 11/0814, Y02T 10/48, B60Y 2200/223 | A riding lawn care vehicle may include a mobility assembly configured to support the riding lawn care vehicle during movement over ground, a working assembly configured to perform a working function, an engine operably coupled to the mobility assembly and the working assembly, a drive control system, and an auto idle assembly. The engine may be configured to selectively provide power to the mobility assembly and the working assembly. The drive control system may be configured to control delivery of the power from the engine to the mobility assembly. The auto idle assembly may be configured to automatically provide inputs to the drive control system to shift to an idle mode responsive to detection of predetermined criteria. |
| US-09868084-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | B01F 3/04262, B01F 3/04248, B01D 2252/103, B01D 53/1425, B01D 53/18, B01D 53/1406, B01D 2011/005, B01D 2259/40079, B01D 53/1475, E21B 43/36, Y02C 10/06 | A process and apparatus for separating components of a source gas is provided in which more soluble components of the source gas are dissolved in an aqueous solvent at high pressure. The system can utilize hydrostatic pressure to increase solubility of the components of the source gas. The apparatus includes gas recycle throughout multiple mass transfer stages to improve mass transfer of the targeted components from the liquid to gas phase. Separated components can be recovered for use in a value added application or can be processed for long-term storage, for instance in an underwater reservoir. |
| US-09868106-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | B01J 20/14, B01J 20/28076, B01J 20/3236, B01J 20/20, B01J 20/28083, B01J 20/3204, B01J 20/0225, B01J 20/3085, B01J 20/3078, B01J 20/04, B01J 20/28085, C01B 3/001, C01B 3/0084, H01M 8/04216, Y02E 60/324 | Methods of forming a diatom-based nanocomposite are provided. The methods include mixing at least one diatomic material, one or more metal precursors, and functionalized graphite oxide to form a mixture. The methods also include exfoliating the mixture in presence of hydrogen to reduce functionalized graphite oxide to graphene and reducing the one or more metal precursors to metal nanoparticles. The methods further include depositing the metal nanoparticles on the diatomic material to form the diatom-based nanocomposite. |
| US-09868208-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | B25J 9/163, B25J 9/1694, B25J 9/1656, G05B 19/42, G05B 2219/40103, G05B 2219/36447, G05B 2219/31048, Y02P 90/04 | Apparatus and methods for controlling attention and training of autonomous robotic devices. In one approach, attention of the robot may be manipulated by use of a spot-light device illuminating a portion of the aircraft undergoing inspection in order to indicate to inspection robot target areas requiring more detailed inspection. The robot guidance may be aided by way of an additional signal transmitted by the agent to the robot indicating that the object has been illuminated and attention switch may be required. Responsive to receiving the additional signal, the robot may initiate a search for the signal reflected by the illuminated area requiring its attention. Responsive to detecting the illuminated object and receipt of the additional signal, the robot may develop an association between the two events and the inspection task. The light guided attention system may influence the robot learning for subsequent actions. |
| US-09868253-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | B29C 53/602, B29C 35/0288, B29C 65/02, B29C 65/481, B29C 66/636, B29C 66/72141, B29C 70/06, B29C 63/24, Y02E 60/321, F17C 2201/0104, F17C 2201/056, F17C 2203/0604, F17C 2203/0619, F17C 2221/012, F17C 2223/0123, F17C 2223/036, F17C 2260/013, F17C 2270/0168, B29K 2101/10, B29K 2105/10, B29L 2031/712 | A method of manufacturing a tank comprises providing a covered liner by winding a fiber impregnated with a thermosetting resin on a liner; and performing a heat curing process that cures the thermosetting resin by heating the covered liner in a heating furnace. The heat curing process comprises controlling the heating to prevent temperature of the thermosetting resin that is changed by the heating from exceeding a heat resistant temperature of the liner. |
| US-09868354-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | B60L 11/182, B60L 11/1833, B60L 11/1803, B60L 11/1829, B60L 11/1835, B60L 5/005, G05D 1/0225, Y02T 90/125, Y02T 90/121, Y02T 90/122, H02J 5/005 | An IPA-ECU (410) recognizes a position of a power transferring unit by image recognition based on image information from a camera (120) incorporated in a vehicle. Then, the IPA-ECU (410) performs guidance control such that the vehicle is guided to the power transferring unit based on a result of the image recognition (first guidance control). A resonant ECU (460) estimates a distance between the power transferring unit and a power receiving unit based on an electric power feeding condition from the power transferring unit to the power receiving unit. When the power transferring unit comes under a body of the vehicle, an HV-ECU (470) performs guidance control of the vehicle such that a position of the power receiving unit is adjusted to a position of the power transferring unit based on distance information from the resonant ECU (460) (second guidance control). |
| US-09868355-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | B60L 3/0023, B60L 3/0046, B60L 3/0061, B60L 3/0069, B60L 3/0092, B60L 7/14, B60L 7/16, B60L 9/16, B60L 9/18, B60L 9/20, B60L 9/22, B60L 11/08, B60L 11/18, B60L 2200/26, B60L 2240/526, B60L 2240/547, B60L 2240/549, B61C 9/38, Y02T 10/648 | A propulsion control apparatus includes a first power converter that operates as a DC/AC converter, a DC/DC converter, or an AC/DC converter, a second power converter, a first control device that controls operations of a first motor and the first power converter, and a second control device that controls operations of a second motor and the second power converter, wherein a power storage device is configured to be able to connect to a second input/output end side and functions as a direct-current power supply that is charged with direct-current power supplied from the second input/output end side or discharges direct-current power to the second input/output end side. |
| US-09868358-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | H02M 2001/0048, H02M 3/33507, Y02B 70/1491, B60L 11/1812 | A power conversion system includes a DC-DC converter, a voltage detector, a current detector and a controller. The controller controls the DC-DC converter such that the DC-DC converter starts outputting power when the output voltage detected by the voltage detector is below a predetermined voltage and stops outputting the power when the output current detected by the current detector is below a reference current that corresponds to the conversion efficiency being larger than or equal to a predetermined conversion efficiency. The reference current is determined as a current value at which the conversion efficiency is decreased to be lower than the predetermined conversion efficiency when the output current exceeds the current value. The controller includes a limiting means that limits the output current not to exceed the reference current while the DC-DC converter is outputting the power. |
| US-09868359-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | B60L 11/1816, B60L 11/1838, B60L 11/1846, B60L 2240/70, B60L 2250/00, B60L 2270/40, B60L 3/0046, Y02T 10/7005, Y02T 10/7072, Y02T 90/14, Y02T 90/16, Y02T 90/169, Y02T 10/7055, Y02T 10/7291 | A system for facilitating communication between a vehicle and a user includes a vehicle having a rechargeable battery and a communication and control subsystem. The communication and control subsystem is communicatively coupled to the battery to gather and transmit vehicle information, which may include battery information and a vehicle identifier. The system also includes a charging station having a charging station identifier and an electrical coupling between the charging station, a power source, and the vehicle. The electrical coupling is operable to charge the battery and includes a communicative coupling. The control subsystem is operable to receive communications from the user via the communicative coupling. |
| US-09868386-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | B60Q 1/115, B60Q 2300/31, B60Q 2300/132, B60Q 2300/324, B60Q 5/005, B60Q 9/00, B60Q 2300/146, B60Q 2300/45, B60Q 1/085, B60Q 2300/32, B60Q 2300/322, G07C 5/008, G07C 5/0808, H04L 67/12, G06F 8/65, H04W 4/046, G01C 21/26, G01C 21/3691, H04N 7/181, G08G 1/166, B60L 2260/44, B60R 16/037, B60R 1/00, B60W 50/085, B60W 50/14, B60Y 2300/1884, G05D 1/021, H02P 29/0011, Y02T 10/7275, Y02T 90/16, G06T 2207/30261 | An absolute pitch is outputted from an inclination sensor. A gradient related quantity is outputted from a gradient related quantity detection sensor for detecting a gradient related quantity that can specify a gradient of a road surface. The absolute pitch angle and the gradient related quantity are acquired by a vehicle headlight control apparatus. Based on the absolute pitch angle and the gradient related quantity, a pitch angle of a vehicle with respect to a road surface is calculated by the vehicle headlight control apparatus. Based on the pitch angle, an optical axis direction of the head lamp is controlled by the vehicle headlight control apparatus. |
| US-09868390-B1 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | H05B 37/02, H05B 33/0803, H05B 33/0815, H05B 33/086, H05B 33/0842, H05B 33/0845, H05B 33/0857, H05B 33/0863, H05B 33/0812, F21Y 2101/00, F21Y 2113/13, F21Y 2115/10, F21Y 2113/10, B64D 2011/0038, B64D 2203/00, Y02B 20/48, F21K 9/00, F21S 10/00, F21S 10/02 | An LED lighting assembly onboard an aircraft includes at least one light emitting diode (LED) unit and a controller. The LED unit includes any number of primary LEDs and at least two white LEDs. The controller is configured to supply respective driving signals to each of the LEDs, the respective driving signals individually controlling relative intensity outputs of the respective LEDs. The controller is further configured to display a desired color point by continuously driving the white LEDs while not driving at least one of the other LEDs. |
| US-09868421-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | B60L 11/1822, B60S 5/06, Y02T 90/124 | Systems and apparatus for a robotic charging station for charging a battery of an electric vehicle. A semi-autonomous portable robot is programmed to interchange depleted rechargeable batteries disposed in an electric or hybrid vehicle. Portable battery pod dispenses batteries to semi-autonomous portable robot for swap. Semi-autonomous portable robot uses navigational sensors to transport battery to predetermined position at the battery interchange location. Battery disposition and configuration data are wirelessly communicated by battery pod to semi-autonomous portable robot. Battery pod is also in electrical communication with vehicle for timely latching and unlatching of battery modules. |
| US-09868435-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | B60W 20/13, B60W 50/0097, B60W 1/06, B60W 10/08, B60W 20/40, B60W 2510/1005, B60W 2510/10, B60W 2550/142, B60W 2520/10, B60W 2510/244, Y10S 903/919, Y10S 903/903, Y02T 10/6291, B60K 6/547, B60K 6/48 | The present disclosure provides a drive control method and a drive control device of a hybrid electric vehicle. The method includes: obtaining a current gear position of the vehicle, a current electric charge level of a power battery and a slope of a road on which the vehicle is driving; determining whether the vehicle is within a taxiing start-stop interval according to the current gear position, the current electric charge level, and the slope; if the vehicle is within the taxiing start-stop interval, obtaining a current speed of the vehicle; if the current speed is greater than or equal to a first speed threshold, and less than a second speed threshold, causing the vehicle to enter a small load stop mode; and if the current speed is greater than or equal to the second speed threshold, and less than a third speed threshold, causing the vehicle to enter a small load stall mode. |
| US-09868436-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | B60W 10/06, B60W 100/02, B60W 10/08, B60W 20/20, B60W 20/11, B60W 2540/10, B60W 2710/021, B60W 2550/142, B60W 2710/081, Y02T 10/6234 | A method for controlling a start time of an engine in a hybrid vehicle includes: generating, by a controller, an engine start command before executing start control of the engine in response to an acceleration signal output from an acceleration pedal sensor; determining, by the controller, a gradient of a road on which the hybrid vehicle travels; controlling, by the controller, a hybrid starter-generator to operate by controlling the engine to start depending on the engine start command when it is determined that the gradient of the road is present; and controlling, by the controller, electric power of the hybrid starter-generator to charge a battery which provides electric power to a motor. The controller controls an engine clutch so that the motor is not engaged with the engine. |
| US-09868439-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | B60W 30/045, B60W 10/20, B60W 10/16, B60T 8/1755, B62D 6/003, B62D 7/159, Y02T 10/7258 | A vehicle control system is provided to execute a turning performance improving control for stabilizing vehicle behavior by controlling drive force during turning. The vehicle control system is provided with: a steering detecting means that detects a steering operation of a driver; a drive force limiting means that restricts the drive force during execution of a turning performance improving control; and a restriction relaxing means that temporarily changes the drive force in a direction of changing the drive force by the turning performance improving control, if the steering operation of the driver detected by the steering detecting means while restricting the drive force by the drive force limiting means is carried out to increase a steering angle during execution of the turning performance improving control. |
| US-09868471-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | B62D 21/11, B62D 21/152, B62D 25/12, Y10T 29/49622, B65D 85/48, B60K 1/00, B60R 21/38, B60L 3/0007, B60L 11/14, Y02T 10/7005 | A reinforcement unit of an engine room includes a first mounting bracket mounted to a front end module disposed at a front of a vehicle body; a second mounting bracket corresponding to the first mounting bracket and mounted to a cowl disposed at a rear of the vehicle body; a first connection bracket mounted to one shock absorber housing of the vehicle body; a second connection bracket mounted to another shock absorber housing of the vehicle body; a first connecting member having both ends mounted to one side of the first connection bracket and the second connection bracket; and a second connecting member disposed at the rear of the vehicle body while corresponding to the first connecting member and having both ends mounted to another side of the first connection bracket and the second connection bracket. |
| US-09868496-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | B63H 2021/003, B63H 21/17, B63H 2021/202, B63G 8/08, B60L 11/18, B60L 11/1881, B60L 11/1896, B60L 11/1898, B60L 2200/32, Y02T 90/30, Y02T 90/32, Y02T 90/34, Y02T 90/36, Y02T 90/38 | A drive system for a water vehicle, in particular for a submarine underwater vehicle or an unmanned underwater vehicle, includes a fuel cell system, at least one operating-gas container for supplying the fuel cell system with an operating gas, and a compressor arranged on a gas discharge line for compressing a residual gas from the fuel cell system, wherein a turbine arranged between the operating-gas container and the fuel cell system is provided for expanding the operating gas before the operating gas enters the fuel cell system, where the compressor is driven by the turbine such that the energy balance of the drive system is thereby improved. |
| US-09868527-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | B64C 39/024, B64C 19/00, G05D 1/0055, G06Q 10/10, G06Q 50/18, G06Q 50/26, Y02T 29/49826 | The presently disclosed technology is directed generally to unmanned vehicle systems and methods configured to satisfy a first set of export control regulations, such as those within the jurisdiction of one government entity or international body (e.g., the U.S. Department of Commerce) without falling within the purview of a second set of export control regulations, such as export control regulations within the jurisdiction of another government entity or international body (e.g., the U.S. Department of State). Through limited range of operation, limited payload types, limited capabilities, and tamper-proof or tamper-resistant features, embodiments of the unmanned vehicle system are designed to fall within the purview and under control of one agency and not within the purview and under control of another agency. |
| US-09868529-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | B64D 11/02, A47D 5/003, A47D 5/006, Y02T 50/46 | An aircraft lavatory unit that includes a diaper changing platform has a first side wall and a second side wall located on both sides of a toilet bowl, and a rear surface wall located to the rear of the toilet bowl. Handrails are provided on the first side wall and the second side wall. The diaper changing platform can be pivoted between a stowage position in which it is stowed in a stowage recess in the rear surface wall, and a usage position in which the diaper changing platform is lowered above the toilet bowl. The diaper changing platform is configured so that in the usage position it is supported by placing both sides of the bottom surface on the handrails of the first side wall and the second side wall. |
| US-09868544-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | B64C 1/061, B64C 1/18, B64C 27/04, Y02T 50/44, B64D 37/04 | A rotorcraft (1) having a feed unit for feeding fuel to a power plant (13) of the rotorcraft (1). A middle floor (12b) is securely engaged with at least two frames (9a, 9b) of the fuselage, and being load-bearing relative to general forces supported by the fuselage. A bottom compartment (7) of the rotorcraft (1) does not have the load-bearing covering (8) of the fuselage, the bottom face of the fuselage being open to the outside providing the bottom compartment (7) with a bottom (17) open to the outside of the rotorcraft. The bottom face of the middle floor (12b) forms an anchor member for suspending at least one fuel tank (25, 26) that is accessible from outside the fuselage via said open bottom (17). |
| US-09868635-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | C01B 3/0015, C01B 3/065, C01B 3/001, C01B 6/23, C07D 295/037, C07F 9/5407, C07C 211/63, C07C 2101/14, Y02E 60/324, Y02E 60/362 | Method of storing hydrogen by forming a first ionic liquid by inducing a borohydride in a second ionic liquid comprising a cation and an anion comprising borate, and forming the second ionic liquid by releasing the hydrogen out of the first ionic liquid by using water and/or a catalyst, which method is characterized in that the first and the second ionic liquid are both water miscible and the second ionic liquid is separated, particularly is salted out, from solution in water by adding a separation inducer; certain ionic liquids for storing and releasing hydrogen comprising a borohydride or for preparing a ionic liquid for storing and releasing hydrogen comprising a borate; and a process for preparing ionic liquids for storing and releasing hydrogen comprising a borohydride. |
| US-09868648-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | C02F 1/00, C02F 1/5281, C02F 1/686, C02F 1/008, C02F 1/52, C02F 1/463, C02F 1/68, C02F 1/685, C02F 2103/00, C02F 2103/001, B01F 5/0473, B01F 5/0483, B01F 5/0619, B01F 5/0652, Y02W 10/37 | This disclosure is directed to the regulated injection of a chemical(s), solution(s) or material(s) hereafter referred to as chemicals into stormwater runoff, other surface waters or other fluid streams to promote the removal of a pollutant(s) or to alter the properties of the water. Specifically, and depending upon the types of chemicals injected, the physical, chemical and/or biological properties of the water can be altered. The invention provides a passive system to alter stormwater runoff or other surfaces. The system may be deployed at a remote site, such as a construction site, and implemented with minimal or zero external power requirements. |
| US-09868656-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | C02F 1/441, C02F 1/52, C02F 1/70, C02F 1/5245, C02F 3/00, C02F 3/1273, C02F 3/12, C02F 2101/32, C02F 2101/14, C02F 2001/5218, C02F 2303/24, C02F 1/26, C02F 1/265441, C02F 1/4604, C02F 1/265, C02F 1/469, C02F 1/4693, C02F 1/4695, C02F 1/4696, C02F 1/4698, C02F 3/121, C02F 2101/20, Y02W 10/15 | Provided is a wastewater treatment device that can reduce the fluoride ion concentration in industrial wastewater to improve the recovery rate of purified water. A wastewater treatment device (1) includes a biological treatment unit (3) that decomposes and eliminates organic matter in wastewater by means of microorganisms, and a desalinization unit (4) that is provided downstream of the biological treatment unit (3) and eliminates salt-forming ionic components from within the wastewater. A pretreatment unit (2), which removes components, such as heavy metals or oil contained in the wastewater, which inhibit the function of the biological treatment unit (3) or the desalinization unit (4), is provided upstream of the biological treatment unit (3), and the pretreatment unit (2) is provided with a fluoride concentration reduction unit that reduces the concentration of fluoride ions in the wastewater by eliminating the fluoride ions from within the wastewater. |
| US-09868666-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | G01N 23/223, G01N 23/20, G01N 33/38, G01N 2223/076, C04B 7/425, C04B 7/4446, C04B 7/361, Y02P 40/121 | The cement clinker production system includes: a first supplying section configured to supply a sulfur source and a fluorine source of mineralizer; a second supplying device configured to supply clinker raw material; a crusher configured to crush the mixed raw material obtained by mixing the clinker raw material with the fluorine source of the mineralizer; a kiln configured to burn the crushed mixed raw material; an introducing section configured to introduce the sulfur source of the mineralizer to the kiln; a third supplying section configured to supply fuel to the kiln; and a test sample-analyzing system configured to collect each of the mixed raw material before the burning and the clinker after the burning and to measure amounts of the fluorine, main components and free lime depending on the type collected. |
| US-09868881-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | H01M 2/0267, H01M 2/08, G02B 6/4494, G02B 6/4407, B01L 2200/0689, B01L 2400/0406, H01B 7/288, Y02E 60/12, H01L 37/288 | A swelling tape for filling a gap and a method of filling a gap are provided. The swelling tape can be applied within the gap having a fluid to realize a 3D shape thereby filling the gap, and be used to fix a subject forming the gap as necessary. |
| US-09868917-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | C10L 1/02, C10L 1/026, C11C 3/003, Y02E 50/13 | Apparatus and related methods for reacting a natural oil with a short chain alcohol in the presence of an alkaline catalyst and mesh to produce biodiesel, significantly decreasing the amount of time for the glycerol byproduct to settle out of the reaction mixture. The process for the production of biodiesel includes providing animal or vegetable oil to create a first component, combining a short chain alcohol with a strong base to create a second component, and combining the first and second components together in the presence of a mesh, such that the mesh is in contact with the combined components. The combined compositions represent a reaction mixture that undergo a transesterification reaction and produce fatty acid methyl ester biodiesel and also a glycerol byproduct. The mesh material that is present during the transesterification reaction decreases the amount of time required for the glycerol byproduct to settle out of the reaction mixture. |
| US-09868918-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | C10L 1/026, C10L 2290/18, C10L 2290/542, C10L 2200/0446, C10L 2200/0476, C10L 2270/04, C10L 2290/06, C10L 2290/544, C10L 2290/547, C10L 2270/026, C10L 2290/543, C10G 3/00, C10G 3/40, C10G 2300/1003, C10G 2300/201, C10G 2400/04, C07C 67/03, C07C 67/08, C07C 67/58, C11B 3/001, C11B 3/006, C11B 3/008, C11B 3/16, C11B 3/04, C11B 3/12, C11C 3/003, Y02E 50/13, Y02P 30/20, B01D 21/262, B03D 1/1431 | There is described a biodiesel composition and process for producing biodiesel and related products. There is also described related fuels and fuel blends comprising biodiesel. The biodiesel composition may be prepared from a mixture comprising fats, oils and greases from sewer waste. |
| US-09868932-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | C12N 1/22, C12P 19/02, C12P 7/10, Y02E 50/16, C12M 21/12 | A biomass hydrothermal decomposition apparatus that feeds a solid biomass material 11 from one side of an apparatus body 42, feeds pressurized hot water 15 from the other side, to hydrothermally decompose the biomass material 11 while bringing the biomass material 11 into counter contact with the pressurized hot water 15, dissolves hot-water soluble fractions in hot water, discharges the pressurized hot water to outside from the one side of the apparatus body 42 as a hot-water effluent 16, and discharges a biomass solid 17 to the outside from the other side. The biomass hydrothermal decomposition apparatus includes: an internal-temperature cooling unit that rapidly drops a temperature after performing hydrothermal decomposition for a certain period of time; temperature measuring units T1 to T8 that measure an internal temperature; and a controller 100 that controls an internal temperature to be maintained at a predetermined cooling temperature by the internal-temperature cooling unit based on temperature measurement results obtained by the temperature measuring units T1 to T8. |
| US-09868964-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | C12P 5/023, B01L 3/56, C02F 9/00, C02F 11/04, C02F 11/12, C02F 2303/06, C02F 11/10, Y02E 50/343 | Waste solids are treated by pyrolysis at a temperature over 700 degrees C. to produce char and a gas. The gas is treated in an anaerobic digester. In one system, gas and digestate are brought into contact in a diffusion cone. In another option, headspace gas above the digestate is re-circulated through the digestate, for example by way of an eductor downstream of the diffusion cone. |
| US-09869167-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | F01K 13/00, F01K 21/005, F01K 23/04, F03G 7/04, F23G 5/46, F23G 2206/203, Y02E 10/10, Y02E 20/12, Y02E 20/14 | A system comprises an injection well in communication with an underground reservoir containing a native methane-containing solution at a first temperature, a production well in communication with the reservoir, a supply system providing a non-water based working fluid to the injection well at a second temperature lower than the first temperature, wherein exposure of the working fluid to the native fluid causes a portion of methane to come out of solution to form a production fluid of at least a portion of the working fluid and the portion of methane, and exposure to the first temperatures heats the production fluid to a third temperature higher than the second temperature, wherein the heated production fluid enters the production well, and an energy recovery apparatus in communication with the productions well for converting energy in the production fluid to electricity, heat, or a combination thereof. |
| US-09869186-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | F01D 5/186, F01D 5/187, F01D 9/06, F01D 25/12, F05D 2240/81, F05D 2260/202, F05D 2250/70, F05D 2250/71, F05D 2250/611, Y02T 50/676 | A component for a gas turbine engine including a gas path wall having a first surface and a second surface. A cooling hole extends through the gas path wall from an inlet in the first surface through a transition to an outlet in the second surface. Cusps are formed on the transition. |
| US-09869190-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | F01D 21/08, F01D 5/02, F01D 7/02, F02C 3/04, F05D 2220/32, F05D 2220/36, F05D 2240/30, F05D 2260/53, F05D 2260/77, F05D 2260/79, F05D 2270/021, F05D 2270/09, F05D 2270/58, Y02T 50/673 | A pitch control mechanism includes: a rotor structure configured for rotation about a longitudinal axis; a row of blades carried by the rotor structure, each blade having an airfoil and a trunnion mounted for pivoting movement relative to the rotor structure, about a trunnion axis which is perpendicular to the longitudinal axis; a unison ring interconnecting the blades; an actuator connected to the unison ring and the rotor structure, operable to move the unison ring relative to the rotor structure; at least one moveable counterweight carried by the rotor structure, remote from the blades; and an interconnection between the blades and the counterweight, such that movement of the counterweight causes a change in the pitch angle of the blades. |
| US-09869204-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | F01D 25/145, F01D 9/065, F01D 25/125, F01D 25/18, F01D 25/243, F01D 25/28, F01D 25/12, F01D 25/162, F01D 25/24, F05D 2260/20, F05D 2260/231, Y02T 50/672, Y02T 50/676 | A mid-turbine frame for a gas turbine engine according to an example of the present disclosure includes, among other things, a first frame case, a flange coupled to the first frame case, and a heat shield adjacent to the flange and between adjacent spokes. A method of cooling a portion of a gas turbine engine is also disclosed. |
| US-09869223-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | F01N 3/046, F01N 13/105, F01N 9/00, F01N 2260/024, F01N 2900/08, F01N 2900/0408, F01N 2900/1631, F01P 7/16, Y02T 10/47 | A method is disclosed for optimizing fuel economy during an engine warm up phase of operation of an internal combustion engine. An exhaust manifold may have a coolant jacket through which a coolant may flow. A temperature of the coolant in the exhaust manifold may be determined to detect when it is at a predetermined maximum threshold, which represents a temperature threshold just below a temperature at which the coolant will begin to boil. When this threshold is reached, then a determination may be made as to a minimum rate of flow of the coolant through the exhaust manifold which maintains the coolant at about the predetermined maximum threshold, and the coolant may be flowed through the exhaust manifold at the determined minimum rate of flow. |
| US-09869226-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | F01N 3/208, F01N 2610/02, F01N 2900/1411, F01N 2900/1812, F01N 2900/1404, F01N 3/20, F01N 2900/1821, Y02T 10/24, B01D 53/56, B01D 53/8631, B01D 53/9418 | In a large exhaust duct from a lean burn combustion source, such as a boiler, diesel engine or gas turbine, multiple injectors can be used to inject a reagent, such as an aqueous solution of urea or ammonia, into the exhaust for use in the catalytic reduction of NOx in a process known in the art as selective catalytic reduction (SCR). When operating at low injection rates, such as during low combustor loads, the injectors are operated individually for short periods of time in a sequential manner. |
| US-09869236-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | F02B 37/16, F02B 37/162, F02B 37/18, F02B 37/183, F02B 37/186, F02B 37/22, F02B 37/225, F02B 33/44, F02B 33/446, F02M 26/29, F02D 41/06, F02D 41/062, F02D 41/064, F02D 41/065, F02D 41/067, Y02T 10/144, Y02T 10/7216, Y02T 10/7225, Y02T 10/7233, Y02T 10/7005, Y02T 10/7011, Y02T 10/7016, F16K 31/02, F16K 31/04, F16K 31/046, F16K 31/0603, F16K 31/0624, F16K 31/0627, F16K 31/0634 | An air intake control system for an engine, which is disposed in an intake line between a compressor of a turbocharger and an intake manifold and adjusts and controls air intake may include a motor for providing torque, a bypass line with a first end connected to the intake line and a second end connected to an external air line for delivering external air into the compressor, and a flow control valve assembly disposed at a divergent point from the intake line to the bypass line and selectively distributing air intake from the compressor to the intake manifold and the bypass line by adjusting a degree of opening of valve members in accordance with an amount of revolution of the motor. |
| US-09869237-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | F04D 17/12, F04D 17/122, F04D 17/14, F02B 37/16, F02B 37/24, F02B 2037/162, F02B 33/40, F05D 2220/40, F05D 2260/606, F01D 25/24, F01D 5/02, Y02T 10/144 | A turbocharger includes a two-stage serial compressor having first and second impellers, with a crossover duct for leading air from the first impeller into the second impeller for further compression. The compressor housing also defines a bypass duct from the crossover duct to the air discharge duct from the compressor, and a bypass valve disposed in the bypass duct. Under certain operating conditions (such as high-flow, low-pressure-ratio conditions) the bypass valve can be opened to bypass the second impeller, such that the compressor behaves like a single-stage compressor. At other operating conditions, the bypass valve is closed so that the compressor provides two-stage compression for higher pressure ratios. |
| US-09869238-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | F01D 11/005, F01D 17/105, F02B 37/183, F02B 37/186, F05D 2220/40, F05D 2260/96, Y02T 10/144 | An exhaust-gas turbocharger (1), with: a turbine housing (2) which has a turbine housing inlet (8) and a turbine housing outlet (9) for exhaust gas, and which has a wastegate duct between the turbine housing inlet (8) and the turbine housing outlet (9), and a flap arrangement (10) comprising a pivotable flap lever (12), a flap plate (11), which is connected to the flap lever (12), for opening and closing the wastegate duct, and having a spring element (17) which is arranged between the flap lever (12) and a disc (18) fastened to the flap plate (11). The spring element (17) has an outer circumferential region (23) which is supported on a sliding contact surface (20), which is of curved form, of the flap lever (12). |
| US-09869241-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | F02B 43/00, F02B 43/04, F02B 43/12, F02B 3/00, F02B 3/06, F02B 3/08, F02B 19/14, F02B 33/22, F02B 33/02, F02B 41/06, F02D 19/022, F02D 19/02, F02M 21/00, F02M 21/0218, F02M 23/00, F02M 26/00, F02M 2700/33, F02M 2700/338, Y02T 10/32, Y02T 10/42, Y02T 10/44 | Split cycle engine that runs on gaseous fuels such as natural gas and synthesis gas (syngas) and to a method of operating the same. The engine includes a first compression chamber for compressing the gaseous fuel, means for supplying the gaseous fuel to the first compression chamber at a level of concentration that prevents predetonation of the fuel during compression, a second compression chamber for compressing air, a combustion chamber in which the compressed fuel and air are combined to reduce the concentration of the fuel to a level that allows the fuel to burn and expand in the combustion chamber, and an expansion chamber having an output member which is driven by expanding gas from the combustion chamber. Turbochargers or blowers pressurize and increase the volume of the fuel and air delivered to the respective compression chambers, and the concentration of the fuel is progressively reduced by the injection of air at spaced intervals as the fuel travels toward the compression chamber. |
| US-09869245-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | F01K 3/185, F01K 3/186, F01K 13/00, F01K 23/10, F01K 25/103, F02C 3/14, F02C 3/20, F02C 3/34, Y02E 20/322 | The present invention provides methods and system for power generation using a high efficiency combustor in combination with a CO2 circulating fluid. The methods and systems advantageously can make use of a low pressure ratio power turbine and an economizer heat exchanger in specific embodiments. Additional low grade heat from an external source can be used to provide part of an amount of heat needed for heating the recycle CO2 circulating fluid. Fuel derived CO2 can be captured and delivered at pipeline pressure. Other impurities can be captured. |
| US-09869247-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | F02D 41/0047, F02D 41/0055, F02M 26/35, F02C 3/00, F02C 3/30, F02C 3/34, F02C 9/40, F02C 9/48, Y02T 10/47 | A system includes an exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) gas turbine system which includes a combustor configured to receive and combust a fuel with an oxidant and a turbine driven by combustion products from the combustor and a turbine driven by combustion products from the combustor. The EGR gas turbine system further includes an exhaust gas recirculation section fluidly coupled to the turbine and to the combustor, wherein the exhaust gas recirculation section is configured to intake an exhaust gas from the turbine and to recirculate at least a portion of the exhaust gas to the combustor as a diluent. The EGR gas turbine system additionally includes a control system, comprising one or more processors configured to receive a first signal representative of an exhaust flow composition of the exhaust gas and to receive a second signal representative of a diluent flow composition of the diluent. |
| US-09869255-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | F02M 2027/047, F02M 27/042, F02M 27/045, F02M 27/04, F23D 11/32, B05B 5/0533, F23C 99/001, Y02T 10/36, Y02T 10/121, F02D 41/0025, F02D 19/081, F02D 19/0692, F02D 19/084, F02D 19/0655, F02D 19/0694, F02D 19/08, F02D 19/087, F02D 19/0613, F02D 19/0615, F02D 19/0649, F02D 19/0652, F02D 19/12 | An engine system is disclosed. The engine system may have an engine including at least one cylinder. The engine system may also have a first source configured to supply fuel for combustion in the engine and a second source configured to supply an ignition promoter material for combustion in the engine. The engine system may have a droplet injector configured to generate at least one droplet of the ignition promoter material, apply an amount of charge on the at least one droplet, and deliver the at least one droplet to the at least one cylinder. The engine system may also have a controller. The controller may be configured to determine an engine parameter, and to determine the amount of charge based on the engine parameter. In addition, the controller may be configured to adjust the droplet injector to apply the determined amount of charge to the at least one droplet. |
| US-09869258-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | F02D 41/0007, F02M 260/05, F02M 26/08, F02M 26/23, F02M 26/34, F02B 25/06, F02B 25/08, F02B 37/02, F02B 37/04, F02B 37/10, F02B 47/08, F02B 72/02, F02B 75/28, F02B 29/0406, F02B 2075/025, F02B 2075/14, Y02T 10/121, Y02T 10/144 | A two-stroke cycle, turbo-driven, opposed-piston engine with one or more ported cylinders and uniflow scavenging has no supercharger. The engine includes a high pressure EGR loop and a pump in the EGR loop to boost the pressure of the recirculated exhaust products. |
| US-09869260-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | F02D 41/0002, F02D 41/021, F02D 41/041, F02D 41/065, F02D 41/3836, F02D 2200/0801, F02D 2200/501, F02D 2250/31, Y02T 10/42, Y02T 10/44, Y02T 10/46, Y02T 10/48, F02N 11/0844 | The control device executes a first control for controlling a throttle valve opening degree to a first opening degree when a particular condition is satisfied. The particular condition is a condition that it is predicted upon a satisfaction of an engine stop condition that a level of one of noise and vibration generated in an interior of a vehicle from a source other than an engine is equal to or larger than a predetermined level when an engine rotation stops. The control device executes a second control for controlling the throttle valve opening degree to a second opening degree larger than the first opening degree without executing the first control when the particular condition is not satisfied upon the satisfaction of the engine stop condition. |
| US-09869264-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | F02D 41/009, F02D 41/26, F02D 41/266, F02D 41/34, F02D 37/02, F02D 2250/12, G05B 19/0421, G05B 2219/25229, Y02T 10/44 | A computer-implemented method for calculation and output of control pulses by a control unit having a first computing unit and a second computing unit, wherein the control pulses are output by the control unit to an internal combustion engine. The calculation of the control pulses is optimized in that the first computing unit calculates a control pulse pattern with triggering information for multiple future control pulses at a first sampling rate using prior state data of the engine, and transmits the calculated control pulse pattern to the second computing unit, that the second computing unit at a second sampling rate that is greater than the first sampling rate of the first computing unit corrects the triggering information of the control pulses that are currently to be output using current state data of the engine, and that control pulses are output to the engine based on the corrected triggering information. |
| US-09869276-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | F02K 3/06, F01D 5/143, F01D 5/145, F01D 9/041, F01D 25/162, F04D 29/545, F05D 2240/12, Y02T 50/673 | A projecting part is formed on an inner circumferential wall surface of a nacelle so that the projecting part projects inward in a diametral direction and extends from a front edge of each of circumferentially-oriented side faces of a bottom pylon. The shape of the projecting part seen from an inner side of the diametral direction is a streamline shape extending in parallel with an engine shaft direction. An apex part at the center of the projecting part is positioned on a rear edge of the bottom pylon. |
| US-09869287-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | F02P 5/045, F02P 5/1506, F02D 37/02, F02D 41/009, F02D 41/0255, F02D 2200/0802, F02D 2041/389, Y02T 10/26, Y02T 10/123, Y02T 10/46, F01N 2900/1602, F02B 2075/125 | A system according to the principles of the present disclosure includes an ignition timing determination module, an injection timing determination module, a spark control module, and a fuel control module. The ignition timing determination module determines a first crank angle. The injection timing determination module selectively determines a second crank angle based on the first crank angle. The spark control module controls a spark plug to generate spark in a cylinder of an engine at the first crank angle. The fuel control module controls a fuel injector to deliver fuel to the cylinder at the second crank angle. |
| US-09869288-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | F02P 1/086, F02P 3/051, F02P 5/00, F02P 5/1502, F02P 5/1504, F02P 5/1551, F02P 9/002, Y02T 10/46 | An ECU outputs an ignition signal Si to an ignition apparatus through an ignition communication line. The ignition apparatus performs the closing operation of an ignition switching element, in a period during which the ignition signal Si is input. The ECU outputs a discharge waveform control signal Sc to a waveform control communication line, at a timing that is delayed by a predetermined delay time relative to an output timing of the ignition signal Si. In an input period of the discharge waveform control signal Sc after the stop of the input of the ignition signal Si, the ignition apparatus controls the electric current to flow through a primary coil, to a discharge current command value that is decided depending on the above delay time, by the opening-closing operation of a control switching element. |
| US-09869292-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | F03B 15/16, Y02E 10/226, Y02E 10/28, F05B 2270/3011, F05B 2270/3013, F05B 2270/703 | Disclosed is a system for controlling a water turbine generator for waterworks, which monitors and controls a plurality of water turbine generators, provided in a water pipe, for waterworks in real time to integratedly operate the water turbine generators, contributes to stably generate and secure power, and increases an efficiency of the water turbine generators through integrated management. The system for controlling a water turbine generator for waterworks includes an integration control system configured to establish a power generation driving plan, based on a target amount of energy collected by a plurality of water turbine generators and a driving range of each of the plurality of water turbine generators, and a power generation unit configured to generate power through generation of power by a water turbine according to control based on the power generation driving plan, measure an amount of generated power, an amount and a pressure of water flowing into the plurality of water turbine generators, and an amount and a pressure of water flowing out from the plurality of water turbine generators, and supply a result of the measurement to the integration control system. |
| US-09869293-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | F03D 1/001, F03D 11/0058, F03D 11/04, F03D 13/10, F03D 13/20, F03D 80/82, F05B 2230/60, F05B 2230/604, F05B 2230/61, F05B 2240/912, Y02E 10/728, Y02P 70/523, Y10T 29/49828 | A wind turbine tower (10) with a guide system for guiding an internal installation unit (20) displaced relative to the inside of said tower (10) to a final mounting position inside said tower (10), said tower (10) having a first end (3) and an opposite second end (5), said first end (3) defining an entry opening for receiving said unit (20), said guide system comprising at least two parallel stays (32) for said guiding being mounted to the inside of the wall (8) of said tower (10) and extending from said first end (3) towards said second end (5), and engagement elements (35) mounted externally on said unit (20), said engagement elements (35) being configured for receiving a respective one of said stays (32). |
| US-09869297-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | Y02E 10/721, F03D 1/0675, F03D 1/0633, F05B 2260/96, F05B 2240/30, F05B 2240/32, F05B 2240/122, F05B 2230/80, F05B 2230/60, F05B 2250/18, F05B 2250/183, Y02P 70/523, B29C 65/4825, B29C 65/483, B29C 65/50, B29C 65/5057, B29C 65/5021, B29C 65/56, B29C 65/562, B29C 65/72 | A method for installing an add-on component to a surface of a wind turbine blade includes attaching an adhesive side of strips of a double-sided adhesive tape onto either the surface of the wind turbine blade or a surface of the add-on component, the tape strips having a release liner on an opposite exposed side thereof. The tape strips having an extension tail of the release liner that extends beyond an edge of the add-on component when the add-on component is placed and held at a desired position against the surface of the wind turbine blade. With the add-on component held at the desired position, the extension tail is pulled away at an angle such that that release liner is removed along the length of the tape strip while maintaining the add-on component against the blade surface to attach the exposed adhesive under the release liner to either the surface of the wind turbine blade or the surface of the add-on component. |
| US-09869298-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | F03D 7/0204, F03D 7/0224, F03D 7/04, F03D 17/00, F05B 2270/331, F05B 2270/602, F03B 2270/335, Y02E 10/723 | A rotational positioning system in a wind turbine is provided that comprises a driven part, a plurality of positioning drives coupled to the driven part, a plurality of sensors each arranged to sense a load parameter indicative of the load of the respective positioning drive, and a load controller connected to the plurality of sensors. The load controller is arranged to determine a load of a respective positioning drive based on the sensed load parameter, to compare said load with an expected load value, and to output a signal indicative of a failure of the respective positioning drive in response to the load being smaller than the expected load value. |
| US-09869301-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | F03D 13/20, F03D 13/22, F03D 1/001, F03D 80/70, F03D 80/00, F03D 80/88, F03D 80/80, F05B 2240/50, F05B 2240/90, F05B 2240/91, F05B 2240/912, F05B 2240/913, F05B 2280/5001, F05B 2280/702, F05B 2260/30, F05B 2260/96, F05B 2230/606, Y02E 10/72, Y02E 10/722, Y02P 70/523 | Support structures of a wind turbine, including a bearing housing that supports bearings that allow a rotor shaft to rotate about a rotor axis. The bearing housing may be constructed to minimize forces in the bearings in response moments that act on the rotor shaft about axes other than the rotor axis. The support structures of the wind turbine may also include a base to which the bearing housing may be mounted. The base may include features that minimize stress within the wind turbine structure and/or a yaw mechanism of the wind turbine in response to moments that act within the wind turbine about axes other than the rotor axis. |
| US-09869353-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | F16D 25/14, F16D 25/123, F16D 48/02, F16D 2048/0236, F16D 2048/0239, F16D 2048/0245, F16D 2500/1088, F16D 2500/30404, F16D 2500/70448, F16H 61/0031, B60K 6/387, B60K 6/48, B60K 2006/4825, Y02T 10/6221 | A vehicle clutch hydraulic system for a vehicle is provided with a mechanical oil pump, an electric oil pump, a forward clutch and a control valve unit. In the vehicle clutch hydraulic system, a main pump oil passage fluidly connects the mechanical oil pump to the control valve unit. A sub-pump oil passage fluidly connects the electric oil pump to a forward clutch oil passage into which an oil passage outlet opens at an inside location closer to a clutch rotational axis than a clutch oil chamber of the forward clutch. |
| US-09869445-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | B60Q 1/26, F21S 48/217, F21S 48/2212, F21S 48/2225, F21W 2101/00, F21Y 2115/15, H01L 2251/5323, H01L 2251/5338, H01L 2251/5361, H01L 27/3225, H01L 51/5262, H01L 51/5275, Y02B 20/36 | An automotive light includes a rear body; a front lenticular half-shell which closes the mouth of the rear body and is provided with at least one transparent/semi-transparent portion; and at least one lighting assembly which emits light upon command and is located within the rear body to backlight the transparent/semi-transparent portion of the front lenticular half-shell; the lighting assembly being provided with a planar OLED light source which faces the inner surface of the front lenticular half-shell and includes at least one plate-like OLED which emits light in a distributed way from its front and rear faces; and a rear refracting member facing the rear face of the OLED that re-directs light that exits from the rear face of the OLED towards a transverse light passage in the OLED in a direction such that the light can traverse the OLED and exit from the front face of the OLED. |
| US-09869466-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | F24D 17/001, F24D 17/02, F24D 2200/123, F24D 2200/16, F24D 2200/24, F24D 2200/31, F24D 3/18, F24D 2220/048, F24D 2220/10, F22D 1/16, F22D 1/18, A01J 7/022, A01J 7/02, Y02P 60/891, Y02B 30/52, F24H 4/02, F25B 27/02, F25B 40/04, F25B 2400/0405, F25B 2400/06, F25B 2600/2501 | A heat recovery system arranged to heat water includes at least one heat exchanger (9) arranged to heat water by heat exchange with waste heat. A storage reservoir (11) is arranged to store water heated by the heat exchanger (9). The heat exchanger (9) is switchable between a first mode of operation in which water is circulated by a pump (12) in a circuit that includes the storage reservoir (11) and the heat exchanger (9), and a second mode of operation in which water is circulated by the pump (12) in a circuit that by-passes the heat exchanger (9). Heated water of at least a desired minimum temperature can be supplied to at least one outlet during both the first and second modes of operation. |
| US-09869475-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | F24D 19/088, F24D 19/1054, F24D 15/04, F25D 21/14, Y02B 30/12 | A heat pump water heater appliance includes a tank that defines an interior volume. A drain pan is positioned below an evaporator of a sealed system. A liquid monitoring sensor has a voltage divider with a pair of probes. The probes of the pair of probes extend into the drain pan. A related method for operating a heat pump water heater appliance is also provided. |
| US-09869481-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | G06Q 10/04, H02J 2003/007, H02J 2003/003, G05B 2219/42001, Y02B 70/3225, Y02B 60/144, Y02B 70/3241 | The invention provides a method to reduce the thermal energy used in a commercial building by use of thermal parameters which are derived from readily-available data both internal and external to the building. By deriving a statistical relationship for each of the OFVR—Overnight Forced Ventilation Rate—and DFAR—day-time forced air replacement—, based on the weather forecast, the invention provides controlling the time and duration for which the mechanical cooling system is to be turned off or disabled from supplying chilled water to the ventilation system, which in turn, supplies tempered fresh air to some of all of a selected commercial building. |
| US-09869486-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | G06Q 10/04, H02J 2003/007, H02J 2003/003, G05B 2219/42001, Y02B 70/3225, Y02B 60/144, Y02B 70/3241 | This invention teaches a method of controlling the heating system of a commercial building, to reduce the thermal energy consumed by use of thermal parameters which are derived from readily-available data both internal and external to the building. By deriving a statistical relationship for each of the Solar Gain Rate and Day-time Natural Cool-down Rate from observed data, then based on the weather forecast, it is possible to determine if, when and for how long the mechanical heating system can be turned off or disabled from supplying heat to some of all of the building in question. |
| US-09869491-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | F24J 2/055, F24J 2/4621, F24J 2/32, H02S 40/44, F28D 15/0233, F28D 15/0266, H01L 31/0521, Y02B 10/12, Y02B 10/14, Y02B 10/22, Y02B 10/70, Y02E 10/44, Y02E 10/60, Y02E 10/52 | A heat transfer device having a working fluid capable of circulating around a fluid flow path, the circulation around the fluid flow path bringing the working fluid in and out of thermal contact with a heat source, the heat transfer device comprising: a fluid containing portion internally defining a working fluid flow path; a heat source at least partially in thermal contact with the fluid containing portion; a gas substance generator at least partially within the fluid containing portion, and arranged to generate bubbles of vapor capable of driving the working fluid along a portion of the working fluid flow path in thermal contact with the heat source; wherein, in use, the driven working fluid absorbs heat from the heat source and transports the heat away from the heat source; and the driven working fluid returns to the gas substance generator to be recycled about the fluid flow path. |
| US-09869493-B1 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | F25B 21/00, F25B 41/04, F25B 2321/0022, F25B 2321/0023, F25B 2321/0021, F25B 9/10, F25B 9/145, F25B 9/14, F25D 17/02, F25D 11/02, F25D 11/00, Y02B 30/66, Y02B 30/52 | A heat pump includes a magnet assembly which creates a magnetic field, and a regenerator housing which includes a body defining a plurality of chambers, each of the plurality of chambers extending along a transverse direction orthogonal to the vertical direction. The heat pump further includes a plurality of stages, each of the plurality of stages including a magnetocaloric material disposed within one of the plurality of chambers and extending along the transverse direction between a first end and a second end. |
| US-09869511-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | F25J 3/0209, F25J 3/0233, F25J 3/0266, F25J 2280/40, F25J 2205/20, Y02C 10/12, C10L 3/104, C10L 2290/18, C10L 2290/36, C10L 2290/60, C10L 3/102, C10L 2200/02, C10L 2200/50, C10L 2200/74, C10L 2200/66, C10L 2200/90, C10L 2210/04, C10L 2220/66, C10L 2280/02, C10L 2280/40, C10L 2290/40, C10L 1/0027, C10L 3/0233, C10L 3/0266, C10L 3/067, C10L 3/0635, C10L 3/061 | A method for separating a feed stream in a distillation tower comprising maintaining a controlled freeze zone (CFZ) section in the distillation tower, receiving a freezing zone liquid stream in a spray nozzle assembly in the CFZ section, wherein the spray nozzle assembly comprises a plurality of outer spray nozzles on an outer periphery of the spray nozzle assembly and at least one inner spray nozzle interior to the outer spray nozzles, wherein each outer spray nozzle is configured to spray the freezing zone liquid stream along a central spray axis, and wherein the central spray axis of at least one of the outer spray nozzles is not parallel to a CFZ wall, and spraying the freezing zone liquid stream through the spray nozzle assembly into the CFZ section to keep a temperature and pressure at which the solid and the hydrocarbon-enriched vapor stream form. |
| US-09869518-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | F28D 11/02, F28D 20/003, F01N 3/0205, F01N 3/20, F01N 3/2006, F01N 5/02, F01N 5/04, F01N 2240/12, F01N 2240/10, F01N 2290/04, F28F 1/18, F28F 5/02, Y02E 60/142, Y02T 10/16, Y02T 10/26 | A chemical heat storage device includes a reaction vessel accommodating a heat storage material, a heat exchange flow path provided so that a heat-exchange fluid flows along an outer surface of the reaction vessel, and the chemical heat storage device being configured in such a manner that the reaction vessel is rotated and the heat storage material is agitated, by a flow force of the heat-exchange fluid. |
| US-09869993-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | G05B 19/406, G05B 17/02, G05B 23/0243, G05B 2219/37616, G05B 2219/32179, G05B 2219/33286, G05B 2219/32342, G05B 2219/32301, G05B 2219/35308, Y02P 90/26 | A system and method monitor and/or diagnose the operation of a production line of an industrial plant which is controlled by an automation system. The system includes a remote data processing server, which is installed outside of the industrial plant. The remote data processing server is configured to receive a digital input signal reflecting at least one control input signal and a digital output signal reflecting a second operational state, to determine at least first and second modeled states corresponding to the at least first and second operational states, respectively, by inputting the digital input and the digital output signals to a digital observer model of the production line and the automation system and by processing the digital observer model, and to forward the first and second modeled states to an output interface from where they can be accessed by modeling and/or diagnosing modules. |
| US-09870014-B1 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | G05F 1/56, G05F 1/563, G05F 1/565, G05F 1/575, G05F 1/595, G05F 1/625, H02M 3/156-158, H02M 3/1588, H02M 2001/0032, H02M 2001/0045, Y02B 70/1466 | A regulator may comprise: an ADC unit for detecting a change in an output voltage and outputting an error code based on the detected result; a digital processing unit for generating a proportional control signal, a plurality of integral control signals, a counting signal, and an error sign signal based on the error code, outputting pull-up and pull-down control signals by multiplying the error code by a proportional gain factor in response to the proportional control signal, and outputting a plurality of sub-pull-up control signals by performing integration on the integral control signals based on the counting signal and multiplying the integration result by an integral gain factor; a first driving unit for outputting a first current in response to the pull-up and pull-down control signals; and a second driving unit for outputting a second current in response to the sub-pull-up control signals. |
| US-09870016-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | G05F 1/67, H02J 1/00, H02J 3/385, Y10T 307/685, H02M 7/49, H02M 2001/0077, Y02E 10/58 | Controlling a power converter circuit for a direct current (DC) power source is disclosed. The power converter may be operative to convert input power received from the DC power source to an output power and to perform maximum power point tracking of the power source. The power converter is adapted to provide the output power to a load that also performs maximum power point tracking. |
| US-09870040-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | G06F 1/32, G06F 1/30, G06F 1/3237, G06F 1/3203, Y02B 60/1221 | Disclosed embodiments relate to a system that changes transmitter and/or receiver settings to deal with reliability issues caused by a predetermined event, such as a change in a power state or a clock start event. One embodiment uses a first setting while operating a transmitter during a normal operating mode, and a second setting while operating the transmitter during a transient period following the predetermined event. A second embodiment uses similar first and second settings in a receiver, or in both a transmitter and a receiver employed on one side of a bidirectional link. The first and second settings can be associated with different swing voltages, edge rates, equalizations and/or impedances. |
| US-09870042-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | G06F 1/3203, G06F 1/3234, G06F 1/3246, G06F 1/329, G06G 8/4432, Y02B 60/181 | A processing apparatus for managing power based on data is provided. The processing apparatus may obtain, in response to an access request from a processor for particular data stored in a memory, existing power information having a predefined correspondence to the particular data, and control a power mode of the processor based on the existing power information. |
| US-09870161-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | G06F 3/0619, G06F 1/3287, G06F 9/4401, G06F 1/3225, G06F 3/0625, G06F 3/0647, G06F 3/0653, G06F 3/0685, Y02B 60/1282, Y02B 60/32 | In order to ensure that a normally-off computer connected to a volatile component operates normally and rapidly after operation of turning-on/off of a power supply is executed, a computation processing device which has nonvolatile registers and which is able to continue processing of data retained in the device after the power supply is turned off/on without retracting the data to an external device includes at least: a central processing unit including the nonvolatile registers; a connection unit for a volatile component which saves internal information in a volatile storage element thereof; a nonvolatile storage unit for saving a return program from a power-off state of the volatile component; and an inspection unit notifying that a potential of the power supply in the computation processing device has reached an operation potential at a time of return. The central processing unit loads the return program from the nonvolatile storage unit in response to a notification signal from the inspection unit and executes it. |
| US-09870236-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | F03D 7/0204, F03D 7/0224, F03D 7/0264, F03D 7/047, F03D 7/048, F05B 2240/40, F05B 2260/845, F05B 2270/107, F05B 2270/1074, Y02E 10/721, Y02E 10/723, G06F 9/44505 | A control system for a wind turbine is provided. The control system includes a plurality of controllers distributed in the wind turbine or the wind power plant; and a plurality of data storage units, each data storage unit being arranged at a respective predetermined position in the wind turbine or the wind power plant and being coupled to the controller arranged at the same position; wherein each data storage unit comprises operational information pertaining to the predetermined position in the wind turbine or the wind power plant; and wherein each controller is configured to read the operational information of the corresponding data storage unit and to determine its function from the operational information. |
| US-09870315-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | G06F 1/3275, G06F 9/30007, G06F 9/3004, G06F 3/0673, G06F 3/0659, G06F 15/785, G06F 9/3857, G06F 3/0625, G06F 3/0629, G06F 12/02, G06F 12/0246, G06F 9/265, Y02B 60/1225, Y02B 60/1228 | A computing memory includes an execution unit and an access processor coupled with a memory system, where the execution unit and the access processor are logically separated units. The execution unit is for processing operand data. The access processor is for providing operand data and configuration data to the execution unit. The access processor reads operand data from the memory system and sends the operand data to the execution unit. The execution unit executes the operand data according to the provided configuration data. The access processor includes information about execution times of operations of the execution unit for the provided configuration. The access processor reserves time-slots for writing execution unit results provided by the execution unit into selected locations in the memory system based on the information about the execution times, upon sending at least one of the operand data and the configuration data to the execution unit. |
| US-09870645-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | G06F 3/014, G01C 3/08, G06T 19/006, G05B 19/41805, G05B 2219/32014, G05B 2219/36167, G05B 2219/39449, Y02P 90/04 | An assembling method, an augmented reality system and a computer program product for measuring and/or manufacturing are provided. A targeting object may be placed in a working space. A distance is measured from the measurement device to the targeting object. The distance measurement is transmitted to the augmented reality system, and the augmented reality system determines whether the distance measurement corresponds to a target distance. |
| US-09870652-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | G07C 5/0808, G07C 5/0841, B60L 3/12, B60L 11/1857, G01R 31/007, G01R 31/3631, G01R 31/3679, G01R 31/3689, Y02T 10/7005 | Concepts and technologies are disclosed herein for a vehicle battery data analysis service. A processor can execute a vehicle battery data analysis service. The processor can generate a request to execute a load test at a vehicle and transmit the load request to a vehicle diagnostic system located at the vehicle. The processor can obtain diagnostic data generated by the vehicle diagnostic system. The diagnostic data can include test data that indicates a load of a battery of the vehicle and vehicle data that identifies the vehicle. The processor can update fleet data based upon the diagnostic data. |
| US-09870844-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | H01B 1/24, C09D 5/448, C09D 7/1216, C25D 13/02, C25D 13/16, C25D 15/00, C25D 13/22, C25D 13/00, C25D 17/00, H01M 4/0457, H01M 4/136, H01M 4/1397, H01M 4/5825, H01M 4/622, H01M 4/0438, H01M 4/08, H01M 4/139, H01M 4/661, H01M 4/02, H01M 4/525, H01M 4/808, H01M 6/18, H01M 6/181, H01M 6/40, H01M 10/0472, H01M 10/04, H01M 10/0436, H01M 10/052, H01M 10/0525, H01M 10/058, H01M 10/0565, H01M 10/44, H01M 2004/021, H01M 2004/025, Y02P 70/54, C08K 3/04, C08K 2201/002, C08K 2201/006, C08L 33/06, Y10S 524/901, G02F 1/1523, G02F 2001/1555, H01G 11/26, H01G 11/56, H01G 11/64, Y02E 60/13 | A method of producing an electrode for a lithium ion battery is disclosed in which an electrically conductive substrate is immersed into an electrodepositable composition, the substrate serving as the electrode in an electrical circuit comprising the electrode and a counter-electrode immersed in the composition, a coating being applied onto or over at least a portion of the substrate as electric current is passed between the electrodes. The electrodepositable composition comprises: (a) an aqueous medium; (b) an ionic (meth)acrylic polymer; and (c) solid particles comprising: (i) lithium-containing particles, and (ii) electrically conductive particles, wherein the composition has a weight ratio of solid particles to ionic (meth)acrylic polymer of at least 4:1. |
| US-09870859-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | H02J 5/005, H02J 7/025, H02J 17/00, H04B 5/0025-0093, B60L 11/182, B60L 11/1829-1831, Y02T 90/122, H01F 38/14, H01F 2038/143-146, A61B 1/00029, A61N 1/3787 | The present invention provides a wireless power supply system in which a remote device is provided with different control methodologies depending on one or more factors. One type of wireless power supply can selectively control one or more remote devices according to a first control methodology and another type of wireless power supply can control the remote device according to a second control methodology. In one embodiment, a wireless power supply system is provided for wirelessly powering a display circuit in a product located at a point of display differently than when charging at a point of use, or when the device is in use. In another embodiment, a wireless power supply is programmed to operate a remote device according to a primary control methodology and the remote device is programmed to operate the remote device according to a secondary control methodology where the remote device includes circuitry for enabling the primary control methodology instead of the secondary control methodology. |
| US-09871146-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | H01L 31/02167-02168, H01L 31/022441-022458, H01L 31/0682, H01L 31/0516, H01L 31/02363, H01L 31/068, H01L 31/022433, Y02E 10/547 | A solar cell includes a substrate formed of n-type single crystal silicon, an emitter region of a p-type which is positioned at a first surface of the substrate and includes a first emitter region having a first sheet resistance and a second emitter region having a second sheet resistance less than the first sheet resistance, a plurality of surface field regions of the n-type locally positioned at a second surface opposite the first surface of the substrate, a plurality of first electrodes which are positioned only on the second emitter region to be separated from one another and are connected to the second emitter region, and a plurality of second electrodes which are positioned on the plurality of surface field regions to be separated from one another and are connected to the plurality of surface field regions. |
| US-09871151-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | H01L 31/022441, H01L 31/02245, H01L 31/022458, Y02E 10/50, Y02E 10/548 | Known photovoltaic cells with wrap through connections have output terminals of both polarities on its back surface, one of which is coupled to the front surface via the wrap through connections. The invented solar cell is manufactured by creating an emitter layer on the back surface. Electrode material is applied in mutually separate first and second areas on the back surface. The electrode material in the first area contacts the emitter. The second area covers a surrounding of a hole that provides for the connection on the back surface. The electrode material in the second area lies on the emitter and around the second area the emitter is interrupted by a trench. On the front surface a further area of electrode material is applied over the hole. If necessary the electrode material in the second area on the back surface is applied on a supporting surface that is substantially electrically isolated from current flowing laterally through the emitter layer underneath the first area. |
| US-09871155-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | H01L 31/0322, H01L 31/0324, H01L 31/0326, H01L 31/03923, H01L 31/03928, Y02E 10/541 | The present invention relates to a layer system (1) for thin-film solar cells with an absorber layer (4) that contains a chalcogenide compound semiconductor and a buffer layer (5) that is arranged on the absorber layer (4), wherein the buffer layer (5) contains NaxIn1SyClz with 0.05≦x<0.2 or 0.2<x≦0.5, 1≦y≦2, and 0.6≦x/z ≦1.4. |
| US-09871157-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | H01L 31/18, H01L 31/054, H01L 31/0543, Y02P 70/521, Y02E 10/52, Y02E 10/50 | Mutual alignment between a condenser lens and its power generating element can be performed easily and accurately. This method for producing a concentrator photovoltaic unit includes: a first step of emitting linear laser beams respectively toward incident positions 42 on an incident surface 13f1; and a second step of performing positional adjustment between a Fresnel lens 13f and a power generating element part 21, based on positional relationship between the power generating element part 21 and beam images respectively formed by the linear laser beams at a time when the beam images and the power generating element part 21 are seen along an optical axis S from the incident surface 13f1 side of the Fresnel lens 13f. Four incident positions 42 in the first step are set such that at least one pair of beam images, among the beam images respectively formed by the linear laser beams, cross each other at an optical axis point S1 of the Fresnel lens 13f when the power generating element part 21 side is seen along the optical axis S from the incident surface 13f1 side of the Fresnel lens 13f. |
| US-09871236-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | H01M 2/1077, H01M 2/0242, H01M 2/1094, H01M 2/34, H01M 2/347, H01M 2/1016, H01M 2/1027, H01M 2/1686, H01M 4/366, H01M 4/485, H01M 4/505, H01M 4/525, H01M 4/5825, H01M 10/0525, H01M 10/0567, H01M 16/00, H01M 2010/4271, H01M 2200/00, H01M 2200/103, H01M 2220/10, H01M 2220/20, Y02T 10/7011 | A multi-core lithium ion battery includes a sealed enclosure and a support member disposed within the sealed enclosure. The support member includes a plurality of cavities and a plurality of lithium ion core members which are disposed the plurality of cavities. The battery further includes a plurality of cavity liners, each of which is positioned between a corresponding one of the lithium ion core members and a surface of a corresponding one of the cavities. |
| US-09871250-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | H01M 4/362, H01M 4/505, H01M 4/525, H01M 10/052, H01M 4/582, H01M 2004/028, H01M 2004/021, Y02T 10/7011, Y02E 60/122 | Provided are a cathode active material for a lithium secondary battery, a method of fabricating the same, and a lithium secondary battery including the same. The cathode active material includes a lithium composite transition metal oxide represented by Li1+(c-a)/2NiaCobMncO2-xFx (0.1≦c−a≦0.4, 0.13≦a≦0.3, 0.03≦b≦0.2, 0.4≦c≦0.6, (a+b+c)+(1+(c−a)/2)=2, 0<x≦0.15, 1≦a/b≦6, 1.9≦c/a≦4.0, and 0.04≦b/(a+b+c)≦0.25), and layer-structured Li2MnO3. Since the lithium secondary battery including the cathode active material has a large capacity and generates less gas, lifespan characteristics and high rate capability are significantly improved, and especially voltage variation during charging and discharging operations is small. |
| US-09871257-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | D21H 13/50, H01M 8/0234, H01M 4/8807, H01M 8/1002, H01M 4/96, H01M 4/8605, H01M 2008/1095, Y02P 70/56, Y02E 60/50 | Provided is a porous electrode substrate having excellent thickness precision, gas permeability and conductivity, handling efficiency, low production costs and a high carbonization rate during carbonization. Also provided are a method for manufacturing such a substrate, a precursor sheet and fibrillar fiber used for forming such a substrate, along with a membrane electrode assembly and a polymer electrolyte fuel cell that contain such a substrate. The method for manufacturing a porous electrode substrate includes step (1) for manufacturing a precursor sheet in which short carbon fibers (A) and carbon fiber precursor (b) are dispersed, and step (2) for carbonizing the precursor sheet, and the volume contraction rate of carbon fiber precursor (b) in step (2) is 83% or lower. The present invention also relates to a porous electrode substrate obtained by such a manufacturing method, a precursor sheet and fibrillar fiber used for forming the substrate, along with a membrane electrode assembly and a polymer electrolyte fuel cell containing the substrate. |
| US-09871259-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | H01M 8/00, H01M 4/00, B82Y 30/00, C01G 45/00, C01G 51/00, C01G 53/00, C04B 35/00, C04B 2235/00, Y02P 70/00, C01P 2002/00 | Provided is a method of making a composite ceramic material for a fuel cell. The composite ceramic material for the fuel cell forms a cored structure where perovskite ceramic particles having a small particle diameter surround lanthanum cobaltite particles having a large particle diameter. Lanthanum cobaltite is added as a starting material in a process of synthesizing the perovskite ceramic particles. The composite ceramic material for the fuel cell made according to this method improves an electric connection characteristic between a separation plate and a polar plate of the fuel cell, and is chemically and mechanically stable. |
| US-09871273-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | Y02E 60/122, H01M 10/052, H01M 10/0585, H01M 10/0565, H01M 10/0562, H01M 4/13, H01M 10/056, H01M 2220/30, H01M 2300/0094, H01M 10/4257, H01M 2300/0082, H01M 2/0212, H01M 2/1673, H01M 4/502, H01M 6/06, H01M 6/181, H01M 10/425, H01M 10/0436, H01M 4/134, H01M 2300/0065, H01M 2/0202, Y02T 10/7011, H01G 11/56, H01G 11/52, H01G 11/54, H01G 9/15, H05K 2201/10037, H05K 1/181, H05K 1/0298, H05K 3/10 | Systems and methods are provided for battery cells including solid electrolytes. Solid electrolyte cells may be integrated with electronic devices. For example, a solid electrolyte cell may be integrated with a metal surface of a circuit board or an electrically conductive surface of a chassis. Surface-mountable solid electrolyte cells may be electrically coupled to circuit traces using, for example, a reflow soldering process. |
| US-09871275-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | Y02E 60/12, H01M 10/484, H01M 10/48, G01R 31/3651, G01R 31/3627 | A battery-state estimation device obtains, at a first timing, a first resistance value corresponding to a first open circuit voltage of a lithium-ion secondary battery and a second resistance value corresponding to a second open circuit voltage, which is higher than the first open circuit voltage, of the lithium-ion secondary battery. Further, the battery-state estimation device obtains, at a second timing which is different from the first timing, a third resistance value corresponding to the first open circuit voltage and a fourth resistance value corresponding to the second open circuit voltage. The battery-state estimation device determines presence or absence of lithium deposition in the lithium-ion secondary battery, based on a magnitude relation between a first variation amount of the third resistance value with respect to the first resistance value and a second variation amount of the fourth resistance value with respect to the second resistance value. |
| US-09871377-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | H02J 3/383, H02J 3/16, H02J 3/00, H02J 3/06, H02J 3/50, H02J 3/006, Y02E 10/563, Y02E 40/34, G05B 15/02 | The device for cooperation control of the EMS and the DMS comprises: a calculation unit for calculating an AQI index on the basis of target system information and power flow calculation data; a determination unit which determines whether or not to perform reactive power cooperation control switching of the DMS on the basis of the calculated AQI index and the amount of needed local reserve reactive power (Qreq), and which determines a suppliable reactive power capacity on the basis of the amount of needed local reserve reactive power (Qreq) and a suppliable reactive power range; and a control unit which transmits a cooperation control mode switching control signal so as to switch the DMS to a reactive power cooperation control mode if it is determined that reactive power cooperation control switching of the DMS is to be performed, and which controls the DMS to supply reactive power. |
| US-09871382-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | H02J 4/00, H02J 3/1885, H02J 3/382, H02J 3/383, H02J 3/386, Y10T 307/718, Y02E 10/563, Y02E 10/763, Y02E 40/32 | A method and a controller for continuously operating a plurality of electric energy generating machines during a high voltage condition at a point of common coupling of the plurality of electric energy generating machines are provided herein. The method includes a) sensing a voltage level at the point of common coupling exceeding a permitted voltage level; b) curtailing an active power output of the plurality of electric energy generating machines such that a reactive capability of the plurality of electric energy generating machines is increased; c) establishing a set point of an electric quantity being present at the point of common coupling such that a reactive electric component providable by the electric energy generating machines is increased; and d) controlling an electric energy generating machine based on the set point of the electric quantity such that the high voltage condition at common coupling is at least partially remedied. |
| US-09871395-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | H02J 7/007, H02J 7/0029, H02J 7/14, H02J 2007/005, Y02T 10/92 | A charging control device that executes charge control appropriately without reducing effects of charge control, and is configured to include a charged state calculation unit configured to calculate remaining capacity of battery that can be charged and discharged, based on signal from a sensor to detect state of the battery; an accumulated charge and discharge calculation unit configured to calculate an accumulated amount of charge and discharge of the battery after activation of the battery, based on the signal from the sensor; an execution determination unit configured, in a case where remaining capacity calculated by charged state calculation unit is less than first threshold, to determine whether to execute charge control to recover remaining capacity of the battery, based on accumulated amount calculated by accumulated charge and discharge calculation unit; and charge control unit configured to execute charge control following determination result by execution determination unit. |
| US-09871401-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | H02J 7/0054, H02J 7/1423, G01R 31/362, Y02T 10/7005 | A method for controlling low-voltage battery charging may include determining a state-of-charge (SOC) of a low-voltage battery based on a voltage of the low-voltage battery. A base charging voltage is set according to the SOC of the low-voltage battery. A charging voltage of the low-voltage battery is set based on the base charging voltage, a vehicle operation mode, and a SOC of a high-voltage battery. |
| US-09871407-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | Y02E 10/723, F05B 2270/10711, F05B 2270/337, F03D 9/255, H02J 9/061 | A wind turbine generator (WTG) is connected to an electricity grid via a switchgear. A control system disconnects the WTG from the grid in the event of a fault and also if the grid voltage falls below its normal value for a predetermined time, to prevent the WTG from being connected when the control system is not functional. A back-up generator is started manually to recharge a battery and supply power to the control system . When the control system is fully functional, the WTG is manually re-connected to the grid. Alternatively, the control system enters a sleep mode during which the grid voltage continues to be monitored. When the grid voltage returns, the control system reverts to its wake mode and draws sufficient power from the battery to become fully functional, at which point the WTG is re-connected to the grid. |
| US-09871408-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | H02J 9/061, H02J 7/35, G06F 1/3212, G06F 9/5094, Y02B 60/1292, Y02B 10/72, Y10T 307/625 | A data center operable using only electric power based on renewable energy. The data center includes at least one device driven by the electric power, a storage battery for storing the electric power, and a controller for switching the operating mode of the device over the course of time on the basis of predicted values for the amount of electric power generated using renewable energy, the amount of electric power stored in the storage battery, and the amount of electric power consumed by the device. |
| US-09871416-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | H02J 50/20, H02J 50/12, H02J 50/23, Y02B 70/1441, Y02B 70/1491, H02M 7/53832, H02M 7/48, H02M 2007/4818, H02M 3/155, H02M 3/337, H02M 2007/4815, H02M 7/533, H02M 7/537, H02M 2001/0058 | A resonant type high frequency power supply device provided with a power semiconductor element that performs a switching operation at a high frequency exceeding 2 MHz, the resonant type high frequency power supply device including a variable inductor that makes an adjustment to the amplitude of a device output voltage. |
| US-09871438-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | H02M 1/42, H02M 1/4208, H02M 1/4225, H02M 3/156, Y02B 70/12, Y02B 70/126, G05F 1/70 | A control device for a converter of the switched-mode type provided with an inductor element and a switch element generates a driving signal for controlling switching of the switch element and determining alternately a phase of storage of energy in the inductor element as a function of an input quantity and a phase of transfer of the energy stored in the inductor element to an output element on which an output quantity is present; the control device generates the driving signal by means of a control based on the value of the output quantity in order to regulate the same output quantity. In particular, an estimation block determines an estimated value of the output quantity, and a driving block generates the driving signal as a function of said estimated value. |
| US-09871447-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | H02M 3/1588, H02M 1/28, H02M 2001/0009, Y02B 70/1466 | Provided is a DC-DC converter implemented in a small area with a fast transient response. The DC-DC converter includes: a power supply unit configured to supply an input voltage; an inductor connected between an output terminal where an output voltage is outputted and the power supply unit; an emulator connected to both ends of the inductor to generate a feedback voltage; and a control circuit configured to control the power supply unit through a time domain control based on the output voltage and the feedback voltage. |
| US-09871650-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | H04L 7/04, H04L 5/0048, H04W 52/386, Y02B 60/50 | An apparatus and an associated method selects rates at which received signals are sampled in a multi-user communication system. The signals are sampled at initial sampling rates during a first period. An estimate is made of the number of received signals, and selection is made of an updated sampling rate, based in part upon the estimate. |
| US-09871674-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | G06F 13/4027, G06F 13/4059, G06F 13/405, G06F 13/4045, G06F 9/3855, Y02B 60/1235, H04L 12/40 | Communication between one communication bus having one set of characteristics and another communication bus having another set of characteristics is facilitated by a bridge coupling the two communication buses. The bridge includes a scoreboard to manage data communicated between the buses. In one particular example, the one communication bus is a Processor Local Bus (PLB6) and the other communication bus is an Application Specific Integrated Chip (ASIC) Interconnect Bus (AIB). |
| US-09872222-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | H04W 88/06, H04W 48/16, H04W 48/18, H04W 36/36, H04W 48/10, H04W 72/048, H04W 28/0221, H04W 36/16, H04W 48/17, H04W 48/20, H04W 88/02, H04W 52/00, H04W 4/20, H04W 68/00, H04W 72/0406, H04W 52/244, H04W 8/14, H04W 4/02, H04W 36/00, H04W 36/0005, H04W 36/22, H04W 36/08, H04W 36/34, H04W 88/18, H04W 88/08, H04W 88/10, H04W 60/00, H04W 48/00, Y02B 60/50, Y02B 70/10 | A communication system includes: a first base station that supports a first wireless communication scheme; a second base station that supports a second wireless communication scheme; and a mobile station. The first base station acquires communication information on a communication state of the second wireless communication scheme and the first base station includes a wireless communication unit that transmits a notification signal including the communication information by the first wireless communication scheme. The mobile station receives the notification signal by the first wireless communication scheme and the mobile station includes a controller that selects whether to maintain data communication by the first wireless communication scheme or to switch the first wireless communication scheme to the second wireless communication scheme, based on the communication information included in the notification signal and an amount of communication data processed by the mobile station. |
| US-09872248-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | H04W 52/0225, H04W 52/0229, H04W 52/0216, Y02B 60/50 | One embodiment of the present invention relates to a method for transmitting a signal of a station (STA) operable in a power saving mode in a wireless communication system, and the method for transmitting a signal comprises a step of transmitting a PS-Poll frame and/or a trigger frame according to a first time period, wherein an integrated scaling factor is applied to the first time period, and the integrated scaling factor is also commonly applied to a second time period in which the STA can omit frame transmission by maintaining an association state with an access point (AP). |
| US-09872332-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | H04W 76/048, H04W 52/0206, H04W 52/02, Y02B 60/50 | Systems and methods are disclosed for efficient operation of wireless access nodes in a dense deployment of wireless access nodes in a cellular communication network. In general, the dense deployment of wireless access nodes includes multiple wireless access nodes in a service area. The service area is preferably, but not necessarily, a low-load service area. As used herein, a low-load service area is an area within an overall service area of the dense deployment of wireless access nodes in which all wireless access nodes are not needed to provide a desired data capacity. Overlapping radio coverage areas of the wireless access nodes in, or serving, the service area are leveraged to enable efficient operation of the wireless access nodes in the service area. |
| US-09872341-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | H05B 3/0047, H05B 3/68, H05B 3/16, H05B 3/06, H05B 1/0233, H02J 3/14, H02J 13/0075, H02J 2003/143, H02M 5/2576, H02M 1/092, Y02B 70/3225, Y02B 90/2653, Y04S 20/222, Y04S 40/126, F24C 7/00, F24C 7/082, F24C 15/106, H01L 21/67103, H01L 21/67248 | A system includes a plurality of elements that are to operate in a radio frequency (RF) environment. The system further includes a plurality of switching devices to operate in the RF environment, each of the plurality of switching devices to control power to at least one of the plurality of elements, wherein the plurality of switching devices are coupled to a power line that is to provide power from outside the RF environment. A filter is coupled to the power line to filter out RF noise introduced into the power line by the RF environment. The system further includes a converter, coupled to the one or more switching devices, to operate in the RF environment and to provide a non-conductive communication link between the one or more switching devices and a controller outside of the RF environment. |
| US-09872344-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | H05B 6/6402, H05B 6/00, H05B 1/02, H05B 6/68, H05B 6/686, H05B 6/701, H05B 6/72, H05B 6/52, Y02B 40/143 | An apparatus applies electromagnetic (EM) energy at a plurality of modulation space elements (MSEs) to an object in an energy application zone via at least one radiating element. The apparatus includes at least one processor and a memory that includes instructions, that when executed by the at least one processor, cause the at least one processor to perform operations. The operations include receiving information sensed by a detector and determining an energy application schedule based on the information sensed by the detector, the energy application schedule comprising timing instructions for applying the EM energy at an irregular order of MSEs, and causing application of the EM energy at the plurality of MSEs to the object in the energy application zone via the at least one radiating element, according to the energy application schedule determined. |
| US-09872349-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | H05B 33/0815, H05B 33/0845, H05B 37/02, H05B 33/0851, H05B 33/0809, H05B 33/0848, H05B 33/0818, H05B 33/083, H05B 37/0281, H05B 33/0842, H05B 33/0812, H05B 33/0824, Y02B 20/346 | A phase-cut dimming control system according to the embodiment includes a phase angle detector configured to detect a phase angle of an input voltage generated by phase-cut dimming, a feedback signal generator configured to generate a first reference signal corresponding to the detected phase angle, and generate an initial feedback signal based on a detection signal corresponding to power supplied to a load and the first reference signal, a feedback signal modulator configured to modulate the initial feedback signal and generate a feedback signal, a power transmission controller configured to generate a control signal which controls power transmission according to the feedback signal, and a power transmission circuit configured to transmit power to the load according to the control signal. |
| US-09872355-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | H02M 1/42, H02M 1/4258, H02M 1/15, H02M 1/143, H02M 3/33507, H02M 7/1557, H02M 7/1626, H02M 7/1623, H02M 2001/0032, H05B 33/0815, H05B 33/083, H05B 33/0845, H05B 33/0836, H05B 33/0812, Y02B 20/347, Y02B 70/126 | A control circuit for an LED driving circuit having a rectifier and a power transistor for driving an LED load, can include: a control signal regulation circuit configured to control a driving voltage of the power transistor to vary with a rectifier output voltage to control the variation of a current flowing through the power transistor to be consistent with that of the rectifier output voltage to decrease a power loss of the power transistor; and the control signal regulation circuit being configured to control the driving voltage of the power transistor to vary with the rectifier output voltage to control the variation of the current flowing through the power transistor to be opposite to that of the rectifier output voltage to improve a power factor of the LED driving circuit. |
| US-09872357-B1 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | H05B 37/0227, H05B 37/0272, H05B 33/0863, H05B 33/0872, H05B 37/02, H05B 37/0845, H05B 37/0854, A01G 1/001, A01G 1/042, A01G 7/045, Y02P 60/146, Y02P 60/149, F21V 23/0442, F21V 23/0471, F21Y 2115/10, F21Y 2113/13 | A horticultural luminaire, a horticultural lighting arrangement including a plurality of the horticultural luminaires, and a method for controlling the horticultural lighting arrangement are described. The horticultural luminaire includes a main light emitting unit including at least one LED for generating a main spectrum, an environmental sensor for measuring environmental data, and control electronics for determining a position data representing position of the horticultural luminaire, sending out the environmental data and the position data, receiving control data, and controlling the emission intensity of the main light emitting unit on the basis of the control data. |
| US-09872359-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | H01J 61/52, H01J 65/044, H01J 61/523, H01J 13/32, H01J 17/00, H01J 2893/0059, F21K 9/00, F21V 29/004, H05B 41/36, H05B 41/00, H05B 39/042, H05B 41/3922, H05B 39/081, H05B 37/0218, H05B 41/3927, H05B 41/28, H05B 41/3921, H05B 41/2828, H05B 33/0815, H05B 33/0818, H05B 37/029, H05B 33/0803, H05B 37/0254, H05B 37/02, H01T 2/00, H01T 1/00, H01T 2/02, Y02B 20/14 | Described herein are ambient lighting devices, methods, and systems that utilize at least one multimode artificial ambient light source, a control unit, and a remote image sensor. The control unit couples to at least one artificial ambient light source and is configured to output at least one control signal to the at least one artificial ambient light source. The at least one multimode artificial ambient light source is configured to output light of varying color and color temperature in response to said at least one control signal. The remote image sensor couples to the at least one control unit and is configured to detect at least one color and intensity characteristic and output an output signal to the at least one control unit, based on said color and intensity characteristic detected. |
| US-09872360-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | H05B 33/0887, H05B 41/285, H05B 41/292, H05B 41/298, H05B 33/0884, H05B 33/083, H05B 33/089, H05B 37/0218, H05B 37/0254, H05B 37/0227, H05B 33/0854, H05B 37/0272, H05B 33/0842, Y02B 20/208, Y02B 20/341, Y02B 20/46, F21V 29/70, F21V 23/003, F21V 23/007, H01L 33/642, H01L 33/62, H01L 33/54, H01L 25/0753, H01L 33/486, H01L 2224/48247, H01L 2924/181, H01L 2924/00012, F21Y 2103/10, F21Y 2101/00, F21Y 2103/003, F21Y 2101/02 | An photocontroller with surge protecting function includes an photocontroller unit, a surge protection unit, and an photocontroller base. On the basis of an existing photocontroller unit and an existing photocontroller base, the surge protection unit is integrated inside the photocontroller unit or the surge protection unit can be connected in a plug-in manner. The surge protection unit is connected in parallel to a power supply phase line terminal and a neutral line terminal of the photocontroller unit. A ground line terminal of the surge protection unit is connected, by means of a ground connector, to the conductive part disposed on the photocontroller base. The conductive piece is grounded. The photocontroller and the surge protection function are combined, which can effectively discharge a surge current, suppress a surge voltage, is easy to mount and replace, and can reduce post-maintenance cost. |
| US-09872363-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | H05B 37/0254, H05B 37/0263, H05B 37/0245, H05B 37/0272, H05B 33/086, H05B 33/0863, H05B 37/02, H05B 37/029, Y02B 20/42, Y02B 20/48, B60Q 3/47 | A method of operating a lighting grid having lighting units the method—including receiving an input signal from a sensor or a user interface by a first lighting unit, determining a control signal for controlling an LED driver and/or LED assembly of the first lighting unit based on the input signal, transmitting an output signal to a second lighting unit, the output signal being based on the input signal and enabling an identification of the first lighting unit, the sensor or the user interface, receiving the transmitted output signal from the first lighting unit by the second lighting unit, establishing an identification, based upon the received output signal, of the first lighting unit, the sensor or the user—interface, and determining a further control signal for controlling an LED driver and/or LED assembly of the second lighting unit based on the output signal and the identification. |
| US-09872378-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | H01L 2224/16225, H01L 23/13, H01L 23/15, H01L 23/49822, H01L 23/49866, H01L 27/14618, H01L 1/111, H05K 1/0216, H05K 1/111, H05K 1/181, H05K 1/183, H05K 2201/0116, H05K 2201/09036, H05K 2201/10121, H05K 2201/2018, Y02P 70/611 | There are provided an electronic element mounting board and an electronic device capable of suppressing transmission of incident light to an electronic device through a circumferential edge part of an opening of a board and thus of reducing a noise level in receiving an image. An electronic element mounting board includes an insulating substrate. The insulating substrate has an opening and a lower surface, and an electronic element is disposed on the lower surface so as to overlap the opening in a plan view. A circumferential edge part of the opening of the insulating substrate has a porosity lower than a porosity of a portion outside the circumferential edge part. Since it is possible to suppress transmission of incident light to the electronic element through the circumferential edge part, it is possible to reduce a noise level in receiving an image in the electronic element. |
| US-09872411-B2 | 2018-01-16 00:00:00 | Y02B 10/30, Y02B 10/70, Y02B 60/1282, H01L 2924/14, H01L 2924/00014, H01L 2224/73253, H01L 2225/06513, H01L 2225/06582, H01L 23/041, F01B 17/022, H05K 7/005, H05K 7/1439, H05K 7/1457, H05K 7/1459, H05K 7/1468, H05K 7/1479, H05K 7/20454 | An apparatus includes a remote terminal unit (RTU) having a housing, where at least a portion of the housing includes a shell of thermally-conductive material. The RTU also includes at least one circuit board assembly having at least one processing device configured to communicate with one or more industrial control and automation field devices via one or more input/output (I/O) channels. The at least one circuit board assembly is positioned within the shell. The RTU further includes a heat sink configured to remove thermal energy from the at least one processing device. In addition, the RTU includes a thermal pad configured to receive the thermal energy from the heat sink and to provide the thermal energy to the shell. |
| US-09873089-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | B01D 2313/21, B01D 2313/56, B01D 2315/06, B01D 2321/18, B01D 61/14, B01D 61/18, B01D 63/08, B01D 65/08, C02F 2201/002, C02F 3/1273, Y02W 10/15 | A method for lifting a membrane separation device immersed in liquid to be treated so as to obtain permeated liquid passed through a filtration membrane provides a method for lifting the membrane separation device in a visible state without lowering the liquid level of a treatment tank. The method includes injecting a gas into a predetermined region of the membrane separation device, thereby raising the membrane separation device by a buoyancy generated by the injected gas through the liquid to be treated, and engaging an engaging portion of a lifting apparatus with an engageable portion provided to an upper portion of the membrane separation device, thereby lifting up the membrane separation device. The predetermined region may be a space constituting a flow path for the permeated liquid permeated through the filtration membrane. |
| US-09873109-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | B01J 23/8892, B01J 23/26, B01J 23/83, B01J 23/002, B01J 37/08, B01J 35/002, B01J 23/34, B01J 2523/00, C07C 1/20, C07C 29/159, C07C 2523/889, C07C 2523/34, C07C 2523/26, C01B 3/045, C01B 3/063, C01B 13/024, C01B 2203/0277, C01B 2203/0805, C01B 2203/1088, Y02E 60/364, Y02P 20/134, Y02P 20/129 | To provide a catalyst, which is formed from a perovskite oxide, for thermochemical fuel production, and a method of producing fuel using thermochemical fuel production that is capable of allowing a fuel to be produced in a thermochemical manner. Provided is a catalyst for thermochemical fuel production, which is used for producing the fuel from thermal energy by using a two-step thermochemical cycle of a first temperature and a second temperature that is equal to or lower than the first temperature, wherein the catalyst is formed from a perovskite oxide having a compositional formula of AXO3±δ (provided that, 0≦δ≦1). Here, A represents one or more of a rare-earth element (excluding Ce), an alkaline earth metal element, and an alkali metal element, X represents one or more of a transition metal element and a metalloid element, and O represents oxygen. |
| US-09873115-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | B01J 21/063, B01J 23/72, B01J 27/04, B01J 27/051, B01J 27/0573, B01J 35/023, C01G 11/02, C01G 15/00, C01G 3/02, C01G 3/12, C01G 39/06, C25B 1/04, C25B 3/04, C01P 2004/51, C01P 2004/16, Y02E 60/366 | Photocatalysts for reduction of carbon dioxide and water are provided that can be tuned to produce certain reaction products, including hydrogen, alcohol, aldehyde, and/or hydrocarbon products. These photocatalysts can form artificial photosystems and can be incorporated into devices that reduce carbon dioxide and water for production of various fuels. Doped wide-bandgap semiconductor nanotubes are provided along with synthesis methods. A variety of optical, electronic and magnetic dopants (substitutional and interstitial, energetically shallow and deep) are incorporated into hollow nanotubes, ranging from a few dopants to heavily-doped semiconductors. The resulting wide-bandgap nanotubes, with desired electronic (p- or n-doped), optical (ultraviolet bandgap to infrared absorption in co-doped nanotubes), and magnetic (from paramagnetic to ferromagnetic) properties, can be used in photovoltaics, display technologies, photocatalysis, and spintronic applications. |
| US-09873212-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | B29B 17/02, B29B 17/04, B29B 2017/0203, B29B 2017/0231, B29B 2017/0296, B29B 2017/0244, B29B 17/0404, B29B 17/0047, Y02W 30/524, Y02W 30/625, Y02W 30/622, Y02W 30/62, B29L 2031/726, B29L 2022/027, B29K 2083/00, B29K 2077/00, B29K 2913/02, B29K 2313/02 | The present invention relates to a process for the treatment of technical textiles based on thermoplastic fibers and comprising a coating, such as, in particular, airbags, using the principle of centrifugal decanting to separate the fiber residues and the coating material. The invention also relates to a process for the manufacture of a thermoplastic composition, in particular for molding, obtained by use of the fiber residues as obtained and optionally of reinforcing fillers. The distinguishing feature of this invention is based on the preparation of the fabric devoid of coating, thus resulting in formulations with elevated mechanical performances. |
| US-09873317-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | B60K 6/405, B60K 6/42, B60K 6/26, Y02T 10/62, Y02T 10/6213, Y10T 29/49012, F16D 1/101, B16F 15/161, F16H 57/00 | A method for mounting the drive train components of a hybrid drive including providing an automatic transmission, which comprises a transmission casing and a transmission input shaft; a hybrid head, which is premounted as a separate assembly and which has a hybrid head casing, a rotor drive element and an output element; and an electric machine, which has a stator and a rotor, wherein the hybrid head casing is connected by flanges to the transmission casing and the output element is coupled in rotation to the transmission input shaft by means of a shaft-hub connection, and wherein the electric machine is subsequently installed in the hybrid head casing, wherein the stator is connected to the hybrid head casing and the rotor is connected to the rotor drive element. |
| US-09873331-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | B60L 3/0092, B60L 3/0046, B60L 3/04, B60L 11/1816, B60L 11/1868, B60L 2250/16, Y02T 10/7066, Y02T 10/7072, Y02T 90/14, Y02T 90/34 | A method for deactivating an electric high voltage system of a motor vehicle including requesting an interruption of the high voltage system in a first control system; requesting an interruption of the high voltage system in a second control system; and the automatic interruption of the high voltage system by at least one of the control systems. |
| US-09873344-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | B60L 11/182, B60L 11/1844, H02J 50/20, Y02T 10/7241 | In a non-contact power supplied electric vehicle or a non-contact power supplying method, when a request for starting non-contact supply of power is made, if it is determined that interference occurs between a charging frequency or a higher harmonic component thereof and a radio frequency, the charging frequency is changed to a frequency that is capable of avoiding the interference. Non-contact supply of power is allowed to be started under a condition in which the charging frequency has been changed to a frequency that is capable of avoiding the interference. |
| US-09873345-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | Y02T 90/14, Y02T 10/7005, Y02T 90/128, Y02T 10/7088, Y02T 90/163 | An apparatus for charging an electric vehicle includes a DC voltage source, and a charge dispenser connected to the DC voltage source. The charge dispenser is configured to receive first data from a remote clearinghouse and to control charging of the electric vehicle based at least in part on that received first data. |
| US-09873373-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | H05B 33/0815, H05B 33/0818, H05B 33/0851, H05B 39/047, H05B 41/2828, H05B 41/3927, G09G 3/2014, G09G 3/2018, G09G 2320/0633, Y02B 29/346, Y02B 70/126, Y01S 315/07 | A method for regulating a brightness of a luminous unit includes regulating the luminous unit by a pulse width modulator which provides an electric current having a predefined current value Y at a start time t0; modulating the electric current to a predefined brightness value at the start time t0 with a frequency of switching pulses that is chosen depending on a predefined brightness value; and progressively reducing the current value of respective switching pulses of the pulse-width-modulated electric current to a current value Y′ proceeding from a start time t0 until a target time t1. The current value Y′ is chosen in such a way that the luminous unit is luminous with the predefined brightness value upon a permanent supply with an electric current corresponding to the current value Y′. The respective switching pulses of the electric current are lengthened in their duration until a continuous electric current arises. |
| US-09873409-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | B60L 11/1822, B60S 5/06, Y02T 90/124 | Device for battery replacement in a vehicle with a storage space for a battery, which device includes a battery transporting device which is installed at least partly above ground and which is associated with a width direction and a horizontal depth direction which is perpendicular to the width direction, wherein the device is arranged to sense a position of the storage space. The transporting device includes a first pushing device and a second pushing device, which first pushing device displaces the second pushing device and which second pushing device supports the battery, the first pushing device is displaceable in the depth direction, and the second pushing device, in relation to the first pushing device, is both displaceable in the width direction and pivotable in relation to the supporting plane of the first pushing device. Also disclosed is a method for battery replacement using such a device. |
| US-09873467-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | B60R 21/205, B60R 21/2338, B60R 21/2346, B60R 2021/0407, A47C 27/087, B62D 35/001, B62D 35/02, B62D 35/007, B62D 35/004, Y02T 10/88 | The fairing assembly uses inflatable wall panels that automatically deploy and retract at certain speeds to provide sturdy, light-weight aerodynamic fairings, which cover and enclose the space between the tractor truck and connected trailers to improve the aerodynamics of the tractor-trailers. The fairing assembly uses a module design and includes two or more panel units, a blower/vacuum and an electronic controller. Each panel unit includes a panel housing and an inflatable wall panel, which inflates and deflates to deploy and retract from its housing. The controller actuates the blower/vacuum to provide a continuous flow of air to the inflatable wall panels during deployment and to draw an air flow from the inflatable wall panels when retracting the panels back into the panel housings. |
| US-09873484-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | B60W 10/06, B60W 10/02, Y10T 477/87, Y10T 477/78, F02N 11/0822, F02N 2200/102, F02D 11/02, F02D 17/00, Y02T 10/48 | A saddle-type vehicle can be configured to perform idle-stop during deceleration corresponding to a driver's demand. In some embodiments, the vehicle comprises a bar handle mounted on its opposite tip ends with a grasping grip grasped by the driver and a throttle grip for accelerator operation; two operation controls for performing braking operation, at least one of which being a first brake and a second brake mounted on tip ends of the bar handle; and an engine controller for automatically stopping an engine and making the engine an idle-stop state. In some cases, the saddle-type vehicle further comprises a judgment controller for judging whether a simultaneous operation of the first and second brakes has been achieved; and the engine controller performs the idle-stop during deceleration of the vehicle when the judgment controller judges that the simultaneous operation of the first and second brakes has been performed. |
| US-09873513-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | B64D 13/04, B64D 13/02, F16K 1/221, F16K 1/2263, F16K 1/385, Y02T 50/56, G05D 13/02 | Embodiments of a cabin outflow valve having one or more laterally-tapered sealing surfaces are provided, as are cabin pressure controls system including cabin outflow valves. In one embodiment, the cabin outflow valve includes a frame and a first door, which is pivotally coupled to the frame and which is rotated by an actuator between open and closed positions. The first door includes, in turn, a torque input point at which the actuator applies a closing force when rotating the first door into a closed position. A laterally-tapered sealing surface extends along a lateral axis of the cabin outflow valve and has a profile height decreasing with increasing proximity to the torque input point. The laterally-tapered sealing surface helps to ensure the formation of a complete lateral seal when in the first door is rotated into the closed position to significantly reduce or eliminate leakage through the cabin outflow valve. |
| US-09873518-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | B64D 35/02, B64D 35/08, B64D 27/24, B64D 27/10, B64D 31/14, B64D 2221/00, B64D 2027/026, Y02T 50/64, Y10S 903/904 | An electrical architecture for an aircraft having a main electrical machine connected to a fuel burning engine and a secondary electrical machine connected to a power transmission assembly. A high-voltage electrical master box is connected by a first line and by a second line to a multifunction converter, the high-voltage electrical master box connecting the first line to the secondary electrical machine, and the second line to at least the main electrical machine and the secondary electrical machine. The multifunction converter includes a supervisor connected to an avionics system and to a control system controlling the engine, and to a controller of the high-voltage electrical master box. |
| US-09873522-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | B64D 45/00, B64D 33/08, B64D 33/00, F02C 7/055, F02C 7/14, F02C 7/052, F02C 7/05, F02K 3/115, Y02T 50/675, Y02T 50/671, B01D 2273/10, B01D 46/10, F05D 2260/98, F05D 2260/213, F05D 2260/607 | Aspects of the disclosure are directed to a screen configured for use in association with a cooler of an aircraft, the screen comprising: a first portion arranged as a grid and located in a line-of-sight of the cooler with respect to a fluid inlet, and a second portion located out of the line-of-sight of the cooler with respect to the fluid inlet, wherein the second portion is grid-free. |
| US-09873531-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | B65B 7/26, B65B 25/20, B65B 5/067, B65B 35/50, B65B 63/04, B65B 2220/18, A61B 42/40, A61B 50/20, A61B 2050/314, Y02W 30/807 | An integrated method packages and dispenses three-dimensional disposable elastomeric gloves that are easy to put on, comfortable to wear and do not interfere with manual and/or digital movements. The three-dimensional gloves are integrated with a dispensing system that employs both bags and re-usable dispenser boxes, as well as visible glove labelling. The glove bags are accessed through slits that can be an overlapping edge or a cut slit, or of a perforated or peel-back type, and the latter can also be re-sealable for storage purposes. Once filled with randomly-stacked three-dimensional gloves, the bags are placed in dispenser boxes made of a rigid plastic or metal, with the bag slits being aligned with access apertures of the dispenser boxes. |
| US-09873611-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | Y02P 20/145, C10K 1/04, C10K 1/007, C01B 3/08, C10G 2/332, C10G 2/32, C10J 2300/1807, C10J 3/06, C10J 2300/0953, C10J 3/20, C10J 2300/1659, C10J 2300/0916, C10J 3/18, C10J 3/82, C10J 3/26, C10J 2300/0983, Y02E 60/36, Y02E 50/32 | Provided is a process for producing hydrogen gas in a separate stream from syngas. An assembly for producing hydrogen gas in a separate stream from syngas and a method of producing hydrogen are also provided. |
| US-09873612-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | C07C 51/235, C07C 53/02, Y02P 30/20, C01B 3/16, C01B 2203/0283, C01B 3/02, C01B 2203/1041, B01J 27/199, C10G 3/44, C10G 1/065, C10K 3/06, C10K 3/04, C25B 1/02, C25B 1/00 | The present invention relates to methods of preparing carbon monoxide (CO) and hydrogen (H2) by reacting biomass, a biomass component (e.g., lignin, ligno-cellulose, cellulose, hemiceullose or combination thereof) or a carbohydrate from any source with a polyoxometalate catalyst such as H5PV2Mo10O40, or solvates thereof, in the presence of a concentrated acid, under conditions sufficient to yield carbon monoxide (CO); followed by electrochemical release of hydrogen (H2). The carbon monoxide (CO) and hydrogen (H2) may be combined in any desired proportion to yield synthesis gas (Syngas). The present invention further relates to methods for preparing H2, CO and formic acid/formaldehyde from biomass, a biomass component and/or from carbohydrates. |
| US-09873618-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | C02F 1/008, C02F 1/042, C02F 1/08, C02F 1/14, B01D 1/0005, B01D 1/0035, B01D 1/0076, B01D 1/0082, B01D 5/006, Y02W 10/37 | In a desalination system, a water-repellent particle layer is provided at a lower portion of a water tank and composed of water-repellent particles. A devolatilizing layer is provided below the layer. Liquid is provided in the tank and is heated for evaporation, and obtained vapor passes through the particle layer and is liquefied at the devolatilizing layer, so that freshwater is obtained from the liquid. The particle layer includes a first and a second particle layers composed of discriminable first and second particles. A particle measuring unit measures an amount of the second water-repellent particles. A decision unit decides whether or not the measured amount of the second water-repellent particles is equal to or more than a predetermined value. A controller alerts when the decision unit decides that the amount of the second particles is equal to or more than the predetermined value. |
| US-09873650-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | B01D 61/00, B01D 2311/13, C02F 1/20, C02F 2103/08, C02F 2209/06, Y02C 10/10, C07C 1/20, C07C 29/149, C07C 69/06, C07C 31/04 | A method including acidifying a solution including dissolved inorganic carbon; vacuum stripping a first amount of a carbon dioxide gas from the acidified solution; stripping a second amount of the carbon dioxide gas from the acidified solution; and collecting the first amount and the second amount of the carbon dioxide gas. A system including; a first desorption unit including a first input connected to a dissolved inorganic carbon solution source to and a second input coupled to a vacuum source; and a second desorption unit including a first input coupled to the solution output from the first desorption unit and a second input coupled to a sweep gas source. |
| US-09873826-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | C09K 5/16, F01K 3/12, F01K 3/16, F01K 3/002, F25B 17/083, F25B 17/086, F25B 29/00, F25B 17/04, F28D 20/003, F28D 20/00, Y02B 30/70, Y02B 30/72, Y02B 30/76 | This chemical heat pump includes two reaction sections R1 and R2 containing a thermal storage medium; an evaporation-condensation section D containing water or steam; and two fluid channels individually disposed so as to correspond to the reaction sections. A “first state in which R1 is set to a heat-storing state and R2 is set to a heat-release state” and a “second state in which R1 is set to a heat-release state and R2 is set to a heat-storing state” are alternately applied every time after a first period elapses. For each reaction section, in the heat-release state, a fluid is caused to flow from a first side to a second side of the corresponding fluid channel over a first period; and, in the heat-storing state, a fluid is caused to flow from the second side to the first side of the corresponding fluid channel over a second period. |
| US-09873838-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | B01D 2251/306, B01D 2251/80, B01D 2252/103, B01D 2252/2021, B01D 2252/204, B01D 2252/20484, B01D 2256/24, B01D 2257/304, B01D 2257/306, B01D 2257/308, B01D 2257/504, B01D 53/1456, B01D 53/1468, B01D 53/1475, B01D 53/1493, B01D 53/40, B01D 53/485, B01D 53/526, B01D 53/62, B01D 53/78, C09K 2208/20, C09K 8/528, C10G 2300/1025, C10G 2300/1033, C10G 2300/207, C10G 2300/805, C10G 29/20, C10G 31/08, C10L 2290/545, C10L 3/103, C10L 3/104, Y02P 20/152 | The invention is directed to a treatment fluid comprising electrolyzed water and an amine, and methods for producing and using same in the treatment of a gas or liquid containing a contaminant such as an acid gas or a sulphur compound. |
| US-09873840-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | F02C 3/28, F02C 3/26, Y02E 20/18, Y02E 20/185, C10J 3/482, C10J 3/84 | Provided herein are systems, methods and equipment that include Integrated Gasification Combined-Cycle technology to retrofit existing plants, that include, e.g., subsystems for separating char fines from syngas after it emerges from an internally-circulating fluidized bed carbonizer and injecting the char into the carbonizer draft tube as a fuel source. Efficiency and power generation are thus increased to the extent that inclusion of carbon capture systems are now possible for existing coal plants in order to significantly reduce carbon dioxide emissions. |
| US-09873842-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | C10G 1/002, C10G 1/02, C10G 2/32, C10G 2300/1011, C07C 41/01, C07C 43/043, C10J 2300/0916, C10J 2300/1656, C10J 2300/1659, C10J 2300/1665, C10B 53/02, Y02E 50/32, Y02E 50/14 | This invention relates generally to a method and system for improving the conversion of carbon-containing feed stocks to renewable fuels, and more particularly to a thermal chemical conversion of biomass to renewable fuels and other useful chemical compounds, including gasoline and diesel, via a unique combination of unique processes. More particularly, this combination of processes includes (a) a selective pyrolysis of biomass, which produces volatile hydrocarbons and a biochar; (b) the volatile hydrocarbons are upgraded in a novel catalytic process to renewable fuels, (c) the biochar is gasified at low pressure with recycled residual gases from the catalytic process to produce synthesis gas, (d) the synthesis gas is converted to dimethyl ether in a novel catalytic process, and (e) the dimethyl ether is recycled to the selective pyrolysis process. |
| US-09873844-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | C10G 1/04, C10G 1/02, Y02E 50/10, Y02E 50/14 | A hydrocarbon composition that is produced through a solvent extraction of woody tree material is provided. The composition is suitable for use as a petroleum substitute. The woody tree material is sourced from hydrocarbon-bearing trees or shrubs containing relatively low molecular weight hydrocarbons. Suitable tree species include pine and eucalyptus trees. A raw woody tree biomass is processed into solvent-permeable particles and chips. Naturally occurring hydrocarbons found in the wood particles are extracted using an organic solvent extraction process. The organic solvent utilized is a mixture of organic solvents that includes a non-polar solvent and a polar solvent. The extracted hydrocarbons are separated from the solvent mixture and may be used as a petroleum substitute, while the solvent may be reused in the extraction operation. |
| US-09873846-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | C10L 5/10, C10L 5/14, C10L 5/143, C10L 5/445, C10L 5/363, C10L 5/04, C10L 5/442, C10L 9/10, C10L 5/02, C10L 2290/06, C10L 2290/543, C10L 2290/02, C10L 2290/24, C10L 2290/28, C10L 2290/30, C10L 2290/547, C10L 2290/08, C10L 2290/10, C10L 2230/14, C10L 2200/0469, C10L 2290/26, C10L 2290/01012, C05F 5/008, C05D 9/00, C12P 7/10, C08K 13/02, Y02E 50/30, Y02E 50/16, Y02E 50/10 | A solid lignocellulosic fuel composition is produced from combining the syrup co-product of a lignocellulosic biomass fermentation process and an additional fuel component. The syrup is an excellent binder for a powdery fuel material that is not readily handled. The fuel composition is further processed to form briquettes, pellets and the like. |
| US-09873863-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | C12N 9/0006, C12P 7/22, Y02P 20/52, C12Y 101/01, Y02E 50/17 | The present disclosure provides engineered ketoreductase enzymes having improved properties as compared to a naturally occurring wild-type ketoreductase enzyme. Also provided are polynucleotides encoding the engineered ketoreductase enzymes, host cells capable of expressing the engineered ketoreductase enzymes, and methods of using the engineered ketoreductase enzymes to synthesize a variety of chiral compounds. |
| US-09874006-B1 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | E04B 1/19, E04B 2001/193, E04B 2001/1936, E04B 2001/1957, E04B 2001/1975, E04B 2001/2415, E04B 2001/246, H02S 20/24, H02S 20/00, H02S 20/10, H02S 20/23, F24J 2/5245, F24J 2/5264, F24J 2/5232, F24J 2/526, F24J 2/5239, F24J 2/523, F24J 2/5254, F24J 2/5233, Y02E 10/47, Y02B 10/12 | A mounting structure includes a mounting system configured to mount the mounting structure to an existing architectural feature. One or more legs are each connected to the mounting system. One or more wishbone structures, each including three flat sections connected at fixed angles with respect to one another, have end sections that are parallel to one another. Each wishbone structure is connected to one of the one or more legs. |
| US-09874021-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | F24J 2/5245, F24J 2002/5294, F24J 2/0455, E04D 1/36, E04D 1/30, E04D 1/24, Y02E 10/47, H02S 20/25 | A flashing system and assembly for slate or tile roofs having a flashing and a flashing cap. The flashing is shaped to replace a plurality of removed slates or tiles. The flashing cap has an adjustable position such that the position of a mounting rail support system passing through the flashing can be adjusted with respect to the flashing while still maintaining a watertight seal with the flashing cap and optional sealing cap. |
| US-09874103-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | B21D 26/055, B23K 15/0053, B23K 15/06, B23K 20/021, B23K 20/18, B23K 26/0078, B23K 2201/006, B23K 2201/045, B22K 2203/14, F01D 5/005, F01D 5/147, F04D 2240/303, F04D 2240/304, Y02T 50/672, Y10T 29/49337, Y10T 29/49339, B23P 15/04 | A method of making a metal reinforcing member that is to be mounted on a leading edge or a trailing edge of a composite blade of a turbine engine, the method including: shaping two metal sheets, positioning them on either side of a core including at least one recess that is to form a mold for a spacer for positioning the reinforcing member, assembling them together under a vacuum, conforming them against the core by hot isostatic compression, and cutting them to separate the reinforcing member and release the core. |
| US-09874107-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | F03D 17/00, F03D 80/50, F03D 7/042, F03D 7/048, F03D 9/25, F03D 9/257, Y02E 10/72, Y02E 10/723, Y02E 10/722, Y02E 10/725, F05B 2240/96, F05B 2260/80, F05B 2270/334, F05B 2270/327 | A wind turbine diagnostic device for diagnosing mechanical damage to generator components of at least one wind turbine, comprising at least one speed sensor for determining a variation over time of the rotational speed of a generator of a wind turbine, the speed sensor having at least one speed signal output for outputting the determined variation over time of the rotational speed, a frequency analysis module and a frequency spectrum signal output for outputting a frequency spectrum, the frequency analysis module determining a frequency spectrum from the determined variation over time of the rotational speed, and a comparator element for comparing a frequency spectrum with a prescribed standard frequency spectrum and for diagnosing mechanical damage to generator components on the basis of the comparison. This increases the possibility of predicting mechanical damage to generator components caused by vibrations. |
| US-09874111-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | F23R 3/60, F23R 3/283, F23R 3/002, F23R 3/06, F23R 2900/0017, F05D 2260/14, F01D 25/243, F01D 9/041, F01D 25/08, F01D 25/246, Y02T 50/671 | A gas turbine engine includes a tangential on-board injector (TOBI) fluidly connected to a compressor section. A diffuser case structurally supports a combustor section and the tangential on-board injector via at least one low thermal mass joint. |
| US-09874114-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | F01K 9/003, F01K 17/005, F01K 23/10, F01K 25/10, F02C 1/10, F02C 6/18, Y02E 20/16, Y02E 20/14, F05D 2210/10 | A cogenerating system includes a Rankine cycle, a high-temperature heat transfer medium circuit, a low-temperature heat transfer medium circuit, a bypass channel, a heat exchanger, and a flow rate adjustment mechanism. The high-temperature heat transfer medium circuit is configured such that an evaporator is supplied with a high-temperature heat transfer medium by a high-temperature heat transfer medium heat exchanger. The low-temperature heat transfer medium circuit is configured such that a condenser is supplied with a low-temperature heat transfer medium by a low-temperature heat transfer medium heat exchanger. The flow rate adjustment mechanism includes at least a flow rate limiter that limits the flow rate of the high-temperature heat transfer medium to be supplied to the evaporator, and adjusts a ratio of the flow rate of the high-temperature heat transfer medium flowing through the bypass channel to the flow rate of the high-temperature heat transfer medium flowing through the evaporator. |
| US-09874130-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | F01N 5/02, F01N 226/06, F01N 2240/02, F02B 37/004, F02B 37/10, F02G 5/02, Y02T 10/16, Y02T 10/144, Y02T 10/166 | A vehicle internal combustion engine arrangement includes an internal combustion reciprocating piston engine, and an exhaust line capable of collecting exhaust gases from the engine, a waste heat recovery system carrying a working fluid in a loop, in which the working fluid is successively compressed, heated in a heat exchanger by at least one engine fluid, and expanded in a first expander, a first compressor located in the exhaust line and mechanically connected to the first expander of the waste heat recovery system. |
| US-09874132-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | F01N 3/2013, F01N 11/00, F01N 2240/16, Y02T 10/47, Y02T 10/26 | There are disclosed an information-display-equipped electric-heating-type heater, and a method of using the above information. An information-display-equipped electric-heating-type heater includes a tubular honeycomb structure made of a conductive material and having porous partition walls to define and form a plurality of cells which become through channels for a fluid and extend from one end face to the other end face, and a circumferential wall positioned in an outermost circumference; and a pair of electrodes disposed on the circumferential wall of the honeycomb structure, and information concerning a heater performance of the electric-heating-type heater is displayed in the honeycomb structure. |
| US-09874137-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | F02B 33/44, F02D 41/0007, F02D 41/0032, F02M 25/0836, F02M 25/0854, F02M 25/0872, F02M 25/089, F02M 35/104, Y02T 10/144 | Methods and systems are provided for enhancing purge flow when applying shallow intake manifold vacuum. An alternate purge route that circumvents the more restrictive canister purge valve and directs purge vapors through a branched path via a less restrictive mechanical purge valve is used during low intake manifold vacuum conditions. By enabling higher purge flow rates when manifold vacuum is lower, a more complete canister cleaning is ensured. |
| US-09874138-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | F02B 37/025, F02B 37/18, F02B 37/168, F02B 37/225, F02B 2037/125, F01D 9/026, F01D 17/146, F05D 2220/40, Y02T 10/144 | A twin scroll turbocharger device for an internal combustion engine includes a turbine and a compressor, wherein the turbine comprises a first turbine scroll and a second turbine scroll, and wherein at least the first turbine scroll is provided with a turbine scroll inlet valve such that the exhaust gas flow through the first turbine scroll is controllable. The twin scroll turbocharger device is further characterized in that a bypass conduit is provided between a compressor and at least the first turbine scroll. The bypass conduit is provided with a bypass conduit valve such that a flow through the bypass conduit is controllable. |
| US-09874139-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | F02B 37/18, F02B 37/183, Y02T 10/144, F16K 1/54, F01D 17/105 | An assembly can include a wastegate with a wastegate arm and a plug portion positionable in a closed operational state and in open operational states and a turbine housing component that includes a wall extending axially away from a wastegate seat to establish a relationship for exhaust flow from a wastegate opening to an exhaust chamber with respect to the open operational states of the wastegate. Various other examples of devices, assemblies, systems, methods, etc., are also disclosed. |
| US-09874150-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | F02C 7/36, F02C 7/32, F02C 3/107, F16H 1/28, F16H 57/082, F16H 57/0479, F16H 57/0456, F16H 57/0423, F16H 57/0486, F16H 57/023, F02K 3/06, Y10T 29/49464, Y02T 50/671, F05D 2230/60, F05D 2260/40311 | A method of assembling an epicyclic gear train comprises the steps of providing a unitary carrier having a central axis that includes spaced apart walls and circumferentially spaced connecting structure defining spaced apart apertures provided at an outer circumference of the carrier. Gear pockets are provided between the walls and extend to the apertures. A central opening is in at least one of the walls. A plurality of intermediate gears are inserted through the central opening and move the intermediate gears radially outwardly into the gear pockets to extend into the apertures. A sun gear is inserted through the central opening. The plurality of intermediate gears is moved radially inwardly to engage the sun gear. |
| US-09874152-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | F02D 11/10, F02D 41/2422, F02D 41/40, F02D 41/2416, F02D 41/04, F02D 41/021, F02D 29/02, F02D 11/105, F02D 2250/18, F02D 2200/702, F02D 41/0002, F02D 2200/602, F02D 2200/501, F02M 26/15, F02M 26/23, F02M 26/54, Y02T 10/44 | An output control device includes a vehicle speed detection unit configured to detect a vehicle speed, an accelerator pedal opening detection unit configured to detect an accelerator pedal opening, a basic correction amount calculation unit and a first basic throttle opening calculation unit. The basic correction amount calculation unit calculates a basic correction amount, which increases with an increase in the vehicle speed. The first basic throttle opening calculation unit calculates a basic throttle opening based on the basic correction amount and the values of two virtual throttle openings. |
| US-09874155-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | F02D 2041/001, F02D 41/401, F02D 13/0219, F02D 41/062, F02D 41/0002, F01L 1/34, F01L 2800/00, F02B 2275/20, B60W 10/06, F02N 19/004, Y02T 10/42, Y02T 10/18 | A method of controlling an electric continuous variable valve timing apparatus improves starting performance of an engine by a simplified phase control for the camshaft. The method, in which intake and exhaust timing of an engine is changed in accordance with a phase of the camshaft, may include: determining whether starting off of the engine is required during driving; recognizing a target phase of the camshaft for next starting of the engine; controlling the phase of the camshaft so that the intake timing of the engine is advanced in accordance with the target phase; and ending the phase control of the camshaft in accordance with a state of the engine or the camshaft. |
| US-09874156-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | F02D 13/0249, F02D 13/0261, F02D 13/0265, F02D 35/0007, F02D 41/30, F01L 1/3442, F01L 13/00, F01L 2001/34426, F01L 2001/34459, Y02T 10/18 | The present invention is equipped with: a valve opening/closing timing control mechanism that sets the opening/closing timing of an exhaust valve; and a lock mechanism that holds the rotation phase of the valve opening/closing timing control mechanism in a first lock phase, in which the open state of the exhaust valve is maintained when the intake valve opens. |
| US-09874158-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | Y, 0, 2, T, , 1, 0, /, 3, 2 | One embodiment of the present invention is a unique method for operating an engine. Another embodiment is a unique engine system. Other embodiments include apparatuses, systems, devices, hardware, methods, and combinations for engines and engine systems. Further embodiments, forms, features, aspects, benefits, and advantages of the present application will become apparent from the description and figures provided herewith. |
| US-09874161-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | Y02T 10/144, Y02T 10/18, Y02T 10/42, Y02T 10/47, F02D 41/0007, F02D 2041/001, F02D 41/0087, F02D 13/0242 | A method for operating a boosted internal combustion engine is provided. The engine includes a first cylinder in a first cylinder group and a second cylinder in a second cylinder group, each of the first and second cylinders having two activatable outlet openings adjoined by an exhaust line, one of the outlet openings of each of the first and second cylinders coupled to a first turbocharger including a first turbine and one of the outlet openings of each of the cylinders coupled to a second turbocharger including a second turbine, the method comprising: if engine load is less than a threshold load value implementing a first operating mode that includes deactivating the second cylinder, deactivating one of the activatable outlet openings in the first cylinder, and activating one of the activatable outlet opening in the first cylinder. |
| US-09874162-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | F01L 13/0015, F02D 41/0005, F02D 41/0007, F02D 41/0052, F02D 41/107, F02D 41/1448, F02D 41/1454, F02D 2041/001, F02D 2041/0017, F02D 2041/002, F02D 2200/0406, F02M 26/05, F02M 26/06, Y02T 10/144, Y02T 10/47 | A system for controlling an engine includes a driving information detector detecting driving information. At least one intake valve and at least one exhaust valve open and close the combustion chamber. A variable valve lift (VVL) system adjusts opening timing of the intake valve and the exhaust valve. A compressor rotates by a rotational force of a turbine and compresses intake air, and a vane adjusts the amount of exhaust gas supplied to the turbine. A controller controls opening of the vane using a high pressure EGR valve, when the exhaust valve is open during a suction stroke by the VVL system, the vehicle accelerates or decelerates, and an air/fuel ratio is beyond reference ratio range. |
| US-09874164-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | F02B 37/12, F02D 2041/1427, F02D 41/0007, F02D 41/0052, F02D 41/0072, F02D 41/0077, F02D 41/1401, F02D 41/263, F02D 43/00, F02D 2041/1415, F02D 2041/14, F02M 26/05, Y02T 10/144, Y02T 10/47 | An apparatus for controlling an air system of a diesel engine in a steady state. The air system comprises a waste gas recycling system and a turbocharging system. The apparatus comprises: a working condition acquisition device, configured to acquire a parameter for indicating an practical working condition of a diesel engine; a decoupling calculation device (204), coupled to the working condition acquisition device, and configured to, according to the parameter from the working condition acquisition device and a transfer function characterizing the diesel engine, calculate a decoupling transfer function, the transfer function being calibrated based on working condition data of the diesel engine in a steady working zone thereof; an air system parameter processing device (206), coupled to the working condition acquisition device, and configured to process a parameter for indicating a state of the air system; and a signal generation device (208), coupled to the decoupling calculation device and the air system parameter processing device, and configured to, according to the decoupling transfer function from the decoupling computation device and a processing result from the air system parameter processing device, generate a first drive signal for the waste gas recycling system and a second drive signal used for the turbocharging system. |
| US-09874165-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | F02D 41/0065, F02D 41/042, F02D 41/0055, F02D 13/0249, F02D 2200/101, F02D 2041/001, F02M 26/06, F02M 26/23, F02M 26/50, Y02T 10/47, Y02T 10/18 | An exhaust gas recirculation device capable of restraining generation of condensate water in an EGR path after engine stoppage is provided. When ignition is switched from ON to OFF, fuel injection is prohibited. As a result, a gas (fresh air) that flows into a cylinder after the switching is discharged into an exhaust passage without burning. In the present invention, a valve opening timing of an exhaust valve is changed so that a high peak portion of a pulsation of the gas arises at an EGR branch point, and the EGR valve is opened. Thereby, the fresh air flowing in the exhaust passage can be introduced into an EGR passage, and therefore an EGR gas in the EGR passage can be replaced with the fresh air. |
| US-09874169-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | F02D 41/123, F02D 41/126, F02D 35/025, F02D 41/3076, F02D 41/3035, F02D 41/0025, F02D 41/1438, F02D 41/0077, F02D 41/3005, F02D 2041/001, F02D 41/0005, F02D 41/0057, F02D 41/401, F02D 13/0261, F02D 41/006, F02B 1/14, F02M 26/25, F02M 25/12, Y02T 10/128 | A control device of a compression-ignition engine is provided. The device includes an engine having a cylinder, a fuel injection valve for injecting a fuel, an exhaust valve mechanism for switching an operation mode of an exhaust valve between a normal mode and an open-twice mode, a throttle valve disposed on an intake passage, and a controller for operating the engine by compression-ignition combustion of mixture gas inside the cylinder at least within a low engine load range. The controller suspends the fuel injection by the fuel injection valve when a predetermined fuel cut condition is met while the engine decelerates, and the controller fully closes the throttle valve and controls the exhaust valve mechanism to operate in the open-twice mode during the fuel cut. When a predetermined fuel resuming condition is met, the controller restarts the fuel injection, opens the throttle valve, and causes the compression-ignition combustion. |
| US-09874173-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | F02D 41/402, F02D 41/405, F02D 2041/389, F02B 23/101, F02B 2023/103, F02M 61/1806, F02M 61/1886, Y02T 10/125, Y02T 10/44 | An engine has an engine body, an injector, and a control section which controls a fuel injection amount and an injection state of the injector. The control section predicts a state of temperature in the combustion chamber, and controls the injector such that a volume of an air-fuel mixture layer formed in the combustion chamber is larger when the predicted temperature is high, than when the predicted temperature is low, even when same fuel amounts are injected. |
| US-09874180-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | F02M 26/05, F02M 26/10, F02M 37/12, F01N 3/02, F01N 3/0205, F01N 3/043, F01N 5/02, Y02T 10/16, Y02T 70/5281, F01K 23/065, F01K 23/14, F01K 23/02 | A powering apparatus has a diesel engine, a low pressure hydraulic tube containing lower pressure hydraulic fluid, a high pressure hydraulic tube containing higher pressure hydraulic fluid, a first hydraulic pump driven by the diesel engine to send hydraulic fluid from the low pressure hydraulic tube to the high pressure hydraulic tube to adjust the pressure difference within a certain range, an exhaust gas recirculating apparatus including a first hydraulic motor driven by the pressure difference and a compressor driven by the first hydraulic motor to compress a portion of exhaust gas and to supply the exhaust gas to an intake air tube, and an exhaust heat collecting apparatus including a turbine rotated by a refrigerant heated by the exhaust gas and a second hydraulic pump driven by the turbine to send hydraulic fluid from the low pressure hydraulic tube to the high pressure hydraulic tube. |
| US-09874224-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | F02B 33/40, F02B 37/00, F02B 39/00, F04D 17/10, F04D 25/04, F04D 29/2255, F04D 29/284, F04D 29/422, F04D 29/44, F04D 29/441, Y02T 10/144 | A diffuser includes a ring-shaped parallel part, and a ring-shaped throttling part formed continuously to the inside of the parallel part in a radial direction. A wall surface of the throttling part includes a flow passage area minimum portion which makes minimal a flow passage area of the diffuser, and a ring-shaped protruding portion located closer to the outlet side of the compressor wheel than the flow passage area minimum portion, and protruding toward the flow passage of the diffuser. |
| US-09874235-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | Y02E 10/721, F03D 13/40, F05B 2240/30, F05B 2260/02, F16B 2/08, A47B 47/0091 | A transportation and storage system for at least two wind turbine blades include a first wind turbine blade and a second wind turbine blade is described. The wind turbine blades each have a root end and a tip end. The system includes a packaging system adapted to place the first wind turbine blade so that the tip end of the first wind turbine blade points in a first direction, with the tip end of the second wind turbine blade pointing in a second direction, which is substantially opposite to the first direction. The tip end of the second wind turbine blade extends beyond the root end of the first wind turbine blade, and the tip end of the first wind turbine blade extends beyond the root end of the second wind turbine blade, when the first and the second wind turbine blades are arranged in the packaging system. |
| US-09874266-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | F16H 3/006, F16H 3/093, F16H 2200/0056, F16H 2003/0807, F16H 2003/0931, B60K 17/356, B60K 17/165, B60K 6/52, B60K 6/547, B60K 7/0007, B60K 6/442, B60K 2007/0046, B60K 2007/0061, Y02T 10/6234, Y02T 10/6265, Y10S 903/09 | A power transmission system for a vehicle is provided. The system comprises an engine, a plurality of input shafts, at least one of the input shafts being configured to selectively engage with the engine, each of the input shafts being provided with a shift driving gear thereon, a plurality of output shafts, each of the output shafts being provided with a shift driven gear configured to mesh with a corresponding shift driving gear, a motor power shaft configured to rotate together with one of the input shafts, and a first motor generator configured to rotate together with the motor power shaft. When the motor power shaft rotates together with the one of the input shafts, the first motor generator uses at least a part of power output by the engine to generate electric power when the vehicle is parking or running. A vehicle including the power transmission system is also provided. |
| US-09874319-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | G02B 27/145, G02B 3/0056, G02B 3/0062, G02B 27/30, G02B 27/0961, G02B 5/045, G02B 3/0012, G02B 27/126, G02B 17/086, G02B 17/08, G02B 27/144, G02B 27/1013, G02B 27/283, G02B 26/0841, G02B 26/001, G02B 26/105, G02B 6/2766, B60R 1/12, B60R 1/082, Y02E 10/47, F24J 2/145, B82Y 20/00, H04N 9/3197, G02F 1/015, G02F 1/0333, G02F 1/315, G02F 1/31, G02F 1/29 | A light source includes a plurality of laser diodes or other light emitters. Beams of light from the light emitters are steered to provide n array of parallel beams that illuminate a target area with an array of patches of light. In some embodiments the parallel beams are de-magnified to form the array of patches of light. Such a light source has application in illuminating dynamically-addressable focusing elements such as phase modulators, deformable mirrors and dynamically addressable lenses. Light projectors for a wide variety of applications may combine a light source as described herein with a dynamically-addressable focusing element to project defined patterns of light. |
| US-09874360-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | F24F 3/06, F24F 3/065, F24F 3/14, F24F 11/0001, F24F 11/0008, F24F 12/06, F24F 2001/0051, F25B 2700/02, F25B 2700/2106, F25B 2700/2117, Y02B 30/563 | Maximum evaporating temperature setting values and minimum evaporating temperature setting values in an indoor heat exchanger and a ventilator cooler are determined in accordance with outdoor air temperature and humidity, evaporating temperature setting values in the indoor heat exchanger and the ventilator cooler are set to be between the respective maximum evaporating temperature setting values and the respective minimum evaporating temperature setting values, and evaporating temperatures in the indoor heat exchanger and the ventilator cooler are controlled so as to be the respective evaporating temperature setting values. |
| US-09874363-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | F24F 11/0001, F24F 7/06, F24F 7/08, F24F 11/0079, F24F 2011/0002, F24F 2011/0064, Y02B 30/746 | An air conditioning system having a supply fan for supplying air to a supply duct; a fan motor for driving the supply fan; and a controller for controlling a speed of the fan motor, the controller operating the fan motor at a first speed in a first mode, a second speed lower than the first speed in a second mode and a third speed lower than the second speed in a ventilation mode. |
| US-09874366-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | F24F 11/006, F24F 11/0017, F24F 11/0001, G05B 15/02, Y02B 30/78 | A ventilation method and system is described for providing adequate ventilation to an indoor environment while avoiding certain periods of times where ventilation air conditions or other control variables tend to be less optimal or preferable for ventilation, but while still meeting established or future ventilation air standards. The described system and method utilize incremental target cycle times determined based on a regression analysis estimating expression of fractional on time as a function of effectiveness multiplied by fractional on time for a corresponding cycle periods. |
| US-09874381-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | F25B 41/062, F25B 49/02, F25B 2341/0653, F25B 2500/26, F25B 2600/2513, F25B 2600/21, F25B 2700/21151, F25B 2700/1933, Y02B 30/72 | A vapor compression refrigeration cycle system includes a compressor and an electronic expansion valve connected between first and second refrigerant ports of a compressor. An expansion valve controller is configured to control a flow of refrigerant through the expansion valve in response to a superheat temperature of the refrigerant. The controller is configured to execute a first control algorithm until a local maximum of the superheat temperature occurs, and then to execute a second control algorithm. |
| US-09874385-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | F25B 41/062, F25B 2341/0683, F25B 2600/21, F25B 2600/2513, Y02B 30/72 | A control arrangement for controlling a superheat of a vapour compression system includes a first sensor and a second sensor for measuring control parameters allowing a superheat value to be derived, a first controller arranged to receive a signal from the first sensor, a second controller arranged to receive a superheat value derived by a subtraction element, and to supply a control signal, based on the derived superheat value and a reference superheat value, and a summation element arranged to receive input from the the controllers, the summation element being arranged to supply a control signal for controlling opening degree of the expansion device. According to a first aspect the control arrangement includes a low pass filter arranged to receive a signal from the first sensor and to supply a signal to the subtraction element. According to a second aspect the first controller includes a PD element. |
| US-09874395-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | F25D 21/06, F25D 21/065, F25D 21/08, F25D 21/02, F25J 3/0209, F25J 3/0233, F25J 3/0266, F25J 2280/40, F25J 2205/20, F25J 3/0261, F25J 3/0635, F25J 3/08, F25J 3/067, F25J 2200/02, F25J 2200/50, F25J 2200/74, F25J 2280/02, F25J 2280/20, Y02C 10/12, C10L 3/102, C10L 3/104 | The present disclosure provides a method for preventing accumulation of solids in a distillation tower. The method includes introducing a feed stream into a controlled freeze zone section of a distillation tower; forming solids in the controlled freeze zone section from the feed stream; discontinuously injecting a first freeze-inhibitor solution into the controlled freeze zone section toward a location in the controlled freeze zone section that accumulates the solids; and destabilizing accumulation of the solids from the location with the first freeze-inhibitor solution. |
| US-09874396-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | Y02C 10/12, C10L 3/102, C10L 3/104, F25J 2205/20, F25J 2280/40, F25J 2200/02, F25J 2200/50, F25J 2200/74, F25J 2280/02, F25J 2280/20, F25J 3/0209, F25J 3/0233, F25J 3/061, F25J 3/0635, F25J 3/08, F25J 3/0266, F25J 3/067 | The present disclosure provides a method for separating a feed stream in a distillation tower which includes separating a feed stream in a stripper section into an enriched contaminant bottom liquid stream and a freezing zone vapor stream; contacting the freezing zone vapor stream in the controlled freeze zone section with a freezing zone liquid stream at a temperature and pressure at which a solid and a hydrocarbon-enriched vapor stream form; directly applying heat to a controlled freeze zone wall of the controlled freeze zone section with a heating mechanism coupled to at least one of a controlled freeze zone internal surface of the controlled freeze zone wall and a controlled freeze zone external surface of the controlled freeze zone wall; and at least one of destabilizing and preventing adhesion of the solid to the controlled freeze zone wall with the heating mechanism. |
| US-09874658-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | G02B 1/11, G02B 1/115, G02B 1/118, G02B 5/285, G02B 5/0278, G02B 5/0833, C03C 17/007, C03C 17/02, C03C 17/25, C03C 17/36, C03C 17/30, C03C 17/245, C03C 2217/732, C03C 2218/113, H02S 40/22, H01L 31/02366, Y02E 10/52, C03B 19/12, B60R 1/088 | In a low reflection coating glass sheet, a low reflection coating is a porous film including solid fine particles containing silicon oxide as a main component and a binder containing silicon oxide. The fine particles are solid particles. At least 70% of the fine particles aggregate to form secondary particles each having an aspect ratio of 1.8 to 5, a minor axis of 20 to 60 nm, and a major axis of 50 to 150 nm, when the aspect ratio is defined as the ratio of the major axis to the minor axis of the secondary particle. The low reflection coating has a thickness of 50 to 250 nm. This low reflection coating has a structure suitable for increasing the transmittance gain. |
| US-09874747-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | G02B 27/0149, E06B 3/66, E06B 3/645, E06B 7/28, E06B 2009/2411, E06B 2009/2464, G09F 9/35, G09F 13/00, G09F 2023/0025, G09F 23/06, G09F 23/065, G09G 3/18, B60R 2011/0026, G06F 3/0412, G06F 3/045, Y02B 80/50 | A module including two transparent panes; a sealing and spacing arrangement sealingly fixing the panes to each other along their periphery at spaced apart relationship, thereby forming between the inner surfaces of the panes a transparent sealed cavity with a sealing frame surrounding it; and an image producing device fixedly mounted within the cavity so as to allow viewing images produced thereby. The module for mounting in the structure so as to fulfill the function of a transparent member such as a window, a door or a wall, separating between the space in said interior of the structure accommodating said person and a region behind the member, and to allow viewing at least through a portion of the cavity. The module can include optional features, and methods are provided for producing a structure therewith and for upgrading existing structures by using the module instead of an original transparent component. |
| US-09874885-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | Y02B 70/3275, Y02B 70/325, Y04S 10/123, Y04S 20/228, Y04S 40/22, Y04S 10/54, Y04S 20/244, Y04S 10/54, Y02E 60/76, Y02E 40/72, H02J 13/0079, H02J 3/382, H02J 2003/007, H02J 2003/003, G05D 23/1923, G05D 23/1924, H04L 12/2827, H04L 12/2823 | A controller for controlling energy consumption in a home includes a constraints engine to define variables for multiple appliances in the home corresponding to various home modes and persona of an occupant of the home. A modeling engine models multiple paths of energy utilization of the multiple appliances to place the home into a desired state from a current context. An optimal scheduler receives the multiple paths of energy utilization and generates a schedule as a function of the multiple paths and a selected persona to place the home in a desired state. |
| US-09874928-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | G06F 1/3287, G06F 1/3206, G06F 1/1694, Y02B 60/50, Y02B 60/1282 | A system includes a control system and a Remote Terminal Unit (RTU). The control system is configured to communicate data with one or more field devices via the RTU. The RTU is configured to transmit received data from the one or more field devices and the control system. The RTU is also configured to activate a power saving mode that selectively provides power to transmit the received data. The RTU is further configured to, while the power saving mode is activated, prevent power from being provided to transmit the received data, and store the received data in a memory of the RTU when the power is not provided to transmit the received data. The RTU is configured to, while the power saving mode is activated, provide power to transmit the received data after storing the received data in the memory of the RTU. |
| US-09875050-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | G06F 3/0625, G06F 3/0638, G06F 3/067, G06F 3/0647, Y02B 60/1225, Y02B 60/1228, Y02B 60/1246, Y02B 60/162 | A method, computer program product, and computer system are disclosed for disk management in a distributed storage system, wherein the distributed storage system comprises a plurality of disks within a main disk ring, and the disks store target data. In one embodiment, the method comprises dividing the target data into cold target data and hot target data, and grouping one or more disks within the main disk ring into a cold data disk ring and the remaining one or more disks within the main disk ring into a hot data disk ring, based on the cold target data's and the hot target data's positions on disks. The method further comprises migrating the cold target data on disks not within the cold data disk ring onto disks within the cold data disk ring while migrating the hot target data on disks not within the hot data disk ring onto disks within the hot data disk ring, and reducing a spinning rate of disks within the cold data disk ring. |
| US-09875191-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | G06F 12/1063, G06F 12/0802, G06F 2212/1021, G06F 2212/60, G06F 2212/684, Y02B 60/1225 | An electronic device having a scratchpad memory and a management method are provided. A recording circuit records multiple counter values which correspond to entries in a Translation Lookaside Buffer (TLB). A virtual address is matched with a first entry. If a cache miss occurs, the recording circuit updates a first counter value corresponding to the first entry, and determines if the first counter value meets a threshold criterion. If the first counter value meets the threshold criterion, the recording circuit transmits an interrupts signal to a processing unit, and the processing unit moves data into the scratchpad memory. If the first counter value does not meet the threshold criterion, the data is moved into a cache. |
| US-09875516-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | G09G 2330/02, G09G 5/18, G09G 2330/021, G09F 13/04, G06F 15/17331, G06F 1/324, G06F 9/485, G06T 1/20, G06T 15/005, Y02B 60/1217, H04L 12/281, H04L 12/2818 | Systems and methods are provided for frequency adjustment of graphics process units (GPUs). A system includes: a command parser configured to parse one or more first commands associated with one or more future GPU operations to obtain command information, a processing component configured to determine an operation time for the future GPU operations based at least in part on the command information, and a frequency control component configured to adjust a GPU frequency based at least in part on the operation time for the future GPU operations. |
| US-09876056-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | C07D 307/77, C09K 11/06, C09K 2211/1007, C09K 2211/1011, C09K 2211/1014, C09K 2211/1088, H01L 2251/5376, H01L 27/3209, H01L 27/3213, H01L 27/323, H01L 51/0054, H01L 51/0058, H01L 51/006, H01L 51/0061, H01L 51/0073, H01L 51/5012, H01L 51/5016, H01L 51/5044, H01L 51/5278, Y02P 20/582 | A light-emitting device, an electronic device, or a lighting device with low power consumption and high reliability is provided. The light-emitting device includes a first light-emitting element, a second light-emitting element, a third light-emitting element, and a fourth light-emitting element. The first to fourth light-emitting elements include the same EL layer between an anode and a cathode. The EL layer includes a first light-emitting layer and a second light-emitting layer. The first light-emitting layer contains a fluorescent substance. The peak wavelength of an emission spectrum of the fluorescent substance in a toluene solution of the fluorescent substance is 440 nm to 460 nm, preferably 440 nm to 455 nm. The second light-emitting layer contains a phosphorescent substance. The first light-emitting element exhibits blue emission. The second light-emitting element exhibits green emission. The third light-emitting element exhibits red emission. The fourth light-emitting element exhibits yellow emission. |
| US-09876064-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | H01L 51/5228, H01L 51/5234, H01L 51/5293, H01L 51/5253, H01L 51/0097, H01L 27/3258, Y02E 10/549 | Provided is a flexible organic electroluminescent device and a method for fabricating the same. In the flexible electroluminescent device, line hole patterns are formed on surfaces of a plurality of inorganic layers positioned in a pad region in which a flexible printed circuit board is connected to prevent a path of cracks caused by repeated bending and spreading of the organic electroluminescent device from spreading to the interior of the device. |
| US-09876130-B1 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | Y02E 10/541, H01L 31/0326, H01L 31/0749, H01L 31/03923 | After forming a layer of a Cu-deficient kesterite compound having the formula Cu2-xZn1+xSn(SySe1-y)4, wherein 0<x<1, and 0≦y≦1, on a substrate and forming a Ag layer on the Cu-deficient kesterite compound layer, the Cu-deficient kesterite compound layer and Ag layer are annealed in a S- and/or Se-rich ambient to provide a film containing a Ag—Cu mixed kesterite compound having the formula AgxCu2-xZnSn(SySe1-y)4, wherein 0<x<2, and 0≦y≦1. |
| US-09876132-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | H01L 31/05, H01L 25/00, H01L 31/0504, H01L 31/0201, H01L 31/0527, H01L 31/048, H01L 31/02021, H01L 31/056, H01L 31/0547, H01L 31/068, H01L 31/1876, H01L 31/042, H01L 31/02008, H01L 31/0508, H01L 31/044, H01L 31/0203, H01L 31/186, H01L 31/028, H01L 27/1421, H01L 31/1804, H01L 31/0488, H01L 31/0516, H01L 31/022433, H01L 31/18, H01L 31/0481, H01L 31/049, H01L 31/043, H01L 31/022425, H02N 6/00, Y02E 10/50, Y10T 428/3154, H02S 10/00, H02S 40/34, H02S 40/30, H02S 30/10, H02S 30/00, H02S 50/10, H02S 20/25, H02S 40/32, H02S 50/00, H02S 40/36, H02J 7/35, Y02B 10/12, Y02P 70/521 | A high efficiency configuration for a solar cell module comprises solar cells arranged in a shingled manner to form super cells, which may be arranged to efficiently use the area of the solar module, reduce series resistance, and increase module efficiency. In some variations a solar module comprises a white backing sheet on which rows of super cells are arranged, and the white backing sheet comprises darkened stripes having locations and widths corresponding to gaps between the rows of super cells such that white portions of the backing sheet are not visible through the gaps between the rows of super cells. |
| US-09876172-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | H01L 51/002, H01L 51/005, H01L 51/0068, H01L 51/0051, H01L 51/0067, Y02E 10/549, H01B 1/12 | The present invention relates to oxocarbon-, pseudooxocarbon- and radialene compounds as well as to their use as doping agent for doping an organic semiconductive matrix material, as blocker material, as charge injection layer, as electrode material as well as organic semiconductor, as well as electronic components and organic semiconductive materials using them. |
| US-09876184-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | Y02E 10/549, B82Y 20/00, B82Y 40/00, H01L 51/0043, H01L 2251/308, H01L 51/0037, H01L 51/0072, H01L 51/0071, H01L 51/5016, H01L 51/0046, H01L 51/42, H01L 51/4293, H01L 51/5012, C07D 285/14 | The present disclosure provides a photosensitive device. The photosensitive device includes a donor-intermix-acceptor (PIN) structure. The PIN structure includes an organic hole transport layer; an organic electron transport layer; and an intermix layer sandwiched between the hole transport organic material layer and the electron transport organic material layer. The intermix layer includes a mixture of an n-type organic material and a p-type organic material. |
| US-09876193-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | H01L 51/5256, H01L 51/0097, H01L 51/003, H01L 2251/55, Y02E 10/549, Y10T 428/24942 | A thin-film device may include a carrier, a release layer, a stacking structure, and a flexible substrate. The release layer may be overlaid on the carrier, and the stacking structure is overlaid on the release layer. The stacking structure may include a first protective layer and a second protective layer, wherein the refractive index of the first protective layer exceeds that of the second protective layer. The flexible substrate may be overlaid on the release layer. |
| US-09876205-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | H01M 2/12, H01M 2/1077, H01M 10/0413, H01M 10/0481, H01M 10/052, H01M 2220/20, Y02T 10/7011 | A battery module includes a plurality of battery cells each having a vent portion located in a first surface thereof, the plurality of battery cells being aligned in a first direction; a plurality of barriers each covering at least a portion of the first surface so that the vent portion is exposed, the barriers being located between adjacent ones of the plurality of battery cells; an insulating member mounted on the first surface, the insulating member having a plurality of first openings each corresponding to a respective one of the vent portions; a cover provided above the insulating member to cover the vent portions and the insulating member; and a pressing member located between the insulating member and the cover, wherein the insulating member includes a first sealing portion protruding toward the cover, and a second sealing portion protruding toward the first surface. |
| US-09876218-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | H01M 4/0416, H01M 4/0404, H01M 4/139, B05C 5/025, B05C 5/0258, B05C 5/0254, B05B 1/1636, B05B 1/1672, B05B 11/3097, B05B 1/1681, B05B 1/1645, F16K 11/074, F16K 11/083, Y02E 60/12, Y02E 60/122, B05D 1/26, B05D 1/265 | A device that intermittently coats a moving surface with a paste containing electrochemically active particles including a nozzle having a slot-shaped delivery opening, a paste reservoir from which paste being supplied to the delivery opening via a transport channel, a rotary valve having a rotatably mounted control axle that enables the paste supply to the delivery opening in a first switching position and, in a second switching position, blocks the transport channel and disconnects a section of the transport channel extending as far as the delivery opening from the paste supply, and a reduced pressure source in communicating connection with the rotatably mounted control axle via a reduced pressure channel, wherein the rotatably mounted control axle comprises a passage via which the paste reservoir is in communicating connection with the delivery opening in the first switching position and via which the delivery opening is in communicating connection with the reduced pressure source in the second switching position. |
| US-09876221-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | H01M 4/583, Y02E 60/12 | Embodiments of the present invention are directed to negative active materials for lithium rechargeable batteries and to lithium rechargeable batteries including the negative active materials. The negative active material includes a crystalline carbon material having pores, and amorphous conductive nanoparticles in the pores, on the surface of the crystalline carbon, or both in the pores and on the surface of the crystalline carbon. The conductive nanoparticles have a FWHM of about 0.35 degrees (°) or greater at the crystal plane that produces the highest peak as measured by X-ray diffraction. |
| US-09876228-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | H01M 4/505, H01M 4/525, H01M 10/0525, H01M 2220/20, H01M 2220/30, Y02E 60/122, C01G 53/00, C01G 53/006, C01P 2004/51, C01P 2004/61 | Process for manufacturing nickel-cobalt composite represented by Ni1−x−yCoxMnyMz(OH)2 (where, 0.05≦x≦0.95, 0≦y≦0.55, 0≦z≦0.1, x+y+z<1, and M is at least one metal-element selected from Al, Mg, and the like), includes: forming seed particle, while reaction solution having mixed solution containing metal compounds and ammonia solution containing ammonium ion supply source at discharge head of an impeller from 50-100 m2/s2, the concentration of nickel ions is maintained within range 0.1-5 ppm by mass, whereby seed particles are formed; and growing seed particle wherein solution is obtained by supplying mixed and ammonium solutions to reaction solution is agitated with a concentration of nickel ions being maintained within range 5-300 ppm by mass and higher than the concentration of nickel ions in seed particle formation, whereby seed particles are grown up. |
| US-09876243-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | H01M 8/04089, H01M 8/04, H01M 8/249, H01M 8/04104, H01M 8/04753, H01M 2250/30, Y02E 60/50 | A method for controlling a fuel cell system, capable of quickly detecting the pressure rise caused by a faulted open anode injector, reducing pressure in the fuel cell stack when the fault occurs, and taking remedial action to allow continued operation of the fuel cell stack, and militate against a walk-home incident. |
| US-09876246-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | H01M 8/1004, B29C 47/0076, Y02E 60/521 | In one aspect of the present invention, a method of fabricating a fuel cell membrane-electrode-assembly (MEA) having an anode electrode, a cathode electrode, and a membrane disposed between the anode electrode and the cathode electrode, includes fabricating each of the anode electrode, the cathode electrode, and the membrane separately by electrospinning; and placing the membrane between the anode electrode and the cathode electrode, and pressing then together to form the fuel cell MEA. |
| US-09876248-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | C04B 35/48, C04B 35/486, C04B 35/6261, C04B 2235/3215, C04B 2235/3225, C04B 2235/661, C04B 2235/761, C04B 2235/786, C04B 2235/9607, H01M 8/1253, H01M 4/8889, H01M 4/8896, H01M 8/12, H01M 2008/1293, H01M 2300/0077, H01B 1/122, Y02E 60/521, Y02E 60/525, Y02P 70/56 | Provided is a solid electrolyte made of yttrium-doped barium zirconate having hydrogen ion conductivity, a doped amount of yttrium being 15 mol % to 20 mol %, and a rate of increase in lattice constant at 100° C. to 1000° C. with respect to temperature changes being substantially constant. Also provided is a method for manufacturing the solid electrolyte. This solid electrolyte can be formed as a thin film, and a solid electrolyte laminate can be obtained by laminating electrode layers on this solid electrolyte. This solid electrolyte can be applied to an intermediate temperature operating fuel cell. |
| US-09876258-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | Y02E 60/12, H01M 10/39, H01M 10/399, H01M 6/36, H01M 10/3909 | The present disclosure provides an energy storage device comprising at least one electrochemical cell comprising a negative current collector, a negative electrode in electrical communication with the negative current collector, an electrolyte in electrical communication with the negative electrode, a positive electrode in electrical communication with the electrolyte and a positive current collector in electrical communication with the positive electrode. The negative electrode comprises an alkali metal. Upon discharge, the electrolyte provides charged species of the alkali metal. The positive electrode can include a Group IIIA, IVA, VA and VIA of the periodic table of the elements, or a transition metal (e.g., Group 12 element). |
| US-09876343-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | H02H 3/05, H02H 3/08, H02H 11/005, H02J 1/10, H02J 3/14, Y02B 70/3225, Y04S 20/222 | An automatic transfer switch includes a first switching apparatus having a first state to electrically connect at least one load to a primary power source and a second state to electrically connect the at least one load to a secondary power source; a sensor structured to sense information related to the power draw of the at least one load; and a control unit structured to determine the power draw of a selected one of the loads based on the output of the sensor, to compare the power draw of the selected load to a power capacity of the secondary power source, to allow the selected load to turn on if the power capacity of the secondary power source is at least greater than the power draw of the selected load, and to otherwise prevent the selected load from turning on. |
| US-09876391-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | H02J 9/062, H02J 3/387, H02J 7/0068, H02J 3/383, H02J 7/35, H02M 3/04, H02M 7/44, Y02E 10/566, Y02E 10/563 | PCS 400 operates in any one of a standard mode and a charging mode within a plurality of operation modes at a time when PV 100 operates. The plurality of operation modes include the standard mode in which an output of the PV 100 is converted into AC power and the AC power is supplied to grid 1 and/or load 300 and the charging mode in which the output of the PV 100 is supplied to storage battery 200. An output voltage of the DC/DC converter 410 is different in the standard mode and in the charging mode. |
| US-09876423-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | H02M 3/07, H02M 3/156, H02M 3/158, H02M 3/1584, H02M 1/08, H02M 1/34, H02M 2001/342, Y02B 70/1491 | A DC-to-DC converter includes an input terminal connected to a DC power source. An output terminal is connected to a load. A reactor is disposed between the input terminal and the output terminal. A blocking diode is connected in series to the reactor. A switching element has one end connected between the reactor and the blocking diode. A boost chopper circuit boosts an input voltage to generate an output voltage. A first reactor is disposed between the input terminal and the one end. A first capacitor is disposed between the first reactor and the switching element and connected in series to the first reactor. A first diode includes an anode terminal and a cathode terminal. The anode terminal is connected to a connection portion of the first reactor and the first capacitor. The cathode terminal is connected to the output terminal. |
| US-09876425-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | H02M 3/156-158, H02M 2001/007, H02M 2001/009, H02M 2001/0032, H02M 2001/0045, Y02B 70/1466 | A circuit for controlling a first field-effect transistor of a power converter, intended for a converter including at least one first and one second transistor connected in series between two terminals for applying a first voltage, the circuit including a circuit for detecting the opening of the second transistor. |
| US-09876431-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | H02M 3/156-158, H02M 3/1582, H02M 3/1584, H02M 3/1588, G05F 1/56, G05F 1/565, G05F 1/575, Y02B 70/1466 | A control method used in a four-switch buck-boost converter includes: sensing the output voltage and generating a feedback signal; generating a compensation signal based on a reference signal and the feedback signal; sensing the current flowing through the inductor and generating a current sensing signal; comparing the current sensing signal with the compensation signal; turning on the first and third transistors and turning off the second and fourth transistors when the current sensing signal reduces to be lower than the compensation signal; turning off the first transistor and turning on the second transistor when the on-time of the first transistor in one switching period reaches a first time threshold; and turning off the third transistor and turning on the fourth transistor when the on-time of the third transistor reaches a second time threshold. |
| US-09876434-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | H02M 3/33584, H02M 1/15, H02M 3/33546, H02M 2001/0058, H02M 3/335, H02M 2001/0067, H02M 2001/007, H02M 7/4811, H02M 7/4807, H02M 7/4826, H02M 2001/0074, H02M 2001/0077, H02M 3/285, H02M 3/33523, H02M 2007/4815, H02M 2007/4811, Y02B 70/1491, Y02B 70/1433 | The present invention relates to a bi-directional DC-DC converter comprising: a first terminal, a second terminal, a transformer circuit, a first high voltage side coupled to said first terminal, and a second low voltage side coupled to said second terminal; wherein said first high voltage side and said second low voltage side are coupled to each other by means of said transformer circuit, and said first high voltage side comprises a resonant tank circuit coupled between a first bridge circuit of said first high voltage side and a high voltage side of said transformer circuit. Furthermore, the invention also relates to a system comprising at least two such bi-directional DC-DC converters. |
| US-09876459-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | H02P 1/00, H02P 27/04, H02P 27/06, H02P 21/141, H02P 21/146, H02P 21/00, H02P 23/00, H02P 25/00, B60W 10/08, Y02T 10/70, B60L 3/04, H01H 31/12, G01R 31/00, G01R 31/02, G01R 27/14, G01R 27/18 | A motor driving circuit has a supply line connected to a DC power source, an inverter whose input side is connected to the supply line and whose output side is connected to a motor, a power switch inserted in the supply line for switching the supply line between conducting and cut-off states, a voltage detector for detecting a voltage between the direct-current power source and the power switch, and an insulation resistance detector for first detecting, based on a result of detection by the voltage detector with the power switch in the cut-off state, an insulation resistance on the preceding-stage side of the power switch and subsequently detecting, based on a result of detection by the voltage detector with the power switch in the conducting state, an insulation resistance on the succeeding-stage side of the power switch. |
| US-09876463-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | F24J 2/5258, F24J 2/5245, F24J 2/5264, F24J 2002/4672, F24J 2002/5218, F24J 2002/5226, Y02E 10/47, H02S 20/23, F16B 2/065 | Disclosed is a system and device (10, 100, 200, 300) for mounting a solar panel (11) to a roof (43). The device (10, 100, 200, 300) allows for the mounting of solar panels (11) with various thicknesses using an end clamp (12) and base (13) assembly where the end clamp (12) is height adjustable along an alignment portion (20) that projects vertically upward from a planar top surface (19) of the base (13). The end clamp (12) includes an end portion (18) with a three-angle bearing surface (27) that engages both a side surface and a groove (23) within a side surface of the alignment portion (20). The solar panel (11) frame is secured from the top by an upper clamping surface of the end clamp (12) to the alignment portion (20) and the top surface of the base (13). |
| US-09876591-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | H04B 17/318, H04W 4/008, H04W 52/0209, Y02B 60/50 | A transceiver and a method operating the transceiver are provided. The transceiver includes a first communication module configured to receive a first signal based on a first communication scheme; a second communication module configured to receive a second signal based on a second communication scheme; a reception module having a low-power circuit configured to detect a signal in a frequency band which can be used by the first communication module and the second communication module; and a controller configured to establish channels for the first communication module or the second communication module based on a strength of the signal detected by the reception module. |
| US-09876856-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | G01D 4/002, G06Q 50/06, Y02B 70/3216, Y04S 20/32, Y04S 40/168, Y04S 10/12, Y04S 20/221, Y04S 40/124, Y04S 40/126, H04L 67/10, H04L 67/12, H04L 12/24, H04L 12/40 | A network intelligence system may include a plurality of sensors located throughout and industry system. The sensors may obtain data related to various aspects of the industry network. The network intelligence system may include system endpoint intelligence and system infrastructure intelligence. The system endpoint and system infrastructure intelligence may provide distributed intelligence allowing localized decision-making to be made within the industry system based in response to system operation and occurrences. The network intelligence may include a centralized intelligence portion to communicate with endpoint and infrastructure intelligence. The centralized intelligence portion may provide responses on a localized level of the system or on a system-wide level. |
| US-09876892-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | H04M 1/7253, H04W 4/008, H04W 52/0235, H04W 52/028, Y02B 60/50 | Methods and systems for powering-off a wireless communication device from a linked device are provided. A device can transmit a wireless communication signal to a linked device to instruct the linked device to power-off. In this manner, the user need only turn off one device manually which results in all linked devices being powered off. This process can be initiated by a user through a device directly linked with the device to be powered-off or through a device that is indirectly connected, through one or more wireless communication networks, with the device to be powered-off. This process can also be automatically initiated by a device when a set of predetermined conditions exist. Once instructed to do so, a device can initiate a predetermined power-off process which can involve terminating any ongoing functions and turning off various subsystems. In accordance with the present invention, a user can initiate a power-off of all the devices on a wireless communication network through a single device. |
| US-09877088-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | H04Q 2209/50, H04Q 2209/10, H04Q 2209/40, H04Q 2209/47, G01D 4/006, H04W 4/02, H04W 4/021, H04W 4/025, Y02B 90/243, Y04S 20/325, H04M 3/42348, H04M 3/42357 | A method and system for relaying a sensor communication to a central monitoring system by utilizing a crowdsourcing model. The method includes: obtaining a registered device through crowdsourcing; registering the registered device into a central monitoring system; configuring the registered device to communicate with a plurality of road management sensors and with the central monitoring system; monitoring and gathering location information of the registered device by the central monitoring system; transmitting, via the central monitoring system, a request to gather a sensor communication from a sensor to the registered device; executing the request, via the registered device, by capturing the sensor communication emitted from the sensor, wherein the sensor communication is emitted using a passive radio-frequency identification tag; and relaying at least a part of the sensor communication from the registered device to the central monitoring system. |
| US-09877158-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | H04W 52/0245, H04W 52/0241, H04W 4/023, H04W 84/12, H04W 24/00, H04W 52/0248, G01S 5/0221, G01S 5/14, Y02B 60/50 | Embodiments of a mobile station and method for Wi-Fi scan scheduling and power adaption for low-power indoor location are generally described herein. In some embodiments, the mobile station may identify channels, beacon timing and rough signal strength levels of nearby access points (APs) from at least one of a previous full-channel scan or a Wi-Fi fingerprint database and may configure receiver sensitivity based on the rough signal strength levels for receipt of subsequent beacons. The mobile station may wake-up from a low-power state to receive beacons for the nearby access points on the identified channels at times based on the identified beacon timing. The received signal strength indicators (RSSIs) levels of the received beacons may be used for location determination. |
| US-09877236-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | H04W 36/0055, H04W 36/08, H04W 76/068, H04W 88/02, H04W 88/08, H04W 84/042, H04W 52/0235, H04W 52/0209, H04W 4/005, Y02B 60/50 | An evolved NodeB (eNB), user equipment (UE) and mobility management entity (MME), as well as method of communicating using a power saving mode (PSM) are generally described. A PSM configuration indication of the UE may be received at the eNB from the UE or MME in an Initial UE Context Setup Request, a UE Context Modify Request, core network assistance information, or a dedicated message to the eNB. The eNB may adjust the time for transmitting to the UE an RRC connection release message based on the PSM configuration indication. The eNB may determine whether the UE is in a connection mode and the inactivity timer of the eNB having reached the activation timer of the PSM configuration indication, transmit the RRC connection release message to the MME. The PSM configuration may be provided between eNBs during handover. |
| US-09877253-B1 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | H04W 52/0206, H04W 52/343, H04W 84/045, Y02B 60/50, Y02B 60/40 | A radio access network (RAN) may determine that a quality-of-service (QOS) load of a first base station exceeds a QOS load high threshold. The RAN may further determine that a set of wireless communication devices (WCDs) served by the first base station are located within a geographic area nearby a second base station. The RAN may additionally determine that the set of WCDs are responsible for at least a predefined portion of the QOS load of the first base station, and may power on the second base station. If at some point a second QOS load of the second base station falls below a QOS load low threshold, the RAN may facilitate handover of at least one of the WCDs served by the second base station from the second base station to the first base station, and may power off the second base station. |
| US-09877259-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | H04W 40/10, H04W 28/08, H04W 52/0206, H04W 16/14, H04W 74/0808, H04B 7/0697, Y02B 60/50 | Operational and environmental efficiency in virtual radio access networks (VRANs) can be improved by offloading data traffic and/or control signaling between physical transmit points (TPs) of a virtual TP. This may allow one or more physical TPs of the virtual TP to be muted in the downlink or uplink direction, thereby reducing energy consumption. The offloading may be performed during relatively short time-intervals such that physical TP are muted for one or more transmission time intervals (TTIs) before being re-activated. The offloading may also be implemented over longer time-intervals in accordance with a traffic engineering (TE) policy. Further it is possible to re-activate a de-activated downlink transmitter of physical TP by monitoring wireless signals via an activated receiver of the physical TP. |
| US-09877278-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | H04W 52/0209, H04W 72/04, H04W 72/0446, H04W 52/0235, H04W 72/1289, H04L 5/00, H04L 5/0044, H04L 5/0098, Y02B 60/50 | The disclosure relates to technology for a base station to signal user equipment to monitor a narrowband control channel in a wideband system. The base station sends a configuration signaling to configure the user equipment including a designation of subframe(s). The base station then determines whether to signal the user equipment to monitor the subframe(s) using one of a narrowband bandwidth and a system bandwidth. In response to the base station signaling the user equipment to monitor the narrowband bandwidth, the base station communicates with the user equipment using the narrowband bandwidth. In response to the base station signaling the user equipment to monitor the system bandwidth, the base station sends a probe message within the narrowband bandwidth to the user equipment, where the probe message signals to the user equipment to begin monitoring the system bandwidth and to communicate with the user equipment using the system bandwidth. |
| US-09877281-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | H04W 36/02, H04W 36/04, H04W 52/0225, H04W 52/0235, H04W 52/0216, H04W 52/0219, H04W 52/0206, H04W 28/0289, Y02B 60/50 | Embodiments of scheduled peer power save systems, devices, and methods are disclosed. For example, methods of saving power for stations configured to communicate via a direct link are provided. Embodiments of scheduled peer power save systems, devices and methods are disclosed. For example, methods of saving power for stations configured to communicate via a direct link are provided. In one embodiment, among others, a method comprises waking up, at a station and peer station, before a scheduled wakeup interval. The scheduled wakeup interval is defined relative to common timing reference at the station and the peer station. Further, in the absence of a service period between the station and the peer station, the station and the peer station stay awake until at least a predefined time period has elapsed or a predefined number of idle slots have elapsed. |
| US-09877283-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | H04L 67/125, H04W 4/005, H04W 52/0229, H04W 52/0293, H04W 52/0235, G06F 1/3293, Y02B 60/50 | A method and a terminal for reporting sensor data are provided. The method for reporting sensor data includes: when a processor needs to process only sensor data collected by a sensor, sending, by the processor, an indication that the processor is to enter a sleep state, and entering the sleep state; after the processor enters the sleep state, receiving and temporarily storing, by a sensor hub, the sensor data collected and reported by the sensor into an event information table, recording, by the sensor hub, corresponding time at which the sensor collects the sensor data, and further temporarily storing the time into the event information table; and when the processor is restored to a working state, reporting, by the sensor hub, the event information table to the processor, so that the processor parses the event information table to complete corresponding processing. |
| US-09877285-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | H04W 52/0251, H04W 28/0278, H04W 88/08, H04W 52/00, H04W 52/0216, H04W 84/12, H04W 52/0219, H04W 28/14, H04W 74/06, H04W 24/02, H04W 72/1252, H04W 72/1284, H04W 28/06, H04W 28/18, Y02B 60/50, H04L 67/1095, H04L 12/2692, H04L 2012/5682, H04L 2012/6489, H04L 25/062, H04L 25/063, H04L 43/16, H04L 47/29, H04L 1/0021, H04L 12/2678, H04L 12/2681, H04L 12/403, H04L 12/423, H04L 43/10, H04L 43/103, H04L 47/30, H04L 47/10 | A non-transitory computer readable medium includes instructions. The instructions, when executed by one or more hardware processors, causes performance of operations including receiving, at an access point, data targeted for a device, and determining whether an amount of the data targeted for the device is above a threshold. The operations further include, responsive at least to determining that the amount of data is below the threshold, transmitting a notification frame falsely indicating that the access point does not have the data targeted for the device. |
| US-09877330-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | H04B 1/3805, H04B 1/48, H04B 7/0825, Y02B 60/50, H04W 36/0094, H04W 72/08, H04W 84/12, H04W 88/06, H04W 88/10 | A method includes, in a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) device, communicating on a given communication channel using one or more primary transmission/reception (TX/RX) chains. Concurrently with communicating on the given communication channel using the primary TX/RX chains, signal activity is evaluated on one or more alternative communication channels using an auxiliary reception (RX) chain whose hardware is partially shared with one of the primary TX/RX chains. |
| US-09877366-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | H05B 41/34, H05B 33/0803, H05B 39/09, H05B 41/28, H05B 33/0809, H05B 41/295, H05B 41/2827, H05B 41/3925, H05B 33/0815, H05B 33/0818, H05B 41/2828, H05B 41/3921, H05B 41/3927, Y02B 20/202 | The present disclosure provides an LED dimming driver circuit, which includes: a TRIAC dimmer configured to adjust an inputted alternating voltage; and a RCC connected to the TRIAC dimmer and configured to adjust the alternating voltage from the TRIAC dimmer to provide a driving current for an LED load. |
| US-09877369-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | H05B 33/0803, H05B 33/0818, H05B 33/0845, H05B 37/0218, H05B 37/0245, H05B 37/0272, H05B 37/0236, H05B 37/02, H05B 37/0227, H05B 37/0281, Y02B 20/46, Y02B 20/48 | Lighting device including a plurality of lighting elements, at least one sensor receiving sensory stimuli from an establishment, and a control means connected with the at least one sensor and with the lighting elements. The control means can send lighting management instructions to the lighting elements depending on the captured and processed information. The lighting device also allows managing lighting in an intelligent manner. The lighting device can light with greater intensity the areas of an establishment where there are more people or the areas where greater attention is needed but are not visited often enough. The lighting device can also light in any other suitable manner depending on the information provided by the implemented sensory metrics or other independent business rules. |
| US-09877375-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | H05B 37/0227, H05B 37/0245, H05B 37/029, Y02B 20/44, Y02B 20/48 | An example of a lighting system includes intelligent lighting devices, each of which includes a light source, a communication interface and a processor coupled to control the light source. In such a system, at least one of the lighting devices includes a user input sensor to detect user activity related to user inputs without requiring physical contact of the user; and at least one of the lighting devices includes an output component to provide information output to the user. One or more of the processors in the intelligent lighting devices are further configured to process user inputs detected by the user input sensor, control lighting and control output to a user via the output component so as to implement an interactive user interface for the system, for example, to facilitate user control of lighting operations of the system and/or to act as a user interface portal for other services. |
| US-09877409-B2 | 2018-01-23 00:00:00 | H05K 7/20336, H01M 10/5004, H01M 10/5016, H01M 10/5048, H01M 10/5059, H01M 10/5079, B60L 11/1879, F28D 15/0233, F28D 15/0275, B60K 2001/003, Y02T 10/7005, Y02T 10/7011, Y02T 10/705 | A battery-cooling system includes a battery array and a plurality of heat pipes that each include a low-profile extrusion having a plurality of hollow tubes formed therein. A heat transfer fluid is disposed in the plurality of hollow tubes. Each heat pipe includes an evaporator portion and a condenser portion. The evaporator portion is disposed between successive batteries within the battery array and the condenser portion is disposed outside of the battery array and exposed to a heat sink. |
| US-09884265-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | C02F 1/14, C02F 1/16, C02F 2101/10, C02F 2103/08, Y02W 10/37, B01D 1/26 | The present invention relates to an multi-effect solar distiller with multiple heat sources. More particularly, the present invention relates to an multi-effect solar distiller with multiple heat sources capable of evaporating and distilling sea water using the solar thermal energy, evaporating the sea water using waste heat generated from a power generation facility in addition to the solar thermal energy, evaporating and distilling the sea water even by condensation heat generated at the time of condensing steam, and using a plurality of absorption reflectors to allow non-used sunlight to maximally evaporate the sea water by being reflected from the sea water surface. |
| US-09884282-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | B01D 53/04, B01D 53/0462, B01D 53/047, B01D 53/62, B01D 2253/102, B01D 2253/106, B01D 2253/108, B01D 2253/1124, B01D 2253/1128, B01D 2253/116, B01D 2253/204, B01D 2253/25, B01D 2257/504, B01D 2258/0283, B01D 2259/40001, B01D 2259/45, F01K 17/04, F01K 23/10, F23C 9/08, F23J 15/02, F23J 2215/50, F23J 2219/60, Y02C 10/04, Y02C 10/08, Y02E 20/16 | An integrated fuel combustion system with adsorptive gas separation separates a portion of carbon dioxide from a combustion gas mixture and provides for recycle of separated carbon dioxide to the intake of the fuel combustor for combustion. A process for carbon dioxide separation and recycle includes: admitting combustion gas to an adsorptive gas separation system contactor containing adsorbent material; adsorbing a portion of carbon dioxide; recovering a first product gas depleted in carbon dioxide for release or use; desorbing carbon dioxide from the adsorbent material and recovering a desorbed second product gas enriched in carbon dioxide for sequestration or use; admitting a conditioning fluid into the contactor and desorbing a second portion of carbon dioxide to recover a carbon dioxide enriched conditioning stream; and recycling a portion of the carbon dioxide enriched conditioning stream to an inlet of fuel combustor to pass through the fuel combustor for combustion. |
| US-09884538-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | F02B 41/10, F02B 37/004, F02B 37/005, Y02T 10/144, Y02T 10/163 | The present disclosure relates to a turbo compound system for a vehicle which recovers emission gas energy of an engine, and particularly, to a turbo compound system for a vehicle which may recover emission gas energy and provide the energy to various auxiliary devices for a vehicle in various forms. In addition, the present disclosure relates to a turbo compound system for a vehicle in which recovered emission gas energy is transferred directly to auxiliary devices for a vehicle without passing through a crank shaft for a vehicle, thereby preventing deterioration of fuel efficiency or output reduction, and simplifying facility and control. |
| US-09884559-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | B60L 11/18, B60L 11/1803, B60L 11/1809, B60L 11/1811, H02M 3/1582, H02M 3/1588, Y02B 70/1466 | A device and a method for controlling a high side DC/DC converter (HDC) of a hybrid vehicle are provided. The switching frequency of the HDC is variably adjusted based on situations of temperatures of an inductor and an IGBT switching element, which constitute the HDC, to maintain a balance between the temperatures of the inductor and the IGBT switching element. Accordingly, temperatures of the inductor and the IGBT switching element are detected, and the switching frequency of the HDC is variably adjusted based on a situation for each temperature of each element to maintain a balance between the temperatures of the inductor and the IGBT switching element, thereby improving the utilization rate of the IGBT switching element. |
| US-09884565-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | Y02T 10/72, Y02T 10/6216, Y02T 10/7275 | An electric vehicle includes: a high-voltage battery; a generator for generating electric power having a voltage higher than a battery voltage of high-voltage the battery; a first electric motor driven by electric power having a generation voltage of the generator; a second electric motor driven by electric power having the battery voltage of the high-voltage battery; a transformer for reducing a voltage of a part of the electric power generated by the generator which is to be distributed to the high-voltage battery from the generation voltage of the generator to the battery voltage of the high-voltage battery; and a controller for reducing a distribution ratio of the electric power to be distributed to the second electric motor from the generator if the temperature of the transformer is determined to have increased to reach a first predetermined temperature or higher. |
| US-09884615-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | B60W 10/02, B60W 10/04, B60W 10/06, B60W 10/08, B60W 20/00-50, B60W 2710/06, B60W 2710/08, B60W 2510/244, B60W 2050/0089, B60W 2540/10, Y02T 10/6286, Y02T 10/6291, Y02T 10/7258, B60K 6/485, B60K 1/00, F02N 11/04, Y10S 903/903 | A method of providing assistance to an internal combustion engine for a vehicle using an electric motor coupled to the engine is provided. The method comprises predicting a driving range based on historical driving range data. The historical driving range data includes one or more distances that the vehicle was driven during one or more previous driving cycles. The method further comprises selectively operating the motor to provide assistance to the engine at predetermined operating conditions of the engine. The assistance provided to the engine at one or more of the predetermined operating conditions is determined based at least in part on the predicted driving range. |
| US-09884619-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | B60W 20/40, B60W 20/13, B60W 20/00, B60W 20/10, B60W 20/106, B60W 10/06, B60W 10/08, B60W 10/26, B60W 30/182, B60W 50/082, B60W 50/14, B60W 2510/244, B60W 2520/10, B60W 2540/04, B60W 2710/244, B60K 6/40, B60K 6/445, F02D 29/02, B60Y 2200/92, B60Y 2300/182, Y02T 10/6286, Y10S 903/93 | An exemplary method includes using a controller to automatically operate a vehicle in an electric mode when an actual speed of the vehicle is at or below a set threshold, and to automatically operate the vehicle in a hybrid mode when the actual speed is above the set threshold. The method further including adjusting the set threshold using a selector device such that the set threshold is changed without influencing the actual speed. Another exemplary method includes using a controller to automatically initiate a transition of a vehicle from an electric mode to a hybrid mode, or from the hybrid mode to the electric mode. The controller initiates the transition in response to a comparison of a state of charge of a battery of the vehicle to a threshold state of charge that is configured to be adjusted by an operator. |
| US-09884627-B1 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | F02D 9/08, F02D 13/02, F02D 29/02, B60W 10/06, B60W 10/11, B60W 30/182, B60W 40/02, B60W 40/12, B60W 2300/12, B60W 2400/00, B60W 2422/00, B60W 2530/16, B60W 2550/12, B60W 2710/0605, B60W 2710/1005, Y02T 10/126, Y02T 10/44, Y02T 10/52, Y02T 10/54, Y02T 10/56 | A device and method for adjusting vehicle fuel efficiency to responsive to an altered vehicle surface area are disclosed. An operation of the method receives vehicle surface data, which indicates a transition from a first vehicle drag coefficient value relating to a vehicle surface area to a second vehicle drag coefficient value relating to the altered vehicle surface area. A second plurality of powertrain parameter values associated with the second vehicle drag coefficient value are determined, and the method operates to transmit the second plurality of powertrain parameter values for adjusting of the vehicle fuel efficiency. |
| US-09884679-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | B64C 25/50, B64C 25/48, B64C 13/16, G05D 1/0083, G05D 1/0204, Y02T 50/44 | A controller for an aircraft steering system, the controller being configured to receive a steering input representative of a desired direction of travel of a steerable nose landing gear, and to receive one or more force-based inputs representative of lateral forces acting upon the nose landing gear, wherein the controller is adapted to automatically adjust the steering input based upon the force-based input(s) so as to output an adjusted steering command for a steering actuator of the nose landing gear. |
| US-09884837-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | C07D 311/72, C11C 3/003, Y02E 50/13 | The invention relates to a method for obtaining and purifying phytosterols and/or tocopherols from distillation residue from a transesterification of vegetable oils, in particular from the vegetable oil-based fatty acid methyl ester production for the field of use of biodiesel (FAME), comprising a first transesterification stage for converting partial glycerides contained in the distillation residue; separating the glycerin phase from a reaction mixture resulting from the first transesterification stage; a second transesterification stage for converting sterol esters contained in the reaction mixture; adding water to the reaction mixture after the second transesterification stage in order to generate a multiphase system; simultaneously or sequentially separating the phases of the multiphase system into a substantially sterol-containing phase; a substantially glycerin- and methanol-containing aqueous phase; and a tocopherol-containing methyl ester phase; and obtaining phytosterols from the sterol-containing phase; and optionally obtaining tocopherols from the tocopherol-containing methyl ester phase. The invention further relates to a method for purifying a phytosterol phase and/or phytosterols. |
| US-09884923-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | C08F 297/02, C08F 297/04, C08F 297/048, C08F 297/042, C08F 297/044, C08F 290/044, C08F 290/048, C08F 4/48, C08F 4/58, C08F 4/6185, C08F 4/6186, B60C 1/00, B60C 1/0008, B60C 1/0016, B60C 1/0025, B60C 2001/0033, B60C 2001/005, B60C 2001/0058, B60C 2001/0066, B60C 2001/0075, B60C 2001/0083, B60C 2001/0091, Y02T 10/862 | Metallated aminosilane compounds for use as functional initiators in anionic polymerizations and processes for producing an aminosilane-functionalized polymer using the metallated aminosilane compounds to initiate anionic polymerization of at least one type of anionically polymerizable monomer. Preferred use of the metallated aminosilane compounds results in rubber compositions for use in tires comprising an aminosilane functionalized polymer. |
| US-09885000-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | C10L 1/04, C10L 1/023, C10L 1/06, C10L 1/16, C10L 1/1608, C10L 1/1616, C10L 1/18, C10L 1/1822, C10L 1/1824, C10L 1/1852, C10L 2200/0423, C10L 2200/0469, C10L 2290/543, C10G 3/42, C10G 3/44, C10G 3/46, C10G 3/49, C10G 3/50, C10G 2300/1011, C10G 2300/1014, C10G 2300/1018, C10G 2400/02, C10G 7/00, C11C 3/12, C11B 3/00, Y02P 30/20 | The present invention provides a composition comprising 8-30 mass % of C4-12 linear alkanes, 5-50 mass % of C4-12 branched alkanes, 25-60 mass % of C5-12 cycloalkanes, 1-25 mass of C6-12 aromatic hydrocarbons, no more than 1 mass % of alkenes, and no more than 0.5 mass % in total of oxygen-containing compounds; wherein the total amount of C4-12 alkanes is 40-80 mass %, and the total amount of C4-12 alkanes, C5-12 cycloalkanes and C6-12 aromatic hydrocarbons is at least 95 mass %; and wherein the amounts are based on the mass of the composition. Also provided is a method for producing the composition comprising the step of hydroprocessing a biological feedstock using a catalyst and the step of fractionating the product of the hydroprocessing step. |
| US-09885025-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | C12N 9/1252, C12Y 207/07007, C12P 19/34, Y02P 20/52 | Mutants of bacteriophage phi29 DNA polymerase with increased protein stability and increased half-life, compared to wild type DNA polymerase. The disclosed mutants are more stable in reaction mixtures with or without DNA. The inventive phi29 DNA polymerase mutants generate more amplification product. The inventive phi29 DNA polymerase mutants amplify genomic DNA with less bias compared to wild type DNA polymerase. Selected mutations increase the affinity of polymerase for DNA template. |
| US-09885027-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | C12N 9/2437, C12N 9/248, C12N 2501/70, Y02E 50/16, Y02E 50/17, Y02E 50/13, Y02E 50/343 | The present invention concerns a process for the production of an enzymatic cocktail by submerged culture with a cellulolytic microorganism, comprising two phases: a phase a) for growth of said microorganism in the presence of at least one carbonaceous growth substrate in a closed reactor, said growth phase being carried out with a concentration of carbonaceous growth substrate in the range 10 to 90 g/L; a phase b) for the production of the enzymatic cocktail, in which at least one carbonaceous inducer substrate is supplied, said carbonaceous inducer substrate being at least one solid residue obtained from the step for enzymatic hydrolysis of lignocellulosic materials which have undergone a pre-treatment step, said production phase being carried out with a concentration of carbonaceous production substrate in the range 150 to 400 g/L. |
| US-09885094-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | C21D 9/30, C21D 1/42, F01L 1/047, F01L 13/0036, H05B 6/101, H05B 6/362, H05B 6/365, Y02P 10/253 | A single shot inductor is provided to induction heat treat closely spaced multiple eccentric cylindrical components arranged along the longitudinal axis of a workpiece. The single shot inductor has multiple planar arcuate single turn coil sections separated from each other by an axial coil section so that each of the multiple planar arcuate single turn coil sections sequentially heat treats the closely spaced multiple eccentric cylindrical components inserted within the single shot inductor. |
| US-09885146-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | C01B 31/0273, C01B 31/0213, C01B 2202/02, C01B 2202/06, C01B 2202/22, C01B 2202/36, C01B 2202/34, C01B 31/0253, C01B 31/02, C01B 31/00, C01B 2202/28, C02F 1/283, B82Y 10/00, H01B 1/127, H01B 1/24, H01B 1/20, H01B 1/22, H01L 51/444, H01L 51/0037, H01L 51/0049, H01L 51/5206, H01L 51/0048, Y02E 10/549, D04H 1/64, D04H 1/642, D04H 1/641, D06M 11/47, D06M 11/65, D06M 11/73-74, D06M 11/83, D06M 15/227, D06M 15/233, D06M 15/248, D06M 15/263, D06M 15/327, D06M 15/333, D06M 15/3562, D06M 15/41, D06M 15/423, D06M 15/507, D06M 15/55, D06M 15/564, D06M 15/693, D06M 2200/00, D06M 23/08, D06N 3/0052, D06N 3/0063, D06N 3/10, G03G 15/0233, G03G 21/0035, D01D 5/253, Y10T 42/292 | Electro-conductive fibers comprise synthetic fibers and an electro-conductive layer containing carbon nanotubes and covering a surface of the synthetic fibers, and the coverage of the electro-conductive layer relative to the whole surface of the synthetic fibers is not less than 60% (particularly not less than 90%). The electric resistance value of the electro-conductive fibers ranges from 1×10−2 to 1×1010 Ω/cm, and the standard deviation of the logarithm of the electric resistance value is less than 1.0. The thickness of the electro-conductive layer ranges from 0.1 to 5 μm, and the ratio of the carbon nanotubes may be 0.1 to 50 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the synthetic fibers. The electro-conductive layer may further contain a binder. The electro-conductive fibers may be produced by immersing the synthetic fibers in a dispersion with vibrating the synthetic fibers to form the electro-conductive layer adhered to the surface of the synthetic fibers. The electro-conductive fibers have the carbon nanotubes homogeneously and firmly adhered to an almost whole of a surface thereof and have an electro-conductivity and a softness. |
| US-09885223-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | E21B 33/14, E21B 33/13, E21B 47/08, E21B 47/0005, E21B 49/00, C04B 7/361, C04B 7/02, C04B 18/067, C04B 28/02, C04B 24/2682, G01V 1/40, C09K 8/42, C09K 8/487, Y02W 30/94 | Methods of formulating a cement slurry for use in a subterranean salt formation, including methods for formulating a cement slurry capable of providing long-term zonal isolation within a subterranean salt formation. The methods also take into account the effects of treatment fluids on the cement slurry, such as drilling fluids, spacer fluids, flush fluids, or other relevant fluids used to perform a subterranean formation operation. |
| US-09885257-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | F01K 23/18, F01K 25/103, F01K 3/188, F01K 13/00, F01K 17/02, C07C 29/152, C07C 1/12, C07C 29/00, C25B 31/02, C25B 15/02, C25B 15/08, C25B 1/04, C10L 3/00, Y02E 20/326, Y02E 20/16, Y02E 20/18, Y02E 60/366, Y02E 20/14 | One embodiment relates to a power plant having a large steam generator, which is equipped with hydrocarbon-fired burners and/or with a gas turbine and which has a water/steam circuit connected thereto, and comprising at least one device for generating a CO2-rich gas flow, wherein the electrical power output of the electricity-generating part, of the power plant to the electrical grid is subject to power regulation controlled, at the power grid side. Some embodiments relate to a flexible operating method for the power plant that is fired with hydrocarbon-containing fuel, which operating method permits in particular a rapid adaptation of the power plant output to the power demands from the grid. |
| US-09885270-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | F01N 3/037, F01N 3/01, F01N 3/0217, F01N 3/0222, F01N 3/0226, Y02T 10/20 | A device to trap and remove particulate matter from exhaust of internal combustion engines, without increasing resistance to the flow of engine exhaust is disclosed herein. The system is provided with a single or a plurality of ducts (1 & 2) through which exhaust gases enter tangentially into a hollow chamber (3), causing the gases to spin at high speeds. The spinning gases generate centrifugal force resulting in separation of particulate matter from the exhaust gases. The hollow chamber (3) contains ports (4) and radial projections (5) on its axial surface to allow the separated particulate matter to enter into a trap (6). The particulate matter entering the trap (6) gets stuck to a fine mesh of high temperature resistant porous material that may or may not be electrically charged. The trap (6) is enclosed in a cover (7) that encases the fine mesh which surrounds the ports (4) and radial projections (5). The cover (7) has a single or plurality of ducts (8) connecting the trap (6) to the low pressure area of the rotating gases in the hollow chamber (3) through the port (9) provided at the proximal end of the hollow chamber (3). |
| US-09885277-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | F02B 23/0651, F02B 23/0669, F02B 23/0693, F02B 23/0672, F02B 23/0684, F02B 23/0687, F02B 1/12, F02M 61/182, F02M 61/1813, F02F 3/28, Y02T 10/125 | The present invention is a compression-ignition direct-injection internal-combustion engine comprising at least a cylinder (10), a cylinder head (12) carrying fuel injection means (14), a piston (16) sliding in this cylinder, a combustion chamber (34) having on one side an upper face (44) of the piston comprising a projection (48) extending in the direction of the cylinder head and located at the center of a concave bowl (46). The engine comprises an injector projecting fuel in at least two fuel jet sheets with sheet injection angles (A1, A2), a lower sheet (36) of jet axis C1 and an upper sheet (38) of jet axis C2, at least two mixing zones (Z1, Z2) of the combustion chamber. According to the invention, one of the zones comprises a toroidal volume (64) of center B into which fuel jets (40) of the lower jet are injected in such a way that axis C1 of the lower jet is contained between center B and projection (48). |
| US-09885291-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | F01D 17/162, F04D 29/563, F05D 2220/36, Y02T 50/671, F02K 3/06, F02C 9/22, F02C 7/042, F02C 9/20 | A bypass turbine engine including: an inner casing, an inter-duct casing, and an outer casing so as to define a primary duct between the inter-duct casing and the inner casing, and a secondary duct between the inter-duct casing and the outer casing; a rotary shaft including a movable fan including radial blades of which free ends face the outer casing of the turbine engine to compress an air flow in the secondary duct; a plurality of variable-pitch radial stator vanes mounted upstream of the movable fan so as to deflect the incident axial air prior to it being axially rectified by the movable fan in the secondary duct; and a system for individually regulating the pitch of the variable-pitch radial vanes if heterogeneity of the air flow in the secondary duct is detected, is provided. |
| US-09885301-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | F01N 3/0814, F01N 3/0885, F02D 35/023, F02D 35/026, F02D 35/028, F02D 41/0245, F02D 41/0275, F02D 41/1401, F02D 41/1456, F02D 41/405, Y02T 10/26, Y02T 10/44 | Method for adjusting the air-fuel ratio in the exhaust gas of a direct injection internal combustion engine, wherein the combusting fuel injection is divided into a plurality of individual injections, and wherein the air-fuel ratio in the exhaust gas of the internal combustion engine for a given load (PMI) is predictively adjusted by at least one model, by adjusting the position of the centroid of heat release conversion rates and the injection amount of the total combusting fuel injection, to a value that is necessary for the regeneration of an NOx storage catalytic converter in the exhaust system of the internal combustion engine. |
| US-09885303-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | F02D 41/10, F02D 23/02, F02D 41/0007, F02D 41/005, F02D 41/045, F02D 41/18, F02D 41/30, F02D 2200/0406, F02D 2200/602, F02D 2250/34, F02M 26/05, F02M 26/23, F02M 35/1038, F02M 35/10386, F02B 29/0406, F02B 37/24, F02B 2275/14, Y02T 10/123, Y02T 10/144, Y02T 10/146, Y02T 10/47 | A control device for a diesel engine includes a variable geometry supercharger with a variable supercharge pressure mechanism and an EGR valve configured to adjust an EGR gas amount. In the control device, when the diesel engine is determined to be accelerating, a maximum exhaust pressure is set such that an increased amount of an engine torque by increasing a fuel injection amount in association with acceleration is greater than an increased amount of pumping loss increased with increasing exhaust pressure due to an actuation of the variable supercharge pressure mechanism in association with acceleration. A target control variable for the variable supercharge pressure mechanism and a target control variable for the EGR valve are controlled on the basis of the maximum exhaust pressure. |
| US-09885320-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | F02M 21/0239, F02M 21/0296, F02M 21/0215, F01L 3/02, F16K 27/02, F16K 49/00, G05D 16/10, F17C 2205/0332, Y02T 10/37, Y10T 137/7796 | A pressure regulator (10) including a body (12) having an internal chamber (110) and a thermal shield (124) made of a material having a lower thermal conductivity than a material of the body (12) for reducing heat transfer between the body (12) and the fluid flowing into the internal chamber (110). By reducing heat transfer between the fluid and the body (12), the temperature of the components of the pressure regulator (10) is increased to reduce failure of the components and the density of the fluid is increased to improve the flow capacity of the pressure regulator (10). |
| US-09885321-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | F02M 25/0735, F01N 2610/00, Y02T 10/121, Y02T 10/18 | This multi-cylinder internal combustion engine (1) is provided with an EGR device (30) containing an EGR cooler (27), a valve overlap period in which valve opening periods of intake valves (20) and exhaust valves (21) overlap one another is set, and the multi-cylinder internal combustion engine (1) has four cylinders (2). The multi-cylinder internal combustion engine (1) comprises: four exhaust side branch conduits (15), one provided for each of the cylinders (2); a storage tank (31) configured to store condensed water (CW) generated by the EGR cooler (27); and four condensed water introduction conduits (33), one provided for each of the exhaust side branch conduits (15) and communicating the exhaust side branch conduit (15) with the storage tank (31). |
| US-09885325-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | F02B 33/40, F02B 33/44, F02B 61/00, F02M 35/10157, F02M 35/10177, F02M 35/1042, F02M 35/162, B62K 19/48, Y02T 10/144 | An air intake chamber is disposed at a location downstream of a supercharger and upstream of a throttle body. The air intake chamber serves to accumulate an intake air pressurized by the supercharger. This air intake chamber includes a confronting portion, which has an outlet and overlaps the throttle body, and a connecting portion that connects between the confronting portion and a discharge port of the supercharger. The connecting portion has an outlet side opening set to be larger than an inlet side opening thereof. |
| US-09885326-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | F02D 41/263, F02D 41/0025, F02D 19/081, F02D 19/0647, F02D 19/0689, F02D 19/0692, F02D 19/084, F02D 19/0665, F02D 19/0671, F02D 19/061, F02D 19/0655, F02D 19/0694, F02D 19/08, F02M 35/10216, F02M 35/1038, Y02T 10/36 | A secondary fueling system for a diesel internal combustion engine includes an injector which injects an oxygen-containing secondary fuel into the engine's air intake system, a pump which pumps the secondary fuel to the injector, a sensor which senses pressure in the air intake system, and a secondary fuel controller which receives output signals from the sensor and pump, operator inputs for the engine, and data signals pertaining to operation of the engine from the main engine controller, determines an injection amount of the secondary fuel based thereon, and controls the pump based on the determined injection amount. A position of the injector in the engine's air intake system is distant from the engine's intake valves and is based on the engine's displacement, e.g., it relates to approximately equal to one quarter of the engine's displacement. |
| US-09885338-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | F03D 1/065, F03D 1/0666, F03D 1/0691, F03D 9/12, F03D 80/70, Y02E 60/16, Y02E 10/721, F05B 2240/50, F05B 2240/52, F16C 17/10, F16C 17/107, F16C 33/38, F16C 37/00, F16C 2361/31 | A wind turbine system includes turbine blades connected to a nose hub that is connected to a main turbine shaft. A flywheel is mounted around the main turbine shaft proximate to the nose hub. A bearing assembly is fixed to a turbine tower and is mounted around at least a portion of the flywheel. The bearing assembly includes a bearing housing and a main bearing fixed therein having a main bearing faced adapted to be in contact with or within a close tolerance to the circular outside diameter surface of the flywheel. This main bearing may be comprised of lignum vitae wood. |
| US-09885371-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | F04D 29/681, F04D 29/324, F04D 29/329, F01D 9/041, F01D 5/143, F01D 5/34, F01D 5/10, Y02T 50/673, F05D 2220/323, F05D 2240/12, F05D 2240/30, F05D 2240/80, F05D 2200/26, F05D 2200/261, F05D 2200/262, F05D 2200/263, F05D 2200/264, F05D 2250/711, F05D 2250/73, F05D 2250/713, F05D 2260/96 | A row of aerofoil members for an axial compressor, the row comprises a circumferentially extending endwall and a plurality of aerofoils extending radially from the endwall. The endwall is profiled to include an acceleration region and a deceleration region in a location that corresponds to a position of peak fluid pressure. The acceleration region is provided upstream of the deceleration region such that fluid flow through the compressor and adjacent the endwall is accelerated and then decelerated so as to reduce the peak fluid pressure. |
| US-09885451-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | Y02B 20/42, Y02B 20/72, Y02B 20/40, F21S 8/085, F21S 8/088, F21S 9/035, F21S 9/043, F21W 2131/103, H04W 84/18, H05B 37/0272, H05B 37/034 | A network of intermediate device systems may be detachably coupled to an illumination pole electrically connected to a power source. The intermediate device system may comprise a housing with an exterior surface and an interior cavity configured to receive at least one electrical device. The intermediate device system may comprise a control unit communicatively coupled to a processor and configured to receive and process substantially real-time information from at least one of the electronic devices and create a data set based on the received real-time information. The data set may comprise a parameter of the surrounding environment and/or an instruction set configured to operate the at least one electrical devices within the intermediate device system and/or a second intermediate device system within the network. The intermediate device system may also comprise a communication module communicatively coupled to the control unit that forms a bidirectional communication channel to facilitate transfer of the data set between the intermediate device system and a second communication module of the second intermediate device system and receive an incoming data set from the second communication module. |
| US-09885486-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | F25D 21/00, F25D 21/12, F24F 3/14, F24F 3/147, F24F 12/003, F24F 2003/1446, F24F 2003/1458, F24F 2203/1084, F24F 2203/1088, F25B 15/00, Y02B 30/62 | A heat pump system for conditioning air supplied to a space is provided. The system includes a pre-processing module that pre-conditions supply air. A supply air heat exchanger is in flow communication with the pre-processing module. The supply air heat exchanger receives air from the pre-processing module and at least one of heats or cools the air from the pre-processing module. A processing module is in flow communication with the supply air heat exchanger. The processing module receiving and conditioning air from the supply air heat exchanger. A regeneration air heat exchanger is provided to at least one of heat or cool regeneration air. The regeneration air heat exchanger and the supply air heat exchanger are fluidly coupled by a refrigerant system. |
| US-09885500-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | F25B 21/00, F25B 2321/002, Y02B 30/66 | A magnetic heat pump system which arranges permanent magnets at the two sides of a magnetocalorific effect material to thereby strengthen the magnetic field to improve the cooling and heating ability, which magnetic heat pump system uses first and second magnets which move inside and outside of the containers in the state facing each other to change a magnitude of a magnetic field which is applied to a plurality of containers in which a magnetocalorific effect material is stored so as to change a temperature of a heat transport medium which is made to flow through the containers by a reciprocating pump, the intensity of the magnetic field which is applied to the magnetocalorific effect material in the containers being increased to enlarge the change of temperature of the heat transport medium which is discharged from the magnetic heat pump and improve the cooling and heating efficiency. |
| US-09885519-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | F26B 21/004, F26B 13/16, F26B 23/002, F26B 21/08, D04H 1/492, Y02P 70/405, D21F 5/18, D21F 5/20 | An installation for drying a web of non-woven material includes a fan (6), a heating oven (3), an outlet pipe (C2) which puts the outlet of the oven (3) in communication with the intake of the fan (6), a branch pipe (C3) branching from the inlet pipe (C1) upstream of the heat source (4) putting the pipe (C1) in communication with the inlet of a drying device (10, 11), a pipe (C4) for the extraction of air from the drying device (10, 11) and a humidity level probe (13) mounted in the extraction pipe (C4). |
| US-09885524-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | F01D 15/10, F28D 20/02, F28D 19/00, H01M 8/04029, F05D 2220/31, F01K 11/02, F01K 3/00, F01K 25/10, F01K 25/106, F03G 6/001, F24J 2/42, Y02E 10/04, Y02E 10/40, Y02E 60/1456, Y02E 10/46, H02S 40/38, H02S 40/38 | Methods, systems, and devices are provided for thermal enhancement. Thermal enhancement may include absorbing heat from one or more devices. In some cases, this may improve the efficiency of the one or more devices. In general, a phase transition may be induced in a storage material. The storage material may be combined with a freeze point suppressant in order to reduce its melt point. The mixture may be used to boost the performance of device, such as an electrical generator, a heat engine, a refrigerator, and/or a freezer. The freeze point suppressant and storage material may be separated. By delaying the periods between each stage by prescribed amounts, the methods, systems, and devices may be able to shift the availability of electricity to the user and/or otherwise boost a device at different times in some cases. |
| US-09885609-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | G01J 5/0088, G01J 5/10, G01J 2005/106, F01D 25/24, F02D 35/022, F23N 5/082, F23N 2041/20, F05D 2220/32, Y02T 50/677 | A turbine engine optical system includes a plurality of viewing ports in an engine case that are circumferentially spaced from one-another. At least one optical device is optically coupled to the ports for viewing an internal chamber defined by the engine case and for depicting at least spatial temperature distributions. The chamber may be an exhaust chamber and the controller may have the capability to correlate events in the exhaust chamber to events in an upstream combustor chamber and may thereby adjust operating parameters of a fuel system of the combustor. |
| US-09885760-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | H02J 7/0016, H02J 7/007, Y02T 10/7055, H01M 10/482, H01M 2010/4271, H01M 2/206, G01R 31/3662, G01R 31/368 | According to one embodiment, there is provided a battery apparatus including a battery management device configured to receive voltages and temperatures of cells, and detection data of a current sensor, and a measuring computer configured to calculate a characteristic value of each cell or cell module, based on the detection data acquired from the battery management device at first time intervals, and to send, the acquired detection data or the calculated characteristic value to a control device at second time intervals which are longer than the first time intervals. |
| US-09886010-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | G05B 13/048, H02J 3/00, H02J 3/18, H02J 3/36, H02J 2003/003, H02J 2003/007, Y02E 10/723, Y02E 60/60, Y02E 40/30, Y02E 60/76, F03D 7/028, F03D 7/045, Y04S 40/22, Y04S 10/54 | The present disclosure relates to a method and an apparatus for controlling a voltage in a near direct current area. The method includes: collecting measured values of parameters as initial values of prediction values of the parameters; inputting the initial values into a preset control model for optimizing a model predictive control; solving the preset control model to obtain a solution sequence of the terminal voltage setting values of the generators participating in the voltage control within a time window; and sending first values in the solution sequence to the generators, such that the voltage control in the near direct current area is realized. |
| US-09886015-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | G05B 15/02, B33Y 10/00, B33Y 50/02, B29C 67/0077, B29C 67/0088, B22F 3/1055, B22F 2003/1057, Y02P 10/295 | In some examples, a technique includes forming, on a surface of a first layer of material, a second layer of material using an additive manufacturing process. The technique also may include imaging the second layer using a laser imaging device to generate a second layer image. Further, the technique may include determining, by a computing device, whether a thickness of the second layer, in a direction substantially normal to the surface of the first layer of material, is within a defined range of thickness for the second layer. |
| US-09886045-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | G05F 1/56, G05F 1/573-575, G05F 1/5735, G05F 3/30, G05F 3/262, G05F 3/265, Y02B 70/1466, H02M 3/156-158, H02M 3/1588, H02M 1/08, H02M 1/32, H02M 3/06 | To provide a voltage regulator equipped with an overcurrent protection circuit which needs not to separately adjust a limited current and a short-circuited current and is capable of collectively adjusting them. There is provided an overcurrent protection circuit equipped with an output current limitation circuit which distributes a current supplied from a transistor sensing an output current of an output transistor and controls a gate voltage of the output transistor by the distributed current to limit the output current. The overcurrent protection circuit is configured in such a manner that the current distributed from the transistor sensing the output current is varied according to the voltage outputted from the output transistor, and its distribution ratio is determined by a size ratio between elements. |
| US-09886078-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | G06F 1/3275, G06F 1/3284, G06F 9/442, G06K 15/4055, G11C 5/148, Y02B 60/1225, Y02B 60/1228, Y02B 60/1267 | Provided are an information processing apparatus and a power-off control method of an information processing apparatus. An information processing apparatus includes a nonvolatile memory; a cache memory for caching data to be written into the nonvolatile memory; a power switch; a spatial change detecting section configured to detect a change in state of a space around the power switch; a notification section configured to send a user a notification; and a control section. The control section is configured to determine an action of a user likely to turn the power switch off, based on a detection signal outputted by the spatial change detecting section; operate the notification section to send a user a notification that the action is being performed, in response to recognizing the action; and write data stored in the cache memory into the nonvolatile memory after operating the notification section to send the user the notification. |
| US-09886081-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | G06F 1/3287, G06F 1/324, G06F 1/3293, G06F 1/3296, Y02B 60/1217, Y02B 60/1282, Y02B 60/1285 | An apparatus includes a first circuit configured to receive one or more requests from a plurality of cores. Each of the one or more requests is to enter or to exit one of a plurality of power-down modes. The first circuit further selects one or more of the cores to enter or to exit the requested power-down mode or modes based on inrush current information associated with the power-down modes. A second circuit is configured to effect entering or exiting the requested power-down mode or modes in the selected one or more of the cores. |
| US-09886280-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | G06F 9/5094, Y02B 60/142 | Embodiments relate to a heterogeneous core microarchitecture. An aspect includes binding, by an operating system that is executing on a processor comprising a core comprising a heterogeneous microarchitecture comprising two or more flows, a job that is being executed by the operating system to a flow of the two or more flows. Another aspect includes issuing an instruction corresponding to the job with a tag indicating the binding of the job to which the instruction corresponds. Yet another aspect includes executing the instruction by the flow in the core that is indicated by the tag. |
| US-09886414-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | G06F 1/3237, G06F 1/10, G06F 1/3287, G06F 13/405, Y02B 60/1221, Y02B 60/1282 | A system-on-chip bus system includes a bus configured to connect function blocks of a system-on-chip to each other, and a clock gating unit connected to an interface unit of the bus and configured to basically gate a clock used in the operation of a bus bridge device mounted on the bus according to a state of a transaction detection signal. |
| US-09886417-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | G06F 17/10, F03D 7/045, F03D 7/028, G05B 13/048, F05B 2270/404, Y02E 10/723 | The present disclosure relates to a method and an apparatus for controlling a voltage in a wind farm. The method includes: collecting measured values of parameters as initial values of the prediction values; inputting the initial values into a preset control model for optimizing a model predictive control; solving the preset control model to obtain a first solution sequence of the reactive power setting values of the wind turbines and a second solution sequence of the terminal voltage setting values of the static var generators; and sending first values in the first solution sequence to the wind turbines and first values in the second solution sequence to the static var generators, such that a voltage control in the wind farm is realized. |
| US-09886838-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | G06F 3/017, G08B 21/245, H04L 41/0833, H04L 43/16, H04L 67/12, H04W 48/00, H04W 4/02, H04W 52/04, H04W 52/285, H04W 52/325, H04W 64/00, H04W 40/244, H04W 52/38, H04W 72/085, Y02B 60/50 | A touchless management method and system can include: a server beacon, the server beacon including a gesture sensor, a motion sensor, a managed sensor, a server beacon mass storage, and a server beacon power transceiver; detecting gesture data from the gesture sensor; recording sensor data with the managed sensor; a power station including a power station power transceiver, a station control unit, upload coordinator, and a station storage unit; sending a packet from the server beacon to the power station; prioritizing the packet; uploading a message including the sensor data to the power station; and uploading the message to a database server. |
| US-09887044-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | H01G 11/68, H01G 11/70, H01G 11/04, H01M 4/661, H01M 4/667, H01M 4/70, C25D 5/16, C25D 7/0692, Y02E 60/13, Y02T 10/7022 | The invention relates to a current collector foil for batteries, accumulators or capacitors, comprising a carrier material and at least one electrically conductive layer made from a metal. Moreover, the invention relates to a method for producing a corresponding current collector foil as well as to the advantageous use thereof. The object of providing a current collector foil for batteries, accumulators or capacitors, which is optimized in relation to the contact surface and the adhesive properties and which results in an improved service life, is achieved as a result of the fact that the at least one electrically conductive layer is produced at least partially by electrodepositing a metal and has a texture. |
| US-09887307-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | H01L 31/035236, H01L 31/02005, H01L 31/03046, H01L 31/101, Y02E 10/544 | Diode barrier infrared detector devices and superlattice barrier structures are disclosed. In one embodiment, a diode barrier infrared detector device includes a first contact layer, an absorber layer adjacent to the first contact layer, and a barrier layer adjacent to the absorber layer, and a second contact layer adjacent to the barrier layer. The barrier layer includes a diode structure formed by a p-n junction formed within the barrier layer. The barrier layer may be such that there is substantially no barrier to minority carrier holes. In another embodiment, a diode barrier infrared detector device includes a first contact layer, an absorber layer adjacent to the first contact layer, a barrier layer adjacent to the absorber layer, and a diode structure adjacent to the barrier layer. The diode structure includes a second contact layer. |
| US-09887398-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | H01M 10/052, H01M 10/058, H01M 10/4207, H01M 2220/30, H01M 2/021, H01M 2/0212, H01M 2/06, H01M 2/08, H01M 2/1022, H01M 2/1061, H01M 2/30, H01M 2/00, Y02T 10/7011 | The present disclosure relates to an electrochemical device and a battery module having improved anti-vibration. In the electrochemical device and the battery module according to one embodiment of the present disclosure which are mounted in electrically powered tools or other equipments, tap holders for providing vibration-resistance are provided on the outer surface of a cathode tap or an anode tap exposed to the outside of the electrochemical device or the battery module, thereby dispersing external force applied to the cathode tap or the anode tap to prevent the cathode tap or the anode tap from being damaged, and immobilizing the cathode tap or the anode tap to prevent an external short circuit, and eventually to improve the stability of the electrochemical device and the battery module. |
| US-09887420-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | H01M 4/485, H01M 4/5825, H01M 4/366, H01M 4/525, H01M 4/582, H01M 10/052, H01M 4/505, H01M 2220/30, Y02P 70/54, Y02E 60/122 | Provided are lithium transition metal composite particle including a lithium transition metal oxide particle, a metal-doped layer formed by doping the lithium transition metal oxide particle, and LiF formed on the lithium transition metal oxide particle including the metal-doped layer, a preparation method thereof, and a lithium secondary battery including the lithium transition metal composite particles. |
| US-09887441-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | H01L 31/022425, H01L 49/006, H01L 31/053, Y02E 10/50, H01G 9/2031, H01G 9/2036, H01M 10/00, H01M 10/02, H01M 14/00, H01M 14/005 | A secondary cell is provided that enables cost reduction and stable operation with a simple configuration and greatly exceeds the capacity of a lithium-ion cell. In a secondary cell, a conductive first electrode is formed on a substrate. An n-type metal oxide semiconductor layer, a charging layer for charging energy, a p-type metal oxide semiconductor layer, and a second electrode are laminated. The charging layer is filled with an n-type metal oxide semiconductor of fine particles. By a photoexcited structural change phenomenon caused by ultraviolet irradiation, a new energy level is formed in a band gap of the n-type metal oxide semiconductor. An electron is captured at the newly formed energy level, thereby charging energy. The charging layer is charged by connecting a power source between the first electrode and the second electrode. It is also possible to charge energy by light, using a transparent electrode. |
| US-09887540-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | H02J 3/00, H02J 13/0006, H02J 3/008, H02J 3/383, G05B 15/02, G06Q 50/06, Y02E 10/563, Y02E 40/72, Y04S 10/123, Y04S 50/10 | A power management method receives, from a meter that measures the amount of surplus power, which is power supplied from a power generation apparatus to a power system, a surplus power value indicating the amount of surplus power, receives, from a first communication terminal used by a user corresponding to first user identification information, an inquiry about power supply in which the surplus power is used in a first time period that lasts a certain unit time, the inquiry being associated with the first user identification information, issues, in accordance with the inquiry, first power identification information for validating power supply performed by a power supply apparatus using the surplus power corresponding to the first time period for an accumulated value of the amount of surplus power corresponding to the first time period, transmits the first power identification information and the accumulated value of the amount of surplus power corresponding to the first time period to the first communication terminal, and causes the power supply apparatus that has received a first power supply request, which is associated with the first power identification information, indicating that power is to be supplied to the first load apparatus to supply an amount of first power equal to or smaller than the amount of surplus power to the first load apparatus as power that does not cause a charging process. |
| US-09887541-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | G05F 1/66, H02J 3/14, H02J 3/24, H02J 13/0075, H02J 2003/003, H02J 13/0062, G01R 21/00, Y02E 40/76, Y04S 10/54, Y04S 10/545, Y04S 20/222, Y02B 70/3225 | A method, apparatus, system and computer program is provided for controlling an electric power system, including implementation of voltage measurement using paired t statistical analysis applied to calculating a shift in average usage per customer from one time period to another time period for a given electrical use population where the pairing process is optimized using a novel technique to improve the accuracy of the statistical measurement. |
| US-09887546-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | H02J 3/14, Y02B 70/3225, Y04S 20/222 | A method and system for supplying electric power to a plurality of priority loads from either a utility power source or a secondary power source, such as a generator. A control unit monitors the power draw by each of a plurality of priority loads and base loads during the supply of electric power from the utility power source. When the supply of power from the utility power source is interrupted, the control unit determines the number of the priority loads that can be powered by the secondary power source based on the monitored power draw of the priority and base loads prior to power interruption. The secondary power source is activated and the determined number of priority loads is immediately connected to the secondary power source without delay. When the utility power source returns, the system and method transfers utility power back to all of the priority and base loads. |
| US-09887554-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | B60L 11/182, B60L 2240/80, Y04S 30/14, H02J 5/005, H02J 7/025, H02J 2007/0001, H02J 17/00, Y02T 10/7005, Y02T 90/16 | A power transmitting apparatus that transmits electric power to a power receiving apparatus performs wireless communication with the power receiving apparatus, transmits at least one type of electric power having a power value specific to the power transmitting apparatus, and performs a determination as to whether or not to transmit electric power required by the power receiving apparatus to the power receiving apparatus. The power transmitting apparatus receives at least one type of converted value converted from the electric power received by the power receiving apparatus, and performs the determination based on the converted value and the specific power value. |
| US-09887561-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | B60R 16/023, H02J 7/0027, H02J 4/00, Y02T 50/46, B64D 11/0624 | A low voltage DC distribution system to provide power to power or charge passenger electronic devices. Cable assemblies pass high voltage power down in daisy chain fashion to various seat groups. Connector elements contain current limiting circuitry which provides low voltage power for distribution to seat electronic components via small gauge wire. Compared to previous systems, embodiments may have a marked reduction in installed weight, encroachment on passenger space, easier installation and reduced impact on seat structures. |
| US-09887570-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | H02J 7/0042, H02J 7/0054, Y02T 10/7241, Y02T 10/7061, B60L 2200/10, B60L 2200/28, B60L 11/1816, B60L 11/1855, B60L 11/1877 | A mobile energy storage apparatus comprised of: a. at least one variable energy control device which converts DC to DC, AC to DC and DC to AC and b. at least one energy storage device (such as a battery) and c. a means to adjust said at least one variable energy control device to various electrical output powers and d. a means to connect said mobile energy storage apparatus to an EV (electric vehicle) or other device electrically and mechanically to enable transferring energy even when in motion and e. optionally a means for attaching various covers to said mobile energy storage apparatus to suit various applications. The mobile energy storage apparatus allows the transfer of energy to or from: an EV, a building or any other electrical facility or device and can be configured with built-in or attached to various power sources. |
| US-09887580-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | H02J 9/065, H02J 7/0072, H05B 33/0815, Y10T 307/615, Y10T 307/625, Y02B 20/346 | An emergency lighting device for controlling a lighting means includes an energy store, such as a battery or an accumulator, a charging circuit for the energy store having connections for an AC voltage (alternating voltage), the charging circuit has a potential isolation element, a potentially isolated clocked converter supplied from the energy store and having a switch, preferably a flyback converter. The converter can be supplied only by the energy store, a control circuit for controlling the switch, and a supply path from the secondary side of the converter to connections for the lighting means. |
| US-09887581-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | H02J 13/0013, Y02E 60/7807, Y04S 40/12 | Techniques for managing connections within an energy generation network may be provided. Real-time data associated with network-connected energy generation devices at a location may be collected to determine communication channels between the devices. If it is determined that an inverter of the network is solar-powered, a wizard application may be launched to help a technician determine whether a meter will lose connectivity with a gateway device. The wizard application may provide instructions to power down the inverter. Once the inverter is powered down, it may be determined whether the metering device has lost its network connection with the gateway. If so, an instruction to install a repeater device during the installation may be provided. |
| US-09887586-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | B61D 17/00, B63B 17/00, B64C 1/18, B64C 2001/0072, B64G 1/42, H02J 5/005, H04B 5/0037, B64D 2221/00, H02G 3/383, Y02T 50/433 | A floor system for a vehicle is provided. The floor system includes at least one floor panel having a top surface, a bottom surface and a first recess extending through the top surface, at least one primary coil device having at least one primary coil and a connection line, and at least one cover plate. The at least one primary coil device is positioned inside the first recess and the at least one cover plate is located in the recess above the at least one primary coil device so as to close the first recess flush with the top surface. It is possible to provide the at least one floor panel made from a carbon fiber reinforced material as it cannot electrically shield the at least one primary coil to a space above the top surface, when the at least one cover plate is made from a non-conductive material. |
| US-09887614-B1 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | H05B 33/0815, H05B 33/0818, H05B 33/0851, H05B 33/0839, H05B 33/0842, H05B 33/0887, H05B 33/0803, H05B 41/2828, H05B 41/3927, H02M 1/08, H02M 3/33569, H02M 3/33507, H02M 3/156, H02M 3/157, H02M 1/0845, H02M 1/4225, H02M 2001/0009, H02M 2001/0035, H02M 2001/0012, H02M 2001/008, H02M 2001/4291, Y02B 20/346, Y02B 20/347, Y02B 20/186, Y02B 70/1433, Y02B 70/1491, Y02B 70/1466 | Various embodiments of apparatuses, systems and methods for regulating the currents provided by a DCDC buck converters to an LED unit are provided. In accordance with at least one embodiment, a regulating module operable to instruct and regulate the periods during which a first switch of a driver module, used to control the operation of a buck converter module, is configured into at least one of the first operating state and the second operating state such that the maximum and minimum currents provided by the buck converter module to a load, such as an LED unit, over a given duty cycle are symmetrically disposed about an average current provided to the LED unit during the duty cycle, where the average current provided is substantially equal to a target current for the LED unit. |
| US-09887621-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | H02M 1/4225, H02M 1/42, H02M 2/22523, Y02B 70/126 | The present examples relate to a power factor correction device, a power factor correction method, and a corresponding converter, in which when an input signal inputted into the converter is changed, a reference signal is also changed to fit to the input signal in consideration of only the frequency and the phase of the input signal. Thus, even without a specifically designated control circuit, examples make it possible to improve power factor correction and Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) and to reduce the size of a semiconductor chip, and examples are potentially used for a device receiving waveforms other than a sine wave. |
| US-09887627-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | H02M 7/003, H02M 3/1582, H02M 1/07, Y02B 10/12, Y02B 10/14 | The disclosed embodiments and principles provide a way to integrate high-efficiency, low-profile power electronics with localized maximum power point tracking (MPPT) into a rooftop shingle-based photovoltaic power system. DC-DC power converters having a height, or profile, as low as ¼ inch for a 200 W power output, are able to be included in a building-integrated photovoltaic (BIPV) roof shingle. The DC-DC power converters increase the relatively low voltage produced by two rows of series-connected photovoltaic shingles, each including photovoltaic cells, to a high voltage used by a DC-AC inverter. For example, DC-DC power converter increases the voltage produced by two rows of series-connected photovoltaic shingles from several tens of volts to approximately 400 volts. Thus, the DC-DC power converters provide a large voltage step-up using a low profile and with very high efficiency. |
| US-09887629-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | H02M 1/14, H02M 1/143, H02M 2001/346, H02M 3/155, H02M 3/335, H02M 3/33507, Y02B 70/1491 | The present invention relates to a pulsating current ripple cancelling circuit and a power converting system using the same cancelling circuit. The pulsating current ripple cancelling circuit includes a first transformer having a primary winding side and a secondary winding side; a second transformer having a primary winding side and a secondary winding side, wherein the primary winding side of the second transformer is electrically coupled with the primary winding side of the first transformer; a first diode electrically coupled with the secondary winding side of the first transformer; a first equivalent capacitor combination electrically coupled with the primary winding side of the first transformer; and a second equivalent capacitor combination electrically coupled with the secondary winding side of the second transformer. |
| US-09887638-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | H02M 3/3353, H02M 3/3376, H02M 3/33507, H02M 3/33569, H02M 2001/0058, H02M 2001/0022, H02M 2001/0054, H02M 2001/0032, H02M 7/487, H02M 7/4807, H02M 7/4826, H02M 2007/4815, H02M 2001/0096, H02J 3/383, Y02B 70/1433, Y02B 70/1491, Y02B 70/1441, Y02B 70/16 | If an input voltage of a DC/DC converter is lower than a first voltage value that is set in advance, a converter controller maintains an output voltage of the DC/DC converter within a first voltage range that is set in advance by changing an operation frequency of switching of the DC/DC converter in compliance with the input voltage as a first voltage maintaining control. If the input voltage is higher than a second voltage value that is higher than the first voltage value, the converter controller maintains the output voltage within a second voltage range that is higher than the first voltage range by changing the operation frequency in compliance with the input voltage as a second voltage maintaining control. |
| US-09887640-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | H02M 1/12, H02M 1/126, H02M 2007/4803, H02M 7/537, H02M 7/5387, Y02B 70/1441 | Systems, methods, and devices which eliminate the DC current from the output of grid-connected inverters. A current controller is provided which interfaces with a grid-connected DC/AC inverter. The current controller uses a nonlinear adaptive filter which receives, as input, the output current of the inverter along with grid current frequency. The nonlinear adaptive filter estimates the DC value of the grid current and, in conjunction with an integrator, removes this DC current component. This is done by adjusting the duty cycle of the grid-connected inverter. |
| US-09887693-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | H03K 5/135, H03K 3/355, H03K 3/033, G06F 1/04, G06F 1/3287, G06F 1/324, G06F 11/1604, G06F 11/20, Y02B 60/1217 | To provide a clock selection circuit capable of reducing clock omission generated when switching from a state of being synchronized with a first clock to a second clock. The clock selection circuit is equipped with a clock detection circuit which detects a first clock to output a detected signal, a switch which outputs the first clock when the detected signal is at a first level and outputs a second clock when the detected signal is at a second level different from the first level, and a one-shot circuit which outputs a one-shot pulse in response to switching of the detected signal from the first level to the second level. The output of the switch and the output of the one-shot circuit are added to be outputted as an output clock. |
| US-09887802-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | H04L 1/0002, H04L 1/20, Y02B 60/31 | Method and apparatus for controlling a physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU) transmission rate of a physical layer in a first terminal are provided. The method includes: obtaining a media access control protocol data unit (MPDU) retransmission frequency of the first terminal in a first period, where the first terminal is a station or an access point in a wireless network; if the MPDU retransmission frequency is less than a frequency threshold, promoting the PPDU transmission rate in a second period; and else, suppressing the PPDU transmission rate in the second period, where the second period is following and adjacent to the first period along a time axis. The PPDU transmission rate may be adjusted adaptively according to a channel's practical transmission state, the physical layer rate may be prevented from decreasing continuously in noisy channel environment, and a throughput rate may be improved in real time. |
| US-09887808-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | H04L 1/0606, H04L 1/0003, H04L 1/0009, H04L 1/0026, H04L 5/023, H04L 5/0007, H04L 5/006, H04L 27/2626, H04L 27/156, H04L 1/06, H04L 1/061, H04B 7/0626, H04B 7/047, H04B 7/0632, H04B 7/066, Y02B 60/31 | The present invention is related to a method and apparatus for implementing space frequency block coding (SFBC) in an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) wireless communication system. The present invention is applicable to both a closed loop mode and an open loop mode. In the closed loop mode, power loading and eigen-beamforming are performed based on channel state information (CSI). A channel coded data stream is multiplexed into two or more data streams. Power loading is performed based on the CSI on each of the multiplexed data streams. SFBC encoding is performed on the data streams for each of the paired subcarriers. Then, eigen-beamforming is performed based on the CSI to distribute eigenbeams to multiple transmit antennas. The power loading may be performed on two or more SFBC encoding blocks or on each eigenmodes. Additionally, the power loading may be performed across subcarriers or subcarrier groups for weak eigenmodes. |
| US-09887893-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | H04W 84/18, G01D 4/004, H04L 43/0817, H04L 43/16, Y02B 90/242, Y02B 90/246, Y02B 20/322, Y02B 20/36, Y02B 20/42 | A communication device detects whether anomalous events occur with respect to at least one node in a utility network. The communication device has recorded therein threshold operating information and situational operating information. The threshold operating information includes data indicative of configured acceptable operating parameters of nodes in the network based on respective locational information of the nodes. The situational information includes data indicative of configured operation data expected to be received from nodes in the network during a predetermined time period, based on a condition and/or event occurring during the time period. The communication device receives operation data from nodes in the network, and determines whether the operation data from a node constitutes an anomalous event based on a comparison of the received operation data with (i) the threshold operating information defined for the node and (ii) the situational information. The communication device outputs notification of any determined anomalous event. |
| US-09887971-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | H01L 31/02021, H01L 31/042, H04W 12/10, Y02E 10/50, Y02E 60/7853, Y02E 60/7861, Y02E 40/72, Y04S 10/123, Y04S 40/126, Y04S 40/127, H02S 50/00, H04L 9/3263, H04L 63/0428, H02J 13/0075, H02J 3/385 | A solar power conversion device embedded security module creates trusted metering data in relation to power generated and outputs it as metering data. The security module might be constructed as an IC card using semiconductor chip fabrication and assembly techniques integral with the solar power conversion device. The device might include more than one solar cell mounted on a panel to form an array. There may be a panel management module for collating data, e.g., from multiple cells, prior to transmission over a network via the metering output. The panel management module might include a subscriber identity module and the metering data output may provide associated mobile telephone endpoint technology so that the metering data can be transmitted over an air interface. |
| US-09888124-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | H04M 3/548, H04M 3/42153, H04W 4/008, H04W 52/0209, H04W 4/023, Y02B 60/50, H04B 1/385 | An electronic device and bidirectional communication control method thereof for supporting communication between electronic devices. The electronic device of the present disclosure includes a communication unit configured to communicate with other electronic devices; a storage unit configured to store service type and operation mode information per communication service; and a control unit configured to check information on the communication service, determine a service type corresponding to the communication service information, and control a call forwarding function to enable/disable call forwarding to a companion electronic device in an operation mode corresponding to the determined service type. |
| US-09888414-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | H04W 36/30, H04W 36/0088, H04W 36/0083, H04W 24/08, Y02B 60/50 | A method for reducing call drops in uplink power limited scenarios is disclosed. The method can include a wireless communication device determining that the wireless communication device is experiencing an uplink power limited condition in which a transmission power of the wireless communication device is limited to a level below a power class level of the wireless communication device. The method can further include defining a downlink power threshold for sending a measurement report for triggering a handover based on the uplink power limited condition. The downlink power threshold can be higher than a threshold configured by a serving base station. The method can additionally include determining based on measured downlink power that the calculated downlink power threshold is satisfied and sending a measurement report for triggering a handover to the serving base station in response to the downlink power threshold being satisfied. |
| US-09888450-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | H04W 24/00, H04W 52/0216, H04W 52/0219, H04W 56/001, H04W 76/023, H04W 92/18, Y02B 60/5037 | A method of detecting a synchronization signal at a device-to-device (D2D) user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system includes receiving a primary sidelink synchronization signal (PSSS), determining a normalized carrier frequency offset (CFO) from an initial CFO, determining hypothesis test levels from the normalized CFO, and performing correlation using the received PSSS, a first sequence, a second sequence, a first sequence shifted per hypothesis test level and a second sequence shifted per hypothesis test level. When the number of hypothesis test levels is greater than 1, the shifted first sequence and the shifted second sequence having a complex conjugate relation in a predetermined normalized CFO value are correlated via the same correlator. |
| US-09888453-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | H04W 4/005, H04W 52/0225, H04W 68/005, H04W 68/02, Y02B 60/50 | The present disclosure relates to a method performed in a network node in a communication network. The method comprises receiving instructions to monitor whether a first service is sending a message intended for a radio device. The method also comprises monitoring the first service, in accordance with the received instructions, in order to obtain information relating to whether the service is sending a message intended for the radio device. The method also comprises processing the obtained information such that a decision can be made whether to wake up the radio device. The present disclosure also relates to a network node and to a radio device. |
| US-09888495-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | H04L 5/0037, H04B 7/14, H04B 7/15507, H04B 7/15542, H04W 74/04, H04W 72/042, Y02B 60/50 | A method, apparatus and computer program product are provided for scheduling or assigning a transmission opportunity. A method and apparatus may assign a relay transmission opportunity to at least one intermediate node designating a resource, among a plurality of resources, of a scheduled transmission opportunity of a signal. The intermediate node is assigned to communicate with at least one designated station during the designated time period. The method and apparatus may broadcast information of the signal to enable the designated station to detect data of the signal indicating that the station is assigned to communicate with the intermediate node during the designated resource of the scheduled transmission opportunity. |
| US-09888522-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | H04L 1/1812, H04L 1/1822, H04L 1/1835, H04W 52/216, H04W 72/042, H04W 76/046, H04W 76/064, Y02B 60/50 | A method and apparatus are disclosed for multi cell wireless communication, wherein a status of a secondary serving cell is determined. On the condition that the secondary serving cell is disabled, a Hybrid Repeat Request (HARQ) process associated with the secondary serving cell is released. |
| US-09888536-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | G03G 15/5016, G09G 3/3283, G09G 3/3406, G09G 2300/0852, H05B 33/0821, H05B 33/0827, H05B 33/0896, Y02B 20/36 | A circuit of light-emitting elements connected between two power terminals is disclosed in the present disclosure. The circuit of light-emitting elements includes a smooth conducting line, multiple light-emitting elements, and a zigzag conducting line. The smooth conducting line is connected to one of the power terminals. One terminal of each light-emitting element is electrically connected at a different position of the smooth conducting line. The zigzag conducting line is connected to the other of the power terminals, and the other terminal of each light-emitting element is electrically connected at a different position of the zigzag conducting line. Each shortest path, starting from one of the power terminals, passing through any the light-emitting element along the smooth conducting line, and ending at the other of the power terminals along the zigzag conducting line, has substantially a same resistance value. |
| US-09888547-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | H05B 33/0854, H05B 37/0218, H05B 37/0227, H05B 37/0254, H05B 37/0272, Y02B 20/48 | The invention relates to a circuit assembly for operating at least one lighting means, comprising at least one master device; at least one slave device; and a bus system having at least one bus, by means of which bus system the at least one master device and the at least one slave device are coupled; wherein the bus is designed as a two-wire cable, wherein the at least one master device has at least one feeding connection, which is coupled to the bus and is designed to place a control signal on the bus, wherein the at least one master device is coupled to a first voltage supply; wherein the at least one slave device comprises a non-feeding connection, which is coupled to the bus, wherein the slave device comprises a connection for at least one lighting means, a second voltage supply, and a read-out device for reading out the control signal on the bus, wherein the read-out device comprises a potential-isolating device and wherein the connection for the at least one lighting means and the second voltage supply are provided on the side of the read-out device isolated from the bus with regard to potential. |
| US-09888552-B2 | 2018-02-06 00:00:00 | H05B 33/0815, H05B 33/0818, H05B 33/0827, H05B 33/0851, H05B 33/089, H05B 33/083, H05B 33/0887, H05B 33/0821, H05B 33/0824, H05B 33/0884, H05B 33/0893, H05B 37/036, H05B 33/0869, Y02B 20/346, Y02B 20/347, G09G 3/3406, G09G 3/342, G09G 3/3413 | A detection circuit configured to detect a short in a plurality of LED arrays is provided. The detection circuit includes a voltage measuring unit, a short detecting unit, and a detection control unit. The voltage measuring unit is configured to measure respective feedback voltages of the plurality of LED arrays and output a lowest measured feedback voltage as a first feedback voltage. The short detecting unit is configured to detect the short in the LED arrays using the measured feedback voltages. The detection control unit is configured to control the short detecting unit to stop short detection operation, when the first feedback voltage exceeds a first preset reference voltage. |
| US-09888633-B1 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | A01G 7/045, F21V 29/60, H01J 61/22, Y02P 60/146 | An air cooled horticulture lamp fixture for growing plants in confined indoor spaces. The fixture substantially seals the lamp and heat generated thereby to a reflector interior. A flow disruptor diverts moving air away from an aperture in the reflector through which a lamp bulb socket protrudes into the reflector interior, and the flow disruptor creates turbulence in a cooling chamber thereby enhancing thermal transfer into a cooling air stream that flows over and around the reflector's exterior side thereby convectively cooling the fixture using the reflector as a heat sink. |
| US-09889268-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | A61M 16/1005, A61M 16/201, A61M 2205/3327, B01D 2253/10, B01D 2257/302, B01D 2257/404, B01D 2257/502, B01D 2257/504, B01D 2257/702, B01D 2257/80, B01D 2258/06, B01D 2259/402, B01D 2259/4533, B01D 53/0454, B01D 53/0462, B01D 53/047, B01D 53/053, B01D 53/30, G01N 27/4162, G01N 33/0031, Y02C 10/08 | The invention relates to an on-site medical gas production plant (100) comprising a unit (50) for purifying gas, such as air, a first compartment (A) for storing purified gas, and a main gas line (10) fluidically connecting the gas purification unit (50) to the said first storage compartment (A). It furthermore comprises a three-way actuated valve (VA) arranged on the main gas line (10) upstream of the first storage compartment (A), and furthermore connected to the atmosphere (at 12) via a vent line (11), as well as an operating device (4) which controls at least the three-way actuated valve (VA), and at least a first gas analysis device (D1) of which a first measurement line (29) is fluidically connected (at 28) to the main line (10), upstream of the three-way actuated valve (VA), and which is electrically connected to the said operating device (4). |
| US-09889400-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | A61M 16/1005, A61M 16/201, A61M 2205/3327, B01D 2253/10, B01D 2257/302, B01D 2257/404, B01D 2257/502, B01D 2257/504, B01D 2257/702, B01D 2257/80, B01D 2258/06, B01D 2259/402, B01D 2259/4533, B01D 53/0454, B01D 53/0462, B01D 53/047, B01D 53/053, B01D 53/30, G01N 27/4162, G01N 33/0031, Y02C 10/08 | The invention relates to an on-site medical gas production plant (100) comprising a unit (50) for purifying gas, such as air, a first compartment (A) for storing purified gas, and a main gas line (10) fluidically connecting the gas purification unit (50) to the said first storage compartment (A). It furthermore comprises a three-way actuated valve (VA) arranged on the main gas line (10) upstream of the first storage compartment (A), and furthermore connected to the atmosphere (at 12) via a vent line (11), as well as an operating device (4) which controls at least the three-way actuated valve (VA), and at least a first gas analysis device (D1) of which a first measurement line (29) is fluidically connected (at 28) to the main line (10), upstream of the three-way actuated valve (VA), and which is electrically connected to the said operating device (4). |
| US-09889429-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | B01J 23/04, B01J 16/00, B01J 2208/00752, B01J 8/003, B01J 7/02, B01J 2208/00778, C01B 3/08, Y02E 60/36, C01F 7/428, H01M 8/065 | An alkaline catalyst for hydrogen generation can comprise a first metal (102), a second metal (104), and hydroxide (104). When the alkaline catalyst is added to an aqueous solution containing a hydrogen generation metal, the aqueous solution produces at least 4 L of hydrogen per 5 gram of hydrogen generation metal per 15 minutes at a production temperature of 140° F. and at a pressure of 1 atm. |
| US-09889475-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | B08B 13/00, B08B 7/00, B08B 7/04, B08B 3/02, C09K 11/00, B23Q 11/0075, G01N 21/64, G01N 2021/6495, Y02P 70/71 | A residue remaining on an object to be cleaned after cleaning is easily detected and observed on the object. Adhesive materials for use in residue confirmation, which are applied in advance to an object to be cleaned for confirmation of a residue remaining on the object after cleaning, are formed by coloring chips produced during cutting work. The adhesive materials are preferably formed by coating and coloring the chips with paint, the paint emitting visible light in an excited state. |
| US-09889479-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | B61F 1/08, B61F 1/14, H01G 11/68, H01G 11/70, H01G 11/84, H01M 4/661, H01M 4/80, H01M 4/82, H01M 10/0525, Y02E 60/13, B32B 38/04, B32B 37/0053, Y10T 156/1056, Y10T 156/1057 | A method for producing a porous metal foil comprising causing a metal foil together with a soft sheet to pass through a gap between a pattern roll of a hard metal, which has high-hardness, fine particles having particle sizes of 50-500 μm on the surface, and a hard metal roll opposing the pattern roll, to press the metal foil and the soft sheet, thereby forming fine pores in the metal foil; the soft sheet being a laminate sheet of a relatively hard plastic layer and a relatively soft plastic layer; and the pressing of the metal foil being conducted with the relatively hard plastic layer on the side of the metal foil, and the relatively soft plastic layer on the side of the hard metal roll. |
| US-09889577-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | B26D 7/18, B26D 7/1836, Y02P 70/183, B26F 1/38, Y10T 83/2074 | A waste recycling mechanism is disposed on a film cutting machine and includes a fixing plate fixed to a cutting template of the film cutting machine, a pressing-head device disposed on the fixing plate, a tape, a tape reel and a collection device disposed on a platform of the film cutting machine. The tape is wound on the tape reel and is connected to the collection device after being wound on the pressing-head device. When the fixing plate moves downward with a cutting motion of the cutting template, the pressing-head device presses a film waste to make the tape attached to the film waste. When the fixing plate moves upward, the collection device reels in the tape to make a portion of the tape having the film waste separate from the pressing-head device and make a portion of the tape without any film waste wound on the pressing-head device. |
| US-09889743-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | B60L 3/102, B60L 15/2036, Y02T 10/7275 | A vehicle control device includes motors that respectively drive front and rear, left and right wheels independently, wheel speed sensors that detect rotation speeds of the respective wheels, motor rotation speed sensors that detect rotation speeds of the motors corresponding to the respective wheels, a slip determination module that sets, as a base rotation speed, a lowest rotation speed, and performs slip determination on each wheel on the basis of the base rotation speed and the rotation speeds of the motors, a rotation speed control module that performs torque down, and calculates requested torques of the motors from redistributed torques, and a redistribution control module that redistributes a torque down amount of the slipping wheel to a non-slipping wheel to calculate the redistributed torques. |
| US-09889745-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | B60L 3/102, B60L 7/10, B60L 3/0023, B60L 3/00, B60L 15/20, B60L 15/2009, B60L 3/108, B60T 8/17616, B60T 8/1761, B60K 6/547, B60K 6/52, B60K 6/44, B60W 40/10, Y02T 10/7258 | A slip determination system for a vehicle, which is capable of improving the determination accuracy by avoiding erroneous determination of excessive slip of wheels when a state of the wheels, driven/braked by motors, is switched. In the slip determination system according to the present invention, when first and second motor rotational speeds NMOT1 and NMOT2, which are rotational speeds of rear motors which brake/drive rear wheels WRL and WRR, reach a reference rotational speed NMREF set based on wheel rotational speeds NWFL, NWFR, NWRL, and NWRR, it is determined that excessive slip has occurred in the rear wheels WRL and WRR. When the sign of a target torque TROBJ of the rear motors is inverted, the reference rotational speed NMREF is changed to a value more difficult to be reached by the first and second motor rotational speeds NMOT1 and NMOT2, or the excessive slip determination is inhibited. |
| US-09889753-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | B60L 11/1812, B60L 11/08, Y02T 10/7241, Y02T 10/7005, Y02T 10/7077 | A driving apparatus for an electric vehicle is provided. The driving apparatus for the electric vehicle can charge the other batteries using a charging voltage of any one battery in a state in which an engine is not driven, control a voltage generated by an integrated starter generator (ISG), selectively charge a plurality of batteries having different charging voltages without using a separate converter, and reduce a weight and volume thereof. |
| US-09889755-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | H02J 7/025, H01F 38/14, Y02T 90/122, B60L 11/182, Y02E 60/12 | A mobile inductive charging station for vehicles has an overlay, a primary coil connected to the overlay, and at least one recess on an upper side of the overlay. The recess is equipped with inner side faces and is adapted to receive at least one tire contact area of a vehicle tire. The overlay has a flat underside opposed to the upper side. |
| US-09889756-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | B60L 11/182, Y02T 10/7005 | A drive over estimating unit of an electric vehicle estimates whether or not wheels of the vehicle will drive over a power supplying coil, e.g., power supplying pad, from a stopped position estimation value, e.g., a deviation amount in a direction of positional shifting of the electric vehicle with respect to the power supplying pad, and a steering angle (−θ (left) or +θ (right)) when the vehicle starts to move after non-contact charging thereof is completed. A notification unit issues a notification when it is estimated that the wheels of the electric vehicle will drive over the power supplying coil, e.g., power supplying pad. |
| US-09889758-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | Y02T 10/7005, Y02T 10/7011, Y02T 10/7055, Y02T 50/53, Y02T 90/14, Y02T 90/127, Y02T 10/7088, Y02T 10/7241, Y02T 10/725, Y02T 10/646, H02J 5/005, H02J 17/00, H02J 7/35, H02J 7/025, H02J 3/383, H02J 7/0068, H02J 3/005, H02J 9/061, H02J 50/12, H02J 7/0052, H02J 50/80, H02J 50/90 | A charging system includes a vehicle, a charging/discharging connector, a detector, and an informing portion. The vehicle is equipped with an electric power storage device, and also includes an inlet for charging the electric power storage device. The charging/discharging connector is a connector that is attached to and detached from the inlet and that is connected to the inlet in a fully fitted state, in which charging can be performed, and a half-fitted state, in which charging is not allowed. The detector includes an electronic control unit for detecting whether a connecting state of the charging/discharging connector is the fully fitted state or the half-fitted state. The informing portion includes an indicator for informing a user of abnormal connection of the charging/discharging connector on the basis of a detection result of the electronic control unit when connection of the charging/discharging connector is the half-fitted state. |
| US-09889761-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | Y02T 10/7005, Y02T 90/14, Y02T 90/128, H02J 7/0011, H02J 7/0004, H02J 7/0021, H02J 7/0026 | A server of a network-controlled charging system for electric vehicles receives a request for charge transfer for an electric vehicle at a network-controlled charge transfer device, determines whether to enable charge transfer, and responsive to determining to enable charge transfer, transmits a communication to the network-controlled charge transfer device that indicates to the network-controlled charge transfer device to enable charge transfer. |
| US-09889762-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | G05F 1/66, B60L 3/0046, B60L 3/0084, B60L 3/04, B60L 11/1816, B60L 11/1861, B60L 11/1868, B60L 2240/80, G05B 15/02, G06F 1/3203, Y02T 10/7005, Y02T 10/7044, Y02T 10/7066, Y02T 10/7072, Y02T 90/14, Y02T 90/16 | An object is to avoid the situation in which the power cannot be turned off. A control system is provided in which the first and second control units are connected. At least one of the first and second control units include: a stop control section for, if a condition for ending a predetermined operation mode is satisfied in that operation mode, performing stop control for having the control system in a low-power-consumption state while communicating with the other control unit; and a mode control section for having a mode undefined state in which the operation mode is instable at restoration from a reset state and for allowing, if a predetermined transition condition for allowing transition into the operation mode is satisfied in the mode undefined state, transition into the operation mode whose transition condition has been satisfied. |
| US-09889763-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | B60L 11/1881, B60L 11/1861, B60L 11/1862, B60L 11/1887, B60L 11/1842, B60L 11/1898, Y02T 90/34, Y02T 10/7044, H01M 2250/20, Y02E 60/721, Y04S 10/126 | There is provided a control method of an external power supply system configured to supply power to the outside from a fuel cell and a secondary battery mounted on a vehicle. When a failure is detected in a sensor that measures an electric power supplied to the outside from an electric power line to which the fuel cell and the secondary battery are connectable, (a) if a decrease in a state of charge of the secondary battery is detected, external power supply is performed by increasing a generated power of the fuel cell so as to stop the decrease in the state of charge, and (b) if an increase in a state of charge of the secondary battery is detected, external power supply is performed by decreasing the generated power of the fuel cell so as to stop the increase in the state of charge. |
| US-09889767-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | B60K 2006/4825, B60L 11/14, B60L 11/1861, B60L 15/20, B60L 2210/40, B60L 2220/14, B60L 2240/12, B60L 2240/421, B60L 2240/423, B60L 2240/441, B60L 2240/443, B60L 2240/80, B60L 2260/26, B60L 2270/145, B60W 20/00, B60W 30/184, B60W 2050/001, B60W 2510/0216, B60W 2510/083, B60W 2510/088, B60W 2710/081, B60W 2710/082, B60W 2710/083, Y10S 903/906, Y10S 903/93, Y02T 10/70, Y02T 10/6252, Y02T 10/7077, Y02T 10/7044, Y02T 10/7005, Y02T 10/705 | A MGECU in a control device mounted on a vehicle has a feedback control section, a correction torque calculation section, an instruction torque calculation section. The feedback control section calculates a torque to be used for performing a feedback control of an actual rotation speed to follow a target rotation speed. The correction torque calculation section calculates a correction torque based on a change rate of the target rotation speed and inertia of a rotary body which includes the motor generator. When the target rotation speed is changed to decrease a difference between the target rotation speed and the actual rotation speed, the correction torque calculation section reduces the correction torque. The instruction torque calculation section adds the torque calculated by the feedback control section and the correction torque calculated by the correction torque calculation section in order to obtain the instruction torque to be used for the motor generator. |
| US-09889807-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | B64D 41/00, B64D 27/00, B64D 33/00, B64D 2221/00, B64D 2013/0614, H01B 7/423, H01B 9/0605, H01B 12/02, H01B 12/16, H02J 4/00, H01L 39/16, H02H 7/001, H02N 1/08, B60R 16/0215, B60R 16/03, Y02T 50/44, Y02T 50/62, F02C 7/32, F02C 7/36 | A system of a vehicle may include an electrical load, a generator, and first and second conduits. The electrical load of the vehicle may include a high energy device that utilizes above 270 volts during operations of the vehicle. The generator may be coupled to an engine of the vehicle and configured to generate electrical power at a voltage above 270 volts for the electrical load of the high energy device during operations of the vehicle. The first and second conduits may be arranged along each other to house respective first and second conductors that are electrically disposed between the electrical load and the generator. |
| US-09889841-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | B60K 6/48, B60L 11/16, B60W 10/02, B60W 10/06, B60W 10/08, B60W 10/113, B60W 10/10, B60W 20/00, B60W 20/15, B60W 20/40, B60W 2510/1095, B60W 2520/10, B60W 2520/105, F02N 11/00, F02N 5/04, B60Y 2300/49, B60Y 2300/2002, Y02T 10/6286, Y02T 10/915, Y02T 10/946 | A method for starting an engine of a hybrid vehicle is provided. The method includes: detecting a speed of the hybrid vehicle when receiving an instruction to start the engine; and outputting an inertia torque generated by a transmission of the hybrid vehicle to a crankshaft of the engine to start the engine when the speed is larger than or equal to a predetermined speed. Further, a system for starting an engine of a hybrid vehicle and a hybrid vehicle including the system are provided. |
| US-09889842-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | B60W 20/16, B60W 10/06, B60W 10/08, B60W 30/192, B60W 2510/0676, B60W 2510/068, B60W 2530/12, B60W 2540/10, B60W 27/0677, B60W 2710/0694, F02D 13/023, F02D 13/0269, F02D 29/02, F02D 41/0245, F02D 2013/0292, F02D 2041/001, B60K 6/44, B60K 6/46, B60Y 2200/92, B60Y 2300/436, B60Y 2300/437, B60Y 2300/474, B60Y 2400/302, Y02T 10/142, Y02T 10/26, Y02T 10/54, Y02T 10/623, Y02T 10/6286, Y10S 903/905, Y10S 903/93 | A controller of a hybrid vehicle is configured to operate the internal combustion engine with ignition timing of the internal combustion engine during the execution of the first warm-up control for operating the internal combustion engine at a first operating point further on a retard side than ignition timing of the internal combustion engine during the execution of the second warm-up control for operating the internal combustion engine at a second operating point, regardless of the driving force required for traveling after the execution of the first warm up control. The controller is configured to set the output of the internal combustion engine and the operation characteristic of the intake valve in accordance with a predetermined characteristic relationship in which the output of the internal combustion engine and the operation characteristic of the intake valve correspond to each other during the execution of the second warm-up control. |
| US-09889843-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | B60W 20/50, B60W 10/08, B60W 10/30, B60W 10/06, B60W 10/02, B60W 2710/0616, B60W 2710/0644, B60W 2710/025, B60W 2710/021, B60W 2710/0627, Y10S 903/93, Y02T 10/7077, Y02T 10/6221, Y02T 10/6286, B60K 6/485 | An apparatus and method for preventing a shut down in limphome driving are provided. The apparatus includes an engine clutch and a hybrid control unit (HCU) that is configured to operate a vehicle by dualizing a driving of the vehicle into a normal driving control and a limphome driving control. When the driving of the vehicle is in the limphome driving control, the HCU is configured to reduce a vehicle speed and perform a control right shift based on a status of the engine clutch. In addition, an engine control unit (ECU) is configured to compare a current engine revolution per minute (RPM) with a targeted engine RPM based on the control right shift to operate the engine to adjust the engine RPM to reach the targeted engine RPM. |
| US-09889880-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | B62D 5/0484, B62D 5/0481, B62D 5/0487, H02P 29/032, H02P 6/085, H02P 6/12, H02P 25/22, H02P 27/06, B60L 3/0061, B60L 3/12, B60L 2220/54, B60L 2240/429, B60L 2240/529, H02H 3/044, H02H 7/08, H02H 7/0833, H02H 7/122, Y02T 10/641, Y02T 10/642, Y02T 10/7241 | The motor control device includes plural motor current blocking units that, in blocking operation, individually block energization between plural motor driving circuits and multi-phase motor windings of a multi-phase electric motor and an abnormality detecting unit that detects a short-circuit failure of the motor current blocking units. The abnormality detecting unit causes one or more motor current blocking units of the plural motor current blocking units to perform a blocking operation during energization between the plural motor driving circuits and the multi-phase electric motor, and, during the blocking operation, detects a short-circuit failure of the motor current blocking units caused to perform the blocking operation based on current values of currents flowing to the plural motor driving circuits. |
| US-09889920-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | B64C 3/56, B64C 3/54, B64C 3/42, B64C 3/546, B64C 23/065, B64C 23/072, B64C 23/076, B64C 23/069, Y02T 50/145, Y02T 50/164 | An aircraft wing comprises a fixed wing and a wing tip device at the tip thereof. The wing tip device is configurable between: a flight configuration for use during flight and a ground configuration for use during ground-based operations to reduce the span. The wing comprises an actuation assembly for moving the wing tip device. The actuation assembly is arranged to move the wing tip device in a two-stage movement comprising a first stage in which the wing tip device is translated away from the flight configuration in a linear movement only, and a second, subsequent stage, in which the wing tip device is rotated to the ground configuration. |
| US-09889922-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | Y02T 50/44, B64C 9/02 | A flap support structure for an aircraft wing having a trailing edge flap, the flap support structure comprising: a flap support beam including an aerodynamic fairing; and a drive unit including a universal support structure which rotatably receives a drive shaft connected to a drive arm for moving the trailing edge flap, wherein the universal support structure also forms part of the flap support beam and supports the aerodynamic fairing. |
| US-09889923-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | B64C 3/48, B64C 9/26, B64C 3/50, B64C 2003/148, B64C 2230/26, Y02T 50/32 | Systems and methods according to one or more embodiments are provided for a Krueger flap assembly with dual Krueger seal assemblies. In certain embodiments, the dual Krueger seal assemblies may seal a space between a Krueger flap main body and an aircraft engine. Further seals may be provided to seal any gaps between the dual Krueger seal assemblies. In certain embodiments, one or both of the dual Krueger seal assemblies may include centrally grounded springs. The dual Krueger seal assemblies may include a plurality of springs supporting each Krueger seal assembly. |
| US-09890015-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | B66B 1/2458, B66B 1/3446, B66B 2201/103, B66B 2201/216, Y02B 50/122 | A method for controlling an elevator group including at least a first elevator and a second elevator, wherein a counterweight balance of the first elevator differs from a counterweight balance of the second elevator, the method including: controlling the elevator group; determining threshold loads for the first and second elevator separately for up and down direction, a threshold load being dependent of the counterweight balance of the corresponding elevator, wherein the threshold load being a load for which consumed energy per up-down run is approximately zero; and controlling, when allocating an elevator in response to a destination call, route determination for the first and second elevator involves minimizing a load difference from the threshold loads. |
| US-09890022-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | B23P 19/04, B23P 6/00, B23P 6/002, B66D 3/14, F03D 13/20, F03D 13/10, F03D 1/0675, F03D 1/0691, F03D 80/50, F05B 2240/916, F05B 2240/60, F05B 2240/80, F05B 2230/10, F05B 2230/60, F05B 2230/70, F05B 2230/80, F05D 2230/00, F05D 2230/60, F05D 2230/10, F01D 25/285, F01D 5/30, Y10T 29/4978, Y10T 29/49819, Y10T 29/49318, Y10T 29/53, Y10T 29/49721, Y10T 29/4973, Y02E 10/721, Y02E 10/726, Y02E 10/728 | The present disclosure is directed to a suspension system for a wind turbine rotor blade and methods for suspending said rotor blade from a hub thereof. The method includes positioning the rotor blade in a substantially six o'clock position. Another step includes removing at least one root attachment assembly from an adjacent rotor blade and providing at least one passageway from an exterior surface of the adjacent rotor blade to the root attachment assembly. Still another step includes inserting a cable through the passageway such that the cable engages an interior surface of the adjacent rotor blade and extends from within the adjacent rotor blade to the lowered rotor blade. The method further includes securing the cable to the rotor blade at an attachment location. Next, the method includes lowering the rotor blade a vertical distance from the hub until the blade is supported by the cable. |
| US-09890067-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | C02F 11/04, C02F 3/2806, C02F 3/2826, C02F 2203/006, C02F 3/06, C02F 3/30, C02F 3/32, C02F 2203/00, B01D 21/0042, B01D 21/2416, B01D 21/2427, B01D 21/2483, Y02W 10/15 | The invention relates to a wastewater treatment plant, specifically a modular plant for the treatment of organic wastewater, in which the number of devices depends on the amount of water to be treated and on the quality of the starting water and that required for the water at the end of the process. The treatment plant includes multiple devices, each representing a treatment step, and the devices can be connected in series, in parallel or in series and parallel. In addition, the devices used in the process are designed to require a minimum amount of maintenance, owing to the inclusion of a self-cleaning system. Since the system requires minimal power and maintenance, it is considered optimal for use in rural communities, livestock farms or buildings. |
| US-09890261-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | C08J 11/08, C08J 11/24, C08J 2367/02, Y02W 30/701, Y02W 30/706, B01J 19/00 | Organic colorants incorporated in colored PET-flake, as being obtained by shredding PET bottles, can be extracted from the PET-flake by extracting the PET-flake with ethylene glycol (EG) at ambient pressure and at the boiling temperature of EG. Pre-treating of PET-flake in EG or other suitable organic compounds prior to extraction enhances the discoloration. |
| US-09890399-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | Y02E 50/17, Y02E 50/343, Y02E 50/10, Y02E 50/16, Y02E 505/346, C12P 7/065, C12P 7/08, C12P 7/54, C12P 7/18, C12P 7/62, C12P 1/04, C12P 7/00, C12P 7/28, C12P 7/06, C12P 7/16, C12P 7/56, C12P 7/04, C12P 7/14, C12P 5/026, C12P 7/40, C12P 5/005, C12P 9/00, C12P 7/52, C12P 5/023, C12P 7/02, C12P 7/20, C12P 7/26, C12P 7/46, C12M 21/12, Y02P 20/125 | Methods of capturing carbon by microbial fermentation of a gaseous substrate comprising CO. The methods include converting CO to one or more products including alcohols and/or acids and optionally capturing CO2 to improve overall carbon capture. In certain aspects, also disclosed are to processes for producing alcohols, particularly ethanol, from industrial waste streams, particularly steel mill off-gas. |
| US-09890642-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | C23C 10/02, C23C 10/06, C23C 10/10, C23C 10/34, C23C 10/60, C23C 2/02, C23C 2/265, C23C 2/28, C23C 28/32, C23C 28/324, F01D 5/147, F01D 5/18, F05D 2230/30, F05D 2260/95, F05D 2300/121, F05D 2300/132, F05D 2300/611, Y02T 50/676, Y10T 428/13 | Disclosed is a process for producing an alloyed, in particular multiple-alloyed aluminide or chromide layer on a component by alitizing or chromizing. First a green compact layer (9) consisting of a binder (5) and metal particles (7) is deposited on the component (1) to be coated and then alitizing or chromizing is carried out, binder and metal particles being deposited on the component separately from one another, first the binder and then the metal particles. A turbine component produced by this process is also disclosed. |
| US-09890652-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | F01D 5/02, F01D 5/082, F01D 5/12, F01D 5/225, F01D 5/3015, F01D 11/06, F05D 2220/323, F05D 2240/24, F05D 2220/55, F05D 2220/80, F05D 2260/231, Y02T 50/676 | A rotating assembly for a turbine engine, comprising a disc having an outer periphery having alternating slots and teeth, blades radially extending from the disc and roots of which are axially engaged in the slots, with spaces called slot cavities being provided between the roots of the blades and the slots, platforms laterally extending from the blades and circumferentially arranged end-to-end, so as to form spaces called inter-blade cavities, and a downstream annular shroud, comprising an outer annular sealing lip opposite the downstream ends of the platforms. The downstream shroud further comprises an intermediate annular sealing lip opposite the downstream faces of the teeth of the disc, radially between the slot cavities and the inter-blade cavities. |
| US-09890654-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | F02B 53/00, F02B 53/02, F02B 53/04, Y02T 10/17, F01C 1/44, F01C 1/46, F02G 3/00, B62K 3/002, B62M 1/28, B62M 1/30, F01D 17/141, F16H 19/06, F16H 19/08, Y10T 74/18784, Y10T 74/188, Y10T 74/1884 | Gas driven motors are presented including: a housing defining a circulation chamber and a shutter chamber, where the housing includes an intake port and an exhaust port; a drive axle positioned along a pair of parallel circulation chamber walls and rotatably attached thereto, where the drive axle is perpendicular to the pair of parallel circulation chamber walls; a vane having an attached edge, a leading edge parallel with and opposite to the attached edge, and a pair of vane side edges, where the pair of side edges are parallel with respect to one another and form a matching curve with respect to one another, where the vane includes a curved surface defined by the pair of side edges, where the vane is mechanically coupled with the drive axle along the attached edge. |
| US-09890665-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | F02C 7/10, F02C 7/08, F02C 1/05, Y02E 10/46, Y02E 20/16, Y02E 20/14 | A power plant (1) that includes at least one of a gas turbine (GT), a steam turbine (ST) with a water-steam cycle, and a heat recovery steam generator (B) operatively connected to a heat generating member such as solar energy system (Ssolar) by means of a primary circuit (10a, 10b, 10c) and a secondary circuit system (20a). The primary heat transfer circuit (10a, 10b) includes solar heating system (Ssolar) configured to heat a primary fluid (10), and the secondary circuit (20a) comprises a flow line (20A) for a secondary flow (20) and a main heat exchanger (23) to exchange heat between the secondary water flow and a gas turbine inlet air flow (2). A first line (10B) in the primary circuit (10b) leads to a first heat exchanger (12) to heat the water flow in the secondary circuit (20a). |
| US-09890666-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | F01K 23/065, F01K 23/101, F22B 9/12, F24H 9/0021, F28D 2021/0064, Y02T 10/16, Y02T 10/166 | A vehicle includes a Rankine cycle containing a working fluid for waste heat recovery and has an evaporator. The evaporator has a heat exchanger tube positioned for generally horizontal flow of the working fluid therethrough. An inlet header is connected to a lower surface of an end region of the tube. An outlet header with a plurality of risers is positioned for generally vertical flow of the working fluid. The riser headers are connected to and spaced apart along an upper surface of the tube. |
| US-09890677-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | Y02T 10/47, Y02T 10/24, Y02T 10/26, Y02T 10/22, Y02T 10/18, Y02T 10/40, Y02T 10/42, F01N 3/2066, F01N 3/208, F01N 2610/02, F01N 3/035, F01N 11/00, F01N 2560/06, F01N 11/002, F01N 2560/026, F01N 2550/02, F01N 2900/1404, F01N 3/106, F01N 3/2006, F01N 2560/07, F01N 2900/1402, F01N 2900/1406, F01N 2900/1411, F01N 2900/1812, F01N 3/2033, F02D 41/1446, F02D 41/0275, F02D 41/024, F02D 41/027, F02D 41/0245, F02D 41/405, F02D 2200/0802, F02D 2200/101, F02D 41/0055, F02D 41/0235, F02D 41/029, F02D 41/1461, G01M 15/102, F02M 26/15, F02M 26/49, G05B 23/0283 | An apparatus for controlling a total emissions amount from a facility includes an emissions module structured to interpret data indicative of an emissions amount from a test cell system in the facility; an emissions threshold module structured to aggregate the emissions amount from each test cell system in the facility to determine a total emissions amount for the facility and compare the total emissions amount to a predetermined threshold for the facility; and an aftertreatment system control module structured to selectively control a component in an aftertreatment system associated with each test cell system responsive to the comparison of the total emissions amount to the predetermined threshold. |
| US-09890678-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | F01N 3/208, F01N 13/0093, F01N 9/00, F01N 2610/02, F01N 2610/14, F01N 2610/146, F01N 2900/0408, F01N 2900/1621, F01N 2900/1818, Y02T 10/24, Y02T 10/47 | A multi-stage SCR control system including a front reductant dosing device, a front SCR device, a back reductant dosing device, a back SCR device, and a dosing controller. In normal control cycles, a NSR of the front SCR device is controlled below a stoichiometric reaction ratio to decrease system sensitivity to catalyst aging. In a diagnostic cycle, the NSR of the front or the back SCR device is controlled lower than the stoichiometric reaction ratio, and a reductant quality ratio, which is indicative of reductant quality and dosing accuracy, is calculated. In another diagnostic cycle, the NSR is controlled above the stoichiometric reaction ratio, and an average deNOx efficiency is calculated. The reductant quality ratio and the average deNOx efficiency values are further used in SCR feedback control and permanent catalyst damages can also be isolated from temporary catalyst poisons with these values after a thermal recovery event is completed. |
| US-09890681-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | F01N 5/02, F01N 2410/02, G05D 23/023, Y02T 10/16 | A heat exchange device includes a thermoactuator that controls a valve to open and close one or the other of two fluid passageways. The thermoactuator includes a temperature-sensitive portion arranged to slidably advance a rod that actuates the valve as the temperature sensed by the temperature-sensitive portion increases. A stopper is positioned to abut the rod to limit advancement of the rod to thereby limit the degree of opening of the valve. |
| US-09890684-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | F01N 11/00, F01N 2550/04, F01N 2560/08, F01N 2900/1611, F01N 3/023, F01N 3/0231, F01N 9/002, F02D 2200/0812, F02D 41/029, F02D 41/1448, F02D 41/2429, G01L 27/002, Y02T 10/47 | A method and a device for operating an exhaust gas aftertreatment, wherein a diesel particulate filter is regenerated during the operation, in particular passively regenerated, wherein a corrected differential pressure is calculated from a current differential pressure across the diesel particulate filter at a current exhaust gas volumetric flow rate and with a current correction factor. The current correction factor is determined by determining a lower differential pressure in a predetermined time interval at a defined exhaust gas volumetric flow rate, in particular in a specified exhaust gas volumetric flow rate interval around the defined exhaust gas volumetric flow rate, and comparing the lower differential pressure with a specified current reference value and, depending thereon, calculating a new correction factor or retaining the previous correction factor as the current correction factor. |
| US-09890694-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | F02B 29/06, F02B 25/145, F02D 13/0219, F02D 13/0261, F02D 35/0092, F02D 41/0007, F02D 41/1456, F02D 41/2448, F02D 41/2454, F02D 2041/001, F02D 35/00, F02M 26/05, F02M 26/06, Y02T 10/144, Y02T 10/18 | An internal combustion engine includes a turbocharger, a variable valve gear, an A/F sensor in an exhaust passage, A/F feedback control means, and scavenge A/F control means. The variable valve gear drives intake and exhaust valves, and can drive with a valve open characteristic with valve overlap. The A/F feedback control means performs feedback correction of a fuel injection amount based on an A/F sensor output, and acquires a learning value of information relating to A/F control from a feedback correction amount. The scavenge A/F control means carries out A/F control by a value learned during an operation of the engine with non-scavenge valve open characteristic, when the variable valve gear is operated with the scavenge valve open characteristic. The scavenge valve open characteristic has a valve overlap amount of such a degree that blow-by of intake air occurs in an intake stroke during a turbocharger operation. |
| US-09890695-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | F02M 25/0711, F02M 25/0749, F02M 25/0752, F02M 43/00, F02M 25/0727, F02M 26/01, F02M 26/08, F02M 26/23, F02M 26/43, F02B 37/04, F02B 47/08, F02B 37/001, F02B 37/007, F02D 23/00, F02D 41/0007, F02D 41/005, F02D 2400/04, F02D 2400/11, Y02T 10/144, Y02T 10/47 | A method of operating a reciprocating engine comprises recirculating exhaust gas from a first cylinder of the engine to an intake stream or air-fuel mixture of a second cylinder of the engine such that a boost pressure of the first cylinder is greater than a boost pressure of the second cylinder. An engine retrofit system and two-cycle engine employing aspects of the method are also disclosed. The present invention has been described in terms of specific embodiment(s), and it is recognized that equivalents, alternatives, and modifications, aside from those expressly stated, are possible and within the scope of the appending claims. |
| US-09890699-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | F02B 37/186, F02B 47/08, F02C 6/12, F01D 17/105, F01D 17/141, F01D 25/24, F05D 2220/40, F05D 2260/52, F05D 2260/57, Y02T 10/121, Y02T 10/144 | An assembly can include a turbine housing that includes a wastegate passage that extends to a wastegate seat; a wastegate valve that includes a control arm coupled to a wastegate shaft that extends to a wastegate plug; a control linkage operatively coupled to the control arm where the control linkage includes a control axis; an actuator operatively coupled to the control linkage for translation of the control linkage in a direction of the control axis; and a spring operatively coupled at an off-axis angle to the control axis of the control linkage where no load or a partial load is exerted to provide a clearance for centering of the wastegate plug in a closed state and where an increased load is exerted to reduce the clearance in an open state. |
| US-09890700-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | F01D 5/14, F01D 5/141, F01D 5/143, F01D 5/16, F01D 17/143, F01D 17/141, F01D 17/14, F01D 17/165, Y02T 10/144, F05D 2240/12, F05D 2210/30, F05D 2220/40, F02B 39/00, F02B 37/24 | Various systems and methods are described for a variable geometry turbine. In one example, a nozzle vane includes a stationary having a first cambered sliding surface and a sliding vane having a second cambered sliding surface where the second cambered sliding surface includes a flow disrupting feature in contact with the first sliding cambered surface. The sliding vane may be positioned to slide in a direction from substantially tangent along a curved path to an inner circumference of the turbine nozzle and selectively uncover the flow disrupting feature. |
| US-09890701-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | F02B 53/08, F01C 9/00, F01C 21/08, Y02T 10/17, E21B 3/00, B25D 6/00, B25B 17/00, B25B 21/00 | A toroidal engine that can be powered by a fuel/air mixture or by a compressed gas source. The toroidal engine uses one-way bearings to transfer torque generated in a toroidal chamber directly to a drive shaft. Pairs of pistons are mounted on two crank assemblies, which are concentric with the drive shaft. One-way bearings allow the crank assemblies to turn, one at a time, in one direction only. The crank assemblies are directly coupled to the drive shaft, which eliminates the need for complex gear and linkage arrangements. A system can be used with the toroidal engine to alternately stop the crank assemblies at a pre-determined position and to time the ignition of the engine. |
| US-09890705-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | F02C 3/26, F02C 3/34, F02C 3/36, F02C 6/16, Y02E 50/12, F23G 7/10, F23K 1/02 | An open cycle gas turbine system includes a storage tank, a closed helical supplier, a combustor, a gas turbine, a compressor, a propeller and a generator. After the combustion gas in the combustor enters the gas turbine, the combustion gas is expanded to apply a work and to produce a power to the gas turbine so as to operate the gas turbine so that the compressor is operated to compress the air, the generator is operated to generate an electric power, and the propeller is operated to propel vehicles. The closed helical supplier has a closely sealing effect so that the high pressure combustion gas in the combustor will not leak from the closed helical supplier and will not touch the solid fuel powder in the storage tank. |
| US-09890712-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | F25J 1/0012, F25J 1/0045, F25J 1/0035, F25J 1/0037, F25J 1/0228, F25J 1/0234, F25J 1/0235, F25J 1/0236, F25J 2205/24, F25J 2240/90, F25J 1/0251, F25J 1/0264, F25J 1/0265, F02C 6/14, F02C 6/16, F17C 7/02, F17C 7/04, Y02E 60/15, Y02E 60/14, Y02E 60/147 | Cryogenic energy storage systems, and particularly methods for capturing cold energy and re-using that captured cold energy, are disclosed. The systems allow cold thermal energy from the power recovery process of a cryogenic energy storage system to be captured effectively, to be stored, and to be effectively utilized. The captured cold energy could be reused in any co-located process, for example to enhance the efficiency of production of the cryogen, to enhance the efficiency of production of liquid natural gas, and/or to provide refrigeration. The systems are such that the cold energy can be stored at very low pressures, cold energy can be recovered from various components of the system, and/or cold energy can be stored in more than one thermal store. |
| US-09890717-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | F02D 23/00, F02D 23/005, F02D 28/00, F02D 41/00, F02D 41/007, F02D 41/18, F02D 2041/1433, F02B 37/00, F02B 29/04, G01F 1/00, G01P 3/00, G01P 3/26, Y02T 10/144 | A system and method are provided for estimating the operating speed of a turbocharger. A first pressure value corresponds to pressure at or near the air inlet of the compressor, and a second pressure value corresponds to pressure at or near the air outlet of the compressor. A temperature value corresponds to a temperature at or near the air inlet of the compressor, and a flow rate value corresponds to a flow rate of air entering the air inlet of the compressor. The operating speed of the turbocharger is estimated as a function of the first pressure value, the second pressure value, the temperature value and the flow rate value. |
| US-09890718-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | F02D 41/0007, F02D 9/02, F02D 23/00, F02D 41/024, F02D 67/02, F02D 41/068, F02D 41/086, F02D 41/0002, F02D 2041/0017, F02D 41/0235, F02D 41/0245, F02D 41/08, F02D 37/02, F02B 37/16, F02B 37/18, F02B 37/186, F01N 9/00, F01N 2410/06, F02P 5/045, F02P 5/1508, F02P 5/05, Y02T 10/144, Y02T 10/26, Y02T 10/46, Y02T 10/42 | A control apparatus for an internal combustion engine of this invention includes: a turbo-supercharger; an exhaust gas purifying catalyst disposed in an exhaust passage on the downstream side of a turbine; and a WGV capable of opening and closing an exhaust bypass passage that bypasses the turbine. At the time of a catalyst warm-up request, catalyst warm-up control that opens the WGV and retards the ignition timing is executed. If the sensitivity of control of an intake air amount by a throttle valve is high, the intake air amount is controlled using the throttle valve during execution of the catalyst warm-up control. If the control sensitivity is low, the intake air amount is controlled using the WGV during execution of the catalyst warm-up control. When the WGV degree of opening is controlled toward a closed side during execution of the intake air amount control using the WGV, a retard amount of the ignition timing is increased. |
| US-09890719-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | F02D 41/0007, F02D 23/02, F02D 41/14, F02D 41/08, F02D 41/086, F02D 41/064, F02D 23/00, F02D 2200/021, F02P 19/025, F02P 19/02, Y02T 10/144, F02B 37/24 | A control apparatus for a diesel engine includes a neighboring temperature estimating section which estimates a temperature of a neighborhood of a glow plug that heats an interior of a cylinder upon startup, and a supercharging pressure control section which controls a supercharging pressure in such a way that a rotation fluctuation of the engine does not increase, on the basis of the estimated temperature of the neighborhood of the glow plug. |
| US-09890720-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | Y02T 10/40, Y02T 10/44, Y02T 10/126, F02D 41/0007, F02D 41/0002, F02D 41/18, F02D 2200/0406, F02D 2200/0402, F02D 2041/1412, F02D 23/00, F02D 2041/1433, F02D 2200/0404 | A method for operating an internal combustion engine, which has: an intake section and an engine with an number of cylinders and a receiver which is arranged upstream of the cylinders wherein the intake section has: a supercharging system with a compressor and a bypass for bypassing the supercharging system, and wherein the receiver is assigned an engine throttle, and the bypass is assigned a compressor bypass throttle; and a setting of the engine throttle and/or of the compressor bypass throttle is set as a function of the operation in order to influence a charge fluid. The intake section is assigned an intake section model by which at least a mass flow and/or state of the charge fluid upstream of the engine are/is determined and on the basis of a determination result the compressor bypass throttle is set as a function of the engine throttle. |
| US-09890728-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | F02D 35/023, F02D 41/008, F02D 41/14, F02D 41/1441, F02D 41/26, F02D 41/263, G01M 15/00, G01M 15/05, G01L 23/22, Y02T 10/40 | Methods and systems for evaluating cylinder pressure profiles in cylinders of an engine are disclosed. In one example, fuel injection timing of engine cylinders is adjusted to improve engine combustion in response to output of one or more pressure sensors installed in engine cylinders. Combustion within a plurality of engine cylinders may be adjusted in response to pressure sensed in a single engine cylinder. |
| US-09890730-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | F02D 41/22, F02D 41/1456, F02D 41/1441, F01N 9/00, F01N 3/101, F01N 2900/0408, F01N 2560/025, F01N 2900/0416, Y02T 10/47, F02M 17/08 | When an air-fuel ratio detection performed by detecting an output of a downstream sensor, which is a limiting-current type air-fuel ratio sensor arranged at a downstream side of a catalyst in an exhaust passage of an internal combustion engine, and calculating an air-fuel ratio at the downstream side of the catalyst in accordance with the output, if the output is within a predetermined range including an output corresponding to a theoretical air-fuel ratio, a relationship between the output and an air-fuel ratio that is calculated by calculation means is shifted more to a rich side relative to a correspondence relationship between an output of an upstream sensor, which is a similar sensor to the downstream sensor arranged at an upstream side of the catalyst in the exhaust passage of the engine, and an air-fuel ratio. |
| US-09890731-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | F02D 41/22, F02D 41/26, F02D 41/3005, F02D 41/0027, F02D 19/0647, F02D 19/0623, F02D 2041/224, F02D 2200/0602, F02D 2041/225, F02M 21/0278, F02M 21/0215, F02M 37/0047, Y02T 10/36 | To exert combustion control using a CNG injector, a first cutoff valve is opened. On condition that the first cutoff valve is opened, the presence or absence of fuel leakage in a high-pressure side path is determined based on a drop in a detected value of a pressure in the high-pressure side path (high-pressure side detected value PH). Inserting a nozzle for CNG filling into a filling opening causes a phenomenon where the high-pressure side detected value PH rises once and then drops. If the high-pressure side detected value PH rises at a specified rate or more, a CPU stops determination as to the presence or absence of a fuel leakage malfunction for a specified period of time. |
| US-09890735-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | F02D 41/3845, F02D 41/20, F02D 19/0649, F02D 19/0605, F02D 41/1402, F02D 41/062, F02D 2041/202, F02D 2200/101, F02D 2041/3881, F02D 2041/1422, F02D 2041/142, F02D 2041/1409, F02D 41/0025, F02D 2250/31, F02D 2200/0602, Y02T 10/36, F02M 59/366, F02M 63/023 | A method and an assembly for controlling the pressure in a high-pressure region of an injection system in an internal combustion engine. A set high pressure is compared to an actual high pressure in order to determine a control deviation, the control deviation representing an input variable of a controller. A high pressure pump is controlled by a solenoid valve and the angle at which the delivery of fuel by the at least one high-pressure pump is to start is used as a manipulated variable of the high-pressure closed-loop control system. |
| US-09890743-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | F02M 25/08, F02M 25/0809, F02M 25/0854, F02M 25/0836, F02D 29/02, F02D 41/00, F02D 41/0045, F02D 41/0032, F02D 41/2403, Y02T 10/48 | A method for eliminating hydrocarbon vapors generated in a fuel tank of a vehicle powertrain including at least one heat engine, by a canister adapted to absorb the vapors. The method includes detecting movements of the hydrocarbon vapors from the tank to the canister, increasing a counter value when the vapors move from the tank to the canister, and calculating a number of gas volumes passing through the canister when the heat engine is started so as to reduce the value of the counter by purging the gasoline vapors in a direction of the engine. |
| US-09890754-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | F02N 11/04, F02N 11/00, F02N 11/08, F02N 11/0818, F02N 99/006, F02N 15/022, F02N 2200/023, F02N 2300/104, B60K 6/387, B60K 6/48, B60K 6/54, B60K 6/547, B60W 10/06, B60W 10/08, B60W 20/00, B60W 20/40, B60W 2510/0685, F02D 29/02, F02D 35/023, F02D 45/00, F02P 5/15, F02P 5/1506, B60Y 2300/48, Y02T 10/48, Y02T 10/6221, Y02T 10/6286 | An internal combustion engine is provided that executes fuel injection and ignition with respect to a cylinder that remains stopped in an expansion stroke, and that performs ignition startup that starts up the internal combustion engine by rotationally driving a crankshaft by pressure of combustion accompanying the fuel injection. A motor generator (MG) that can rotationally drive the crankshaft is provided. A required assist torque Ast_trq exerted by the MG at the time of ignition startup is determined based on a maximum value Cyl_prss of an in-cylinder pressure that is detected by an in-cylinder pressure sensor at the time of ignition startup. The MG is controlled at the time of ignition startup based on the required assist torque Ast_trq that is determined. |
| US-09890763-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | F03D 1/00, F03D 1/001, F03D 1/0658, F03D 13/10, F03D 13/20, F03D 13/22, F03D 80/00, F03D 80/88, F05B 2230/60, F05B 2230/608, Y10T 29/49321, Y10T 29/49316, Y02E 10/728, Y02P 70/523 | Counterweight system for a wind turbine comprising a hub mounted to a nacelle such that the hub is rotatable around a rotation axis with respect to the nacelle. The counterweight system comprises: a mechanical unit comprising a fixed part and a rotatable part, the fixed part being mountable to the hub in such a way that the rotatable part is rotatable with respect to the hub substantially around the rotation axis of the hub; a drive unit for causing rotation of the rotatable part; a beam coupled to the rotatable part at a first point of the beam in such a way that the beam is arranged substantially perpendicular to the rotation axis of the hub; and a counterweight mass coupled to the beam at a second point of the beam. A method of mounting a blade to a hub by using said counterweight system is also provided. |
| US-09890765-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | F03D 7/022, F03D 7/0232, F03D 7/0296, F03D 7/0252, F03D 1/0633, F03D 1/0641, F03D 1/0675, F03D 1/0683, B64C 21/08, B64C 9/34, B64C 2009/005, F05B 2250/183, F05B 2240/31, Y02E 10/721 | Various air deflector shapes, sizes and configurations for use in a load compensating device on an airfoil are provided. The air deflector arrangements are configured to alter the airflow around the air deflector in order to affect sound or acoustics associated with the air deflector when deployed during operation. Some example configurations that may alter the air flow around the air deflector include air deflectors having a plurality of apertures, air deflectors including a scalloped edge, and/or air deflectors including a plurality of protrusions extending from a portion of the air deflector. |
| US-09890768-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | Y02E 10/74, Y02E 10/725, Y02E 10/72 | A hybrid vertical axis wind turbine using a highly aerodynamic blade-profile is disclosed. The blade-profile is simple, asymmetrical with unequal upper and lower surfaces cambers and is capable of generating high starting torque even at low wind. Wind tunnel tests demonstrated that this aerodynamic profile would generate high torque of similar magnitude when wind comes from leading or trailing edge. Other characteristics of this profile are that it is compact, lightweight, durable and economical. The target users for this patent will be 44% of the world population that live in rural areas where roof-top wind turbine will be cost effective to provide enough household required electric power. This compact turbine can also use batteries to store energy, thereby reducing and possibly eliminating the need for grid power. |
| US-09890769-B1 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | F05B 2240/131, Y02E 10/465, F03G 6/045 | A system for generating energy from a confined space that includes heated air therein. The system includes a turbine operatively associated with at least one generator of electricity; and a funnel having an inner channel that is open and unobstructed from a larger bottom opening to a smaller top opening which is in air flow communication with the turbine. The inner channel is configured for accelerating heated air rising through the channel prior to exiting the top opening and entering the turbine. No additional energy is needed, such as the use of a fan or propeller, for this acceleration. The accelerated heated air more effectively drives the turbine without requiring additional energy to provide increased amounts of generated electricity and to do so more efficiently compared to turbine systems that do not contain a funnel and fan or propeller. |
| US-09890843-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | B60K 7/0007, B60K 17/046, B60K 2007/0046, B60K 2007/0061, B60L 2220/46, Y02T 10/725 | A transmission mechanism of an all-terrain vehicle is provided, which includes an independent suspension axle. The independent suspension axle includes a left driving half-axle and a right driving half-axle. A jaw differential is provided at a joint of the left driving half-axle and the right driving half-axle and is configured to allow half-axles at two sides to rotate at different speeds when the axle of the all-terrain vehicle transmits power to the half-axles at the two sides, and prevent a wheel at one side from slipping. For the all-terrain vehicle adopting the jaw differential, side tipping, side slipping, and tire scuffing are not apt to occur, thus the vehicle may get rid of stuck conditions such as slipping, and the working reliability of the all-terrain vehicle is improved. An all-terrain vehicle adopting the transmission mechanism is further provided. |
| US-09890895-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | C09D 5/26, F16L 59/15, F16L 59/14, F28D 20/023, Y10T 428/1352, Y02E 70/30, Y02E 60/145 | The present invention relates to a process for producing pipelines with heat-storing properties, in which a) organic polyisocyanate is mixed with b) at least one polymeric compound having at least two isocyanate-reactive hydrogen atoms, c) optionally chain extender and/or crosslinker, d) catalyst, e) wax and f) optionally other assistants and/or additives, to give a first reaction mixture, and the first reaction mixture is applied to a pipe and allowed to react fully to give a first polyurethane layer. The present invention further relates to a pipeline with heat-storing properties obtainable by such a process. |
| US-09890904-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | F17C 13/001, F17C 13/002, F17C 13/08, F17C 13/081, F17C 2201/0157, F17C 2201/052, F17C 2203/011, F17C 2203/012, F17C 2203/03, F17C 2203/035, F17C 2203/0604, F17C 2203/0612, F17C 2203/0629, F17C 2203/0678, F17C 2209/232, F17C 2223/0161, F17C 2223/8033, F17C 2260/01, F17C 2260/036, B65D 7/30, B65D 7/32, B65D 7/34, B65D 90/02, B65D 90/043, Y02E 60/321 | A cryogenic tank includes a vapor barrier which is provided to abut an inner wall surface of a concrete wall and in which a plurality of panels are welded, and a pressing part which presses the panel toward the inner wall surface of the concrete wall when the panel are welded. |
| US-09890949-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | F23C 10/005, F23C 2900/99008, Y02E 20/346 | A reactor for hydrocarbon fuel is provided. The reactor uses interconnected fluidized beds (IFB) in chemical-looping combustion for multi-stage reduction reactions of an iron-based oxygen carrier, namely hematite (Fe2O3). Three-phase reduction reactions of Fe2O3 are accurately and completely controlled. The three-phase reduction reactions are separately processed while oxygen in Fe2O3 is fully released. Carbon dioxide with high purity is further obtained while hydrogen can be generated as a byproduct under a certain condition. Hence, the present invention has fast throughput, high-efficiency operation and low cost. |
| US-09890982-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | F02B 49/025, F02B 2500/13, F02B 2600/0253, Y02B 30/741 | A variable speed electric drive for use in refrigerant systems includes an electric motor for driving an associated component at a variable speed that is a function of an operating frequency of the motor; and a control for supplying alternating discrete drive frequencies to the electric motor to provide a continuously variable speed drive of the associated component. The control cycles the drive frequency to the electric motor among the at least two discrete frequencies so that the variable average resultant speed at which the associated component is driven is a function of a combination of the selected at least two discrete frequencies. |
| US-09890983-B1 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | F25B 15/008, F25B 49/043, Y02B 30/62 | A Step Flow control device and methods therefore provide instructions to control operation of various absorption chiller components based on measured load or temperature information. Operating an absorption chiller according to Step Flow balances the flow of heat energy through the absorption chiller to increase efficiency and prevent crystallization. The control device may be integrated into various components of an absorption chiller or may be remote therefrom. In this manner, Step Flow can be used in new absorption chiller installations or be used to retrofit existing installations. |
| US-09891003-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | F28D 7/0008, F28F 27/00, F01K 25/08, F22B 1/18, Y02E 20/14 | A CHP system includes a combustor as a heat source, a Rankine cycle apparatus, a second heat exchanger, and a thermal fluid flow path. The Rankine cycle apparatus includes, as an evaporator, a first heat exchanger that absorbs thermal energy from combustion gas (thermal fluid). The second heat exchanger absorbs thermal energy from the combustion gas and transfers the thermal energy to a heat medium. The first heat exchanger and the second heat exchanger are disposed in the thermal fluid flow path. The thermal fluid flow path includes a first flow path that allows the combustion gas to reach the first heat exchanger directly from the combustor and a second flow path that allows the combustion gas to reach the second heat exchanger directly from the combustor. |
| US-09891126-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | H05K 3/3421, H05K 1/111, H05K 1/113, H05K 1/0218, H05K 1/0306, H05K 3/341, H05K 2201/09036, H05K 2201/10151, H05K 2201/2036, G01L 9/0075, G01L 19/0061, Y02P 70/611, Y02P 70/613 | Method for soldering a connection element to a connection point on an electrically conductive coating that is suitable for soft-soldering on an insulating surface of a base body using a soft-soldering method; as well as sensors manufactured using this method for which a spatial limitation of the wetting of the coating with soft-solder material, during the process of soft-soldering, is effected by providing a groove in the base body which at least partly surrounds the connection point on the outside. At least a part of the area of the external insulating surface of the base body including the connection point is coated with the coating, and soft-solder material is locally applied to the connection point and the connection element is soldered onto the connection point using the applied soft-solder material in a soft-soldering process. |
| US-09891275-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | G01R 31/2894, G01R 31/2642, G05B 19/4188, G05B 2219/45031, G05B 2219/49034, Y02P 90/02 | Disclosed is a method for performing reliability qualification of manufactured integrated circuit (IC) chips. In the method, IC chips are manufactured according to a design and sorted into groups, which correspond to different process windows within a process distribution for the design. Group fail rates are determined for the groups. Reliability qualification of the manufactured IC chips is performed. Specifically, a sample of the IC chips is stress tested and the manufactured IC chips are qualified if the actual fail rate of the sample is no greater than an expected fail rate. The expected fail rate used is not, however, the expected overall fail rate for all the manufactured IC chips. Instead it is a unique expected fail rate for the specific sample itself and it is determined considering fail rate contributions from only those specific groups of IC chips from which the IC chips in the sample were selected. |
| US-09891285-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | G01R 31/3648, G01R 31/3627, G01R 31/3662, G01R 31/3631, Y02E 60/12 | A system includes a battery; an analog-to-digital converter coupled to the battery and capable of measuring an output voltage of the battery; a processor, receiving measured battery output voltages from the analog-to-digital converter; the processor using a first equivalent circuit model of the battery to estimate battery current when the battery operation is static; and the processor using a second equivalent circuit model of the battery to estimate battery current when the battery operation is dynamic. |
| US-09891603-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | G05B 15/02, G05B 19/0428, G05B 19/042, G05B 19/0421, G05B 19/058, G05B 19/41845, Y02P 90/16 | A process control apparatus includes a hypervisor, a controller configured to run on the hypervisor and to communicate with a field apparatus to control an industrial process, an operation model definer configured to define an operation model, which is information establishing operation specifications derived from specifications of the controller, a trace information collector configured to collect traces of interactive motions between hardware and the controller, and a normality determiner configured to compare the operation model defined by the operation model definer with the information collected by the trace information collector and to determine the normality of the operation of the process control apparatus. |
| US-09891614-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | G05B 19/406, G05B 19/418, G05B 2219/32368, Y02P 90/22, Y02P 90/02 | The invention provides an online real-time control method for a product manufacturing process and includes: (A) establishing a monitoring equation for estimating a product attribute in view of production line parameters corresponding to respective steps in a manufacturing process of a product; (B) when each of the steps is finished, updating the calculation result according to an online feedback value(s) of the production line parameter(s) corresponding to the finished step; (C) when the updated calculation result in the step (B) indicates that the quality of the product does not meet a required quality specification, adjusting the production line parameter(s) corresponding to the step(s) after the finished step to make the quality of the product meet the required quality specification. According to the method, a key attribute(s) of the display device can be kept within an acceptable specification by adjusting the production line parameter(s) of subsequent step(s). |
| US-09891616-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | G05B 19/408, G05B 19/4181, G05B 2219/33101, G05B 2219/31244, G05B 2219/39169, Y02P 90/06 | A numerical controller includes a numerical control unit, a DNC operation management unit, and first and second communication units. The first and second communication units receive the same NC program from a host through corresponding communication paths. The DNC operation management unit acquires the NC program from a reception data buffer included in one of the communication units to transfer the NC program to the numerical control unit, and when a failure occurs in the communication path used by the communication unit, an acquisition destination of the NC program is switched to a reception data buffer of the other communication unit. |
| US-09891617-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | G05B 19/4097, G05B 19/4145, G05B 2219/45036, G06F 17/5009, B24C 1/045, Y02P 90/265 | A facility for automated modelling of the cutting process for a particular material to be cut by a beam cutting tool, such as a waterjet cutting system, from empirical data to predict aspects of the waterjet's effect on the workpiece across a range of material thicknesses, across a range of cutting geometries, and across a range of cutting quality levels, all of which may be broader than, and independent of the actual requirements for a target workpiece, is described. |
| US-09891645-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | G05F 1/66, G05B 15/02, G06Q 10/04, G06Q 10/06, G06Q 50/06, Y02E 40/76 | smart power distribution system and a method to progressively dispatch the power is described. The method steps are all automatic and self-adaptive. The method can be executed in an unattended manner to automatically correlate real time data vs. historical data, planning data vs. operation data. Based on a long cycle periodical variation and short-term random variations in load, and taking into account the temporary load power supply and maintenance needs, a multi-stage progressive multiple time scales optimal dispatching method is developed, including the distributed power, micro-grids, energy storage devices, electric vehicles charge-discharge facility and other elements of the Intelligent power distribution systems, to achieve coordinated operation of the network, power, load resources to ensure a continuous safe and reliable smart power distribution system operated at high quality and efficiency. |
| US-09891679-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | H02J 1/10, H02J 1/102, H02J 7/35, Y02E 60/12, G06F 1/26, G05F 1/00, G05F 1/10, G05F 1/40, G05F 1/577 | A single phase redundant power supply system may include a first power supply having an input coupled to a first phase voltage in a polyphase power distribution system and an output coupled to a load for supplying an amount of DC power to the load, and a second power supply having an input for coupling to a second phase voltage in the polyphase power distribution system and an output coupled to the load for supplying an amount of DC power to the load. At least the first power supply is configured to reduce phase current imbalances in the polyphase power distribution system by adjusting the amount of DC power supplied to the load by the first power supply and the amount of DC power supplied to the load by the second power supply. |
| US-09891688-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | G06F 11/1608, G06F 11/1629, G06F 11/1633, G06F 11/1654, G06F 11/2038, G06F 11/3013, G06F 11/3062, G06F 1/3212, G06F 1/32, G06F 1/3203, G06F 1/3206, G06F 1/3234, G06F 1/3243, G06F 1/3246, G06F 1/3287, G06F 1/3293, G06F 2212/1028, B60L 11/1851, B60L 11/1861, B60L 15/2045, B60W 10/24, B60W 40/00, B60W 50/02, B60W 50/023, Y02B 60/1214, Y02B 60/14 | A method for operating at least two data processing units with high availability, in particular in a vehicle, is provided. A first data processing unit and a second data processing unit can each provide the same function to an extent of at least 60 percent or at least 90 percent. The second data processing unit removes automatically at least one entry for a process to be executed from a memory unit or automatically places itself into a standby mode. |
| US-09891689-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | G06F 1/3206, G06F 1/3237, G06F 1/324, G06F 1/3243, G06F 1/3275, G06F 1/3287, Y02B 60/1221, Y02B 60/1228, Y02B 60/1239, Y02B 60/1282, Y02B 60/32 | According to one embodiment, a semiconductor integrated circuit includes the following configuration. A arithmetic processing circuit includes a first processor core performing arithmetic processing and a common unit containing a cache memory storing data and programs, and the first processor core or the common unit is divided into a first circuit and a second circuit. The first clock gating circuit supplies or stops a clock to the first circuit. The first power switch supplies or cuts off a power supply voltage to the first circuit. The second clock gating circuit supplies or stops the clock to the second circuit. The second power switch supplies or cuts off the power supply voltage to the second circuit. The controller controls the clock gating circuits and the power switches. |
| US-09891690-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | G06F 1/324, G06F 1/3296, Y02B 60/1285, G06T 1/20 | A method of Dynamic Voltage Frequency Scaling (DVFS) of a processor includes measuring a first utilization of the processor utilized to execute at least one of a graphic task and a computing task. A second utilization is generated by adjusting the first utilization based on a duration of the graphic task and a duration of the computing task. An operation frequency of the processor is determined based on a comparison of the second utilization with at least one threshold value. |
| US-09891736-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | G06F 3/01, G06F 3/016, G06F 3/041, G06F 3/0412, G06F 3/16, H04M 19/047, H04M 1/02, H04M 1/0266, Y02B 60/50 | In an embodiment, a surface of a smartphone 10 is covered with a transparent protective panel 22 supported by rims 16 of a housing 12, and a display device 18 and touch panel 20 are placed in a storage part 14 of the housing 12. The protective panel 22 is constituted by joining a glass plate 22A and resin plate 22B together, and concave parts 30A, 30B are provided on the joining surface side of the resin plate 22B, with piezoelectric vibrating elements 40 placed therein and joined to the glass plate 22A, wherein vibration is transmitted to the surface of the protective panel 22 as surface acoustic waves, demonstrating a haptic function, and also, audible vibration is generated because the modulus of elasticity of the resin plate 22B is lower than that of the glass plate 22A, achieving an operation as a speaker (or receiver). |
| US-09891926-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | G06F 9/5094, Y02B 60/142 | Embodiments relate to a heterogeneous core microarchitecture. An aspect includes binding, by an operating system that is executing on a processor comprising a core comprising a heterogeneous microarchitecture comprising two or more flows, a job that is being executed by the operating system to a flow of the two or more flows. Another aspect includes issuing an instruction corresponding to the job with a tag indicating the binding of the job to which the instruction corresponds. Yet another aspect includes executing the instruction by the flow in the core that is indicated by the tag. |
| US-09891927-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | G06F 1/3237, G06F 1/3296, G06F 9/30043, G06F 1/30047, G06F 1/30087, G06F 1/3885, G06F 1/4405, G06F 15/167, G06F 15/7864, G06F 1/04, G06F 1/12, G06F 1/3203, G06F 1/324, G06F 1/3287, G06F 9/30032, G06F 9/30047, G06F 9/30079, G06F 9/30087, G06F 9/30145, G06F 9/3885, G06F 9/4405, G06F 12/0808, G06F 12/084, G06F 12/0875, G06F 13/24, G06F 2212/6028, G06F 2212/62, G06F 2212/6042, G06F 2212/6046, G06F 9/3861, G06F 9/30105, G06F 9/4411, G06F 13/364, G06F 9/3802, G06F 9/4403, G06F 9/4418, G06F 13/42, G06F 21/53, G06F 21/57, G06F 21/6218, G06F 9/44, G06F 9/03, G06F 2212/452, Y02B 60/1221, Y02B 12/0808, Y02B 60/14, Y02B 60/142, Y02B 60/144, Y02B 60/148, Y02B 60/1217, Y02B 60/1282, Y02B 60/1285, Y02B 60/32-34, H04L 9/0877, H04L 9/0897, H04L 9/3234, H01L 22/34 | A microprocessor includes a plurality of processing cores and an uncore random access memory (RAM) readable and writable by each of the plurality of processing cores. Each core of the plurality of processing cores comprises microcode run by the core that implements architectural instructions of an instruction set architecture of the microprocessor. The microcode is configured to both read and write the uncore RAM to accomplish inter-core communication between the plurality of processing cores. |
| US-09891928-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | G06F 1/3237, G06F 1/04, G06F 1/12, G06F 1/3203, G06F 1/324, G06F 1/3287, G06F 1/3296, G06F 9/30032, G06F 9/30047, G06F 9/30079, G06F 9/30087, G06F 9/30105, G06F 9/30145, G06F 9/3861, G06F 9/3885, G06F 9/4405, G06F 9/4411, G06F 12/084, G06F 12/0808, G06F 12/0875, G06F 13/24, G06F 13/363, G06F 2212/452, G06F 2212/6028, G06F 2212/62, G06F 21/53, G06F 21/57, Y02B 60/1217, Y02B 60/1221, Y02B 60/1282, Y02B 60/1285, Y02B 60/32, H01L 22/34, H01L 9/0877, H01L 9/0897 | A microprocessor a plurality of processing cores, wherein each of the plurality of processing cores instantiates a respective architecturally-visible storage resource. A first core of the plurality of processing cores is configured to encounter an architectural instruction that instructs the first core to update the respective architecturally-visible storage resource of the first core with a value specified by the architectural instruction. The first core is further configured to, in response to encountering the architectural instruction, provide the value to each of the other of the plurality of processing cores and update the respective architecturally-visible storage resource of the first core with the value. Each core of the plurality of processing cores other than the first core is configured to update the respective architecturally-visible storage resource of the core with the value provided by the first core without encountering the architectural instruction. |
| US-09892575-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | G07C 9/00309, G07C 2209/65, G07C 2009/00373, G07C 2009/00769, G07C 2009/00793, G07C 2209/63, G07C 9/00111, G07C 9/00944, G07C 9/00714, H02J 5/005, H02J 7/025, H02J 17/00, H02J 7/0021, H02J 7/007, B60R 25/10, B60R 16/023, E05B 81/77, E05B 85/10, H01Q 1/3241, H02M 7/5387, Y02B 70/1441 | A vehicle opening-and-closing member locking-and-unlocking apparatus includes: an antenna including a series resonance circuit having a resonance capacitor and an antenna coil connected in series and an impedance regulating resistance connected in parallel to the antenna coil, the resonance capacitor side being connected in parallel to a first connecting line, the antenna coil side being connected to a second connecting line, and the antenna transmitting authentication information for locking and unlocking a vehicle opening-and-closing member to a portable device by resonance with an antenna drive signal output from an ECU via the first and second connecting lines; a human detection IC detecting contact to a human detecting area on the vehicle opening-and-closing member by the user; and a rectifier circuit configured to AC/DC convert the antenna drive signal and supply the converted signal to the human detection IC. |
| US-09892640-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | Y02E 60/12, Y02E 60/3682, B60L 3/0023, G01R 31/006, G01R 31/3679 | A high-voltage apparatus has at least one high-voltage component and at least one current sensor, which is assigned to a corresponding high-voltage component. The high-voltage apparatus has at least one transmission apparatus, to which at least one corresponding current sensor is assigned. The at least one transmission apparatus is designed to provide an information signal, which contains information on whether there is a potential risk originating from the corresponding high-voltage component or not, depending on a measurement signal of the at least one corresponding current sensor, by way of a wireless radio link in order for the information to be reproduced on an external reproduction apparatus. |
| US-09892764-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | G11C 5/14, G11C 5/147, G11C 11/4074, G05F 1/10, G06F 1/26, G06F 1/28, G06F 2217/78, G01R 19/16552, G01R 31/31721, H01L 2924/14, Y02B 60/1282, Y02B 60/1278 | A semiconductor chip includes a first circuit block configured to receive a first power supply voltage through a first power supply terminal of the semiconductor chip, a second circuit block configured to receive a second power supply voltage through a second power supply terminal of the semiconductor chip, and an alternative supply unit that is connected between the first power supply terminal and the first circuit block and receives the first power supply voltage through the first power supply terminal. The alternative supply circuit is configured to apply an alternative power supply voltage generated using the second power supply voltage to the first circuit block in response to a supply of the first power supply voltage being stopped. |
| US-09892811-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | G02B 5/10, G02B 19/0042, G02B 7/182, G02B 5/08, H01L 31/0547, H01L 31/0543, H01L 31/0523, H01L 31/0556, Y02E 10/47, Y02E 10/52 | An object of the invention is to provide a novel optical design method for an X-ray focusing system capable of collecting all the fluxes, while applying an X-ray of a very small divergence angle to the entire surface of a rotating mirror. The method includes a step of determining the shape of a rotating mirror (3) provided with a reflection surface, the reflection surface being formed by rotating, by one turn around an optical axis (OA), a one-dimensional profile composed of an ellipse or a part of combination of the ellipse and a hyperbolic curve, the ellipse including a downstream focal point (F) serving as a light collecting point of the X-ray focusing system, and including an upstream focal point (F1) deviated from the optical axis (OA); and a step of determining the shape of a reflection surface of an annular focusing mirror (4). |
| US-09892864-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | H01G 9/2059, H01G 9/2031, H01G 9/2018, H01G 9/2027, Y02E 10/542, H01L 51/007, H01L 51/0068, H01L 51/005 | An oxadiazole dye for use as an organic photosensitizer. The oxadiazole dye comprising donor-π-spacer-acceptor type portions in which at least one of an oxadiazole isomer acts as a π-conjugated bridge (spacer), a biphenyl unit acts as an electron-donating unit, a carboxyl group act as an electron acceptor group, and a cyano group acts as an anchor group. An optional thiophene group acts as part of the π-conjugated bridge (spacer). The dye for use as organic photosensitizers in a dye-sensitized solar cell and in photodynamic therapies. Computational DFT and time dependent DFT (TD-DFT) modeling techniques showing Light Harvesting Efficiency (LHE), Free Energy for Electron Injection (ΔGinject), Excitation Energies, and Frontier Molecular Orbitals (FMOs) indicate that the series of dye comprise a more negative ΔGinject and a higher LHE value; resulting in a higher incident photon to current efficiency (IPCE). |
| US-09892865-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | H01G 11/04, H01G 11/02, H01G 11/62, H01G 11/64, H01G 11/24, H01G 11/86, Y10T 29/417, Y02E 60/13 | A double-layer capacitor (DLC) (10), including an electrolyte (20) having an electrochemically active species (28) dissolved therein. The electrochemically active species consists of a material that undergoes oxidation at one electrode and undergoes reduction at another electrode during charge and discharge processes of the DLC. The DLC also includes first and second electrodes (12, 14), consisting of a porous material (18, 26) in contact with the electrolyte. There is a porous separator (16) in the electrolyte separating the first electrode from the second electrode. |
| US-09892866-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | H01G 11/04, H01G 11/34, H01G 11/86, H01G 11/36, Y02E 60/13, Y10T 29/417 | Methods and compositions of carbonaceous nanoparticle fabrication and their use for electrode materials in supercapacitors are provided. The method includes a first step of reacting a first carbon source with a second carbon source in the presence of a nitrogen source in a DC arc furnace to form a composite nanoparticle. The second carbon source includes a dopant. The composite nanoparticle includes a crystalline carbon phase having an amorphous phase comprising dopant or carbide. The method includes a second step of removing the amorphous second layer to form the carbonaceous nanoparticle. |
| US-09892869-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | C25D 11/02, H01G 11/04, H01G 11/24, H01G 11/64, Y02E 30/13 | Disclosed herein are methods of manufacturing micro-super capacitors from C-MEMS structures. |
| US-09893217-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | H01L 31/022425, H01L 31/0224, H01L 31/022441, H01L 31/042, H01Q 15/0013, H01Q 15/00131, Y02E 10/50 | A radio frequency transparent photovoltaic cell includes a back contact layer formed of an electrically conductive material, at least one aperture formed in the back contact layer, and at least one photovoltaic cell section disposed on the back contact layer. An airship includes one or more radio frequency antennas disposed in an interior of the airship. One or more radio frequency transparent photovoltaic cells are disposed on an outer surface of the airship. |
| US-09893221-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | H01L 31/0749, H01L 31/0475, H01L 31/022425, H01L 31/05, H01L 31/046, Y02E 10/541, Y02P 70/521 | A solar cell according to the embodiment includes a plurality of back electrode patterns spaced apart from each other on a substrate; a light absorption layer including contact patterns to connect electrodes to each other and division patterns to divide cells into unit cells on the substrate formed with the back electrode patterns; top electrode patterns spaced apart from each other by the division patterns on the light absorption layer; and insulating patterns among the back electrode patterns or on the back electrode patterns. The top electrode patterns are filled in the contact patterns and electrically connected to the back electrode patterns. |
| US-09893224-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | H01L 21/2225, H01L 21/268, H01L 31/02008, H01L 31/02167, H01L 31/022425, H01L 31/022441, H01L 31/0516, H01L 31/0682, H01L 21/228, Y02E 10/50 | A system and method of patterning dopants of opposite polarity to form a solar cell is described. Two dopant films are deposited on a substrate. A laser is used to pattern the N-type dopant, by mixing the two dopant films into a single film with an exposure to the laser and/or drive the N-type dopant into the substrate to form an N-type emitter. A thermal process drives the P-type dopant from the P-type dopant film to form P-type emitters and further drives the N-type dopant from the single film to either form or further drive the N-type emitter. |
| US-09893225-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | H01L 31/022425, H01L 31/0684, H01L 31/02364, H01L 31/02363, H01L 31/068, Y02E 10/547 | A bifacial solar cell includes a substrate; an emitter portion formed on a first surface of the substrate; a first insulating layer formed on the emitter portion; a plurality of first electrodes contacting the emitter portion through the first insulating layer and extended in a first direction; a plurality of first current collectors extended in a second direction crossing the first direction, wherein the plurality of first current collectors are electrically and physically connected to the plurality of first electrodes; a second insulating layer formed on a second surface of the substrate; a back surface field formed on the second surface of the substrate, and having an impurity concentration that is higher than an impurity concentration of the substrate; a plurality of second electrodes contacting the back surface field through the second insulating layer and extended in the first direction; and a plurality of second current collectors extended in the second direction. |
| US-09893355-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | H01M 4/505, C01G 53/50, Y02E 60/122 | Provided is a new spinel type lithium manganese transition metal oxide for use in lithium batteries, which can increase the capacity retention ratio during cycling, and can increase the power output retention ratio during cycling. Disclosed is a spinel type lithium manganese transition metal oxide having an angle of repose of 50° to 75°, and having an amount of moisture (25° C. to 300° C.) measured by the Karl Fischer method of more than 0 ppm and less than 400 ppm. |
| US-09893363-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | H01M 8/18, H01M 8/20, H01M 8/0228, H01M 8/188, H01M 4/8626, H01M 4/36, H01M 4/96, H01M 4/48, H01M 8/0234, H01M 2250/10, Y02E 60/528, Y02E 90/14 | A flow cell battery includes at least one anode compartment and at least one cathode compartment, with a separator membrane disposed between each anode compartment and each cathode compartment. Each anode compartment and cathode compartment includes a bipolar plate, a fluid electrolyte, and at least a carbon nanomaterial on the surface of the bipolar plate, wherein the fluid electrolyte flows around the carbon nanomaterial. |
| US-09893520-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | Y02B 20/202, H05B 41/392, H05B 41/295, H05B 41/2855, H05B 41/34, H05B 33/0803, H05B 33/0809, H05B 41/2325, H05B 41/3925, H05B 41/2828, H05B 41/2827, H05B 41/046, H05B 41/048, H05B 41/28, H01J 1/135, H01H 33/596, H01H 9/541, H01H 9/54, H01H 9/542, H01H 59/0009, H02J 1/00, Y10T 307/747, F16P 3/20, H03K 17/102, H02M 1/088, H02H 7/222, H02H 3/087, H02H 3/025 | A switching device for switching bipolar DC currents in a high-voltage system includes at least two electromechanical switching units and a semiconductor switching arrangement. The electromechanical switching units have a first switching status and a second switching status. In the first switching status, the DC current can be passed via at least one of the electromechanical switching units without in this case flowing via the semiconductor switching arrangement. In the second switching status of the electromechanical switching units, the DC current can be passed via the semiconductor switching arrangement and can be switched off. |
| US-09893521-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | G06F 1/266, G06F 1/28, G06F 1/3287, Y02B 60/1278, Y02B 60/1282, H04L 12/10, H04B 3/548 | A digital power network comprises at least one digital electric power routing device that includes (a) at least one DC power bus; (b) at least two power control elements, each with at least two sets of power terminals, at least one of which accommodates electrical power in packet energy transfer format, and wherein each power control element has electrical connections that allow one set of power terminals to be connected to the DC power bus; and (c) at least one network controller operable to execute control functions within the power control elements to route electrical power from at least one power control element to at least one other power control element within the digital power network. The digital power network further includes at least one power source and at least one load. |
| US-09893530-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | H02J 3/387, H02J 3/14, H02J 3/381, H02J 9/062, Y04S 20/222, Y04S 20/248, Y02B 7/3291, Y02B 70/3225 | A power control device, power control method, and power control system capable of appropriate power control so that power consumption does not exceed contract power with an electric power company even in the event of a power failure are provided. A power control device installed in a consumer's facility to manage a power state of a load apparatus or a dispersed power source in the consumer's facility, includes: a communicator configured to acquire sensor data relating to the load apparatus or the dispersed power source; a backup power source that is charged with a commercial power source, and supplies power during a power failure; and a controller configured to issue a control instruction to the dispersed power source, when the backup power source supplies power. |
| US-09893543-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | H02J 7/0054, H02J 7/0027, H02J 7/0042, H02J 2007/0062, H02J 7/1423, Y02E 60/12, H01M 10/44, H01M 10/46 | A portable charger is provided for charging one or more electronic devices simultaneously from a rechargeable internal battery. To accommodate multiple electronic devices, a portable charger unit is combined with multiple connectors for connecting to more than one electronic device, as necessary. For example, the charger unit includes two or more connector cables removably attached to the charger unit and stored within the charger housing for connection to electronic devices when needed. An adapter unit is provided for connection to the charger unit for recharging the internal battery of the charger unit. |
| US-09893544-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | Y02B 60/50, H05B 37/0227, H05B 37/0272, H04W 52/0296 | A power control and delivery system for improving and prolonging the performance of batteries through a total power source comprised of a battery, a power controller and a power buffer. |
| US-09893548-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | Y02E 60/12, H02J 7/0042, H02J 7/0045, H01M 10/46, H01M 10/44 | A battery charger is disclosed for use with various batteries, such as automotive- and marine-type batteries. In accordance with an aspect of the invention, the charging current is alternated between non-zero DC charging current levels. By alternating the charging current between non-zero DC charging levels, the battery can be charged to a higher capacity (i.e., ampere hours) faster, thus reducing the charging time and at the same time allow the rating of the battery charger to be increased. In accordance with another important aspect of the invention, the technique for alternating the charging current can be implemented in both linear- and switched-mode battery chargers. |
| US-09893550-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | H02J 2007/0037, H02J 2007/0039, H02J 2007/004, H02J 3/32, H02J 7/0014, H02J 7/022, H02J 7/35, Y02P 90/50 | An energy storage system and a starting method thereof are disclosed. In one aspect, the energy storage system includes a battery system, a direct current (DC) contactor and a power supply. The battery system includes at least one battery rack, wherein the battery rack is configured to provide first power. The DC contactor electrically connects a current path between the battery system and a power conversion system. The power supply is electrically connected to the DC contactor. In the energy storage system, the DC contactor is configured to be turned on based on at least the first power. |
| US-09893553-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | Y02T 90/122, B60L 11/182, Y02E 60/12, H02J 7/025, H01F 38/14 | Embodiments of the present invention specifically relate to a system for seamlessly and simultaneously wirelessly charging portable chargeable devices with free positioning capability and a method therefor. The system comprises a charging subsystem. The charging subsystem comprises an electromagnetic shield for minimization of interference, and a transmitter coil array. The transmitter coil array comprises a first plurality of transmitter coils juxtaposed to each other and coupled to the electromagnetic shield, and a second plurality of transmitter coils, wherein each of the second plurality of transmitter coils is overlappingly coupled to at least a pair of the first plurality of transmitter coils in juxtaposition and positioned thereunder, and at least a controller for scanning the transmitter coils and selectively activating and deactivating the transmitter coils based on the detection of receiver coils positioned at any position relative to the transmitter coils, and a portable chargeable device comprising a receiver coil, wherein the system facilitates minimization of interference between the transmitter coils in juxtaposition. |
| US-09893560-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | H02J 3/02, H02J 7/35, H02J 9/00, H02J 9/062, H02M 7/04, Y02B 10/72, Y02E 10/566, Y10T 307/625 | Provided is an alternating current (AC) and direct current (DC) power supply device in which normal power and power of a solar cell is used to supply not only AC power but also DC power, particularly, power of a solar cell is first supplied as DC power or is charged in a battery, and after battery charging, residual power is converted to AC power via an inverter so as to replace normal AC power or to transmit AC power to the outside. Accordingly, an SMPS power supply method in which AC and DC power are supplied at the same time may be provided, and moreover, power of a solar cell may be effectively used. |
| US-09893569-B2 | 2018-02-13 00:00:00 | H02J 50/00, H02J 17/00, H02J 5/005, H02J 7/025, H01F 38/14, H01F 27/006, B60L 11/182, B60L 5/005, H04B 5/0037, Y02T 90/122, H02G 7/16 | A power supply apparatus includes an output unit that wirelessly outputs electric power to an electronic device, a communication unit that wirelessly communicates with the electronic device, a detecting unit that detect a current flowing to the output unit, and a control unit that performs a process to limit the current flowing to the output unit in a case where the current detected by the detecting unit is greater than or equal to a predetermined value set according to a predetermined magnetic field strength while the output unit outputs the electric power to the electronic device. |